80_FR_20154 80 FR 20083 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Marine Seismic Survey in the Beaufort Sea, Alaska

80 FR 20083 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Marine Seismic Survey in the Beaufort Sea, Alaska

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

Federal Register Volume 80, Issue 71 (April 14, 2015)

Page Range20083-20114
FR Document2015-08481

NMFS has received an application from SAExploration, Inc. (SAE) for an Incidental Harassment Authorization (IHA) to take marine mammals, by harassment, incidental to a marine 3-dimensional (3D) ocean bottom node (OBN) seismic surveys program in the state and federal waters of the Beaufort Sea, Alaska, during the open-water season of 2015. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to issue an IHA to SAE to incidentally take, by Level A and Level B Harassments, marine mammals during the specified activity.

Federal Register, Volume 80 Issue 71 (Tuesday, April 14, 2015)
[Federal Register Volume 80, Number 71 (Tuesday, April 14, 2015)]
[Notices]
[Pages 20083-20114]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2015-08481]



[[Page 20083]]

Vol. 80

Tuesday,

No. 71

April 14, 2015

Part II





Department of Commerce





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking 
Marine Mammals Incidental to Marine Seismic Survey in the Beaufort Sea, 
Alaska; Notice

Federal Register / Vol. 80 , No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / 
Notices

[[Page 20084]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

RIN 0648-XD782


Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; 
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Marine Seismic Survey in the 
Beaufort Sea, Alaska

AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request 
for comments.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: NMFS has received an application from SAExploration, Inc. 
(SAE) for an Incidental Harassment Authorization (IHA) to take marine 
mammals, by harassment, incidental to a marine 3-dimensional (3D) ocean 
bottom node (OBN) seismic surveys program in the state and federal 
waters of the Beaufort Sea, Alaska, during the open-water season of 
2015. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is 
requesting comments on its proposal to issue an IHA to SAE to 
incidentally take, by Level A and Level B Harassments, marine mammals 
during the specified activity.

DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than May 14, 
2015.

ADDRESSES: Comments on the application should be addressed to Jolie 
Harrison, Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected 
Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West Highway, 
Silver Spring, MD 20910. The mailbox address for providing email 
comments is [email protected]. Comments sent via email, including all 
attachments, must not exceed a 25-megabyte file size. NMFS is not 
responsible for comments sent to addresses other than those provided 
here.
    Instructions: All comments received are a part of the public record 
and will generally be posted to http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm without change. All Personal Identifying Information 
(for example, name, address, etc.) voluntarily submitted by the 
commenter may be publicly accessible. Do not submit Confidential 
Business Information or otherwise sensitive or protected information.
    An electronic copy of the application may be obtained by writing to 
the address specified above, telephoning the contact listed below (see 
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT), or visiting the internet at: http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm. The following associated 
documents are also available at the same internet address: Plan of 
Cooperation. Documents cited in this notice may also be viewed, by 
appointment, during regular business hours, at the aforementioned 
address.
    NMFS is also preparing draft Environmental Assessment (EA) in 
accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) and will 
consider comments submitted in response to this notice as part of that 
process. The draft EA will be posted at the foregoing internet site.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Shane Guan, Office of Protected 
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: 

Background

    Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) 
direct the Secretary of Commerce to allow, upon request, the 
incidental, but not intentional, taking of small numbers of marine 
mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a specified activity (other than 
commercial fishing) within a specified geographical region if certain 
findings are made and either regulations are issued or, if the taking 
is limited to harassment, a notice of a proposed authorization is 
provided to the public for review.
    An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS 
finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or 
stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the 
availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where 
relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements 
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings 
are set forth. NMFS has defined ``negligible impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103 
as ``an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be 
reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely 
affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of 
recruitment or survival.''
    Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the 
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or 
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or 
marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the 
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild 
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not 
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or 
sheltering [Level B harassment].

Summary of Request

    On December 2, 2014, NMFS received an application from SAE for the 
taking of marine mammals incidental to a 3D ocean bottom node (OBN) 
seismic survey program in the Beaufort Sea. After receiving NMFS 
comments, SAE made revisions and updated its IHA application on 
December 5, 2014, January 21, 2015, January 29, 2015, and again on 
February 16, 2015. In addition, NMFS received the marine mammal 
mitigation and monitoring plan (4MP) from SAE on December 2, 2014, with 
an updated version on January 29, 2015. NMFS determined that the 
application and the 4MP were adequate and complete on February 17, 
2015.
    SAE proposes to conduct 3D OBN seismic surveys in the state and 
federal waters of the U.S. Beaufort Sea during the 2015 Arctic open-
water season. The proposed activity would occur between July 1 and 
October 15, 2015. The actual seismic survey is expected to take 
approximately 70 days, dependent of weather. The following specific 
aspects of the proposed activities are likely to result in the take of 
marine mammals: seismic airgun operations and associated navigation 
sonar and vessel movements. Takes, by Level A and/or Level B 
Harassments, of individuals of six species of marine mammals are 
anticipated to result from the specified activity.
    SAE also conducted OBN seismic surveys in the Beaufort Sea in the 
2014 Arctic open-water season (79 FR 51963; September 2, 2014).

Description of the Specified Activity

Overview

    On December 2, 2014, NMFS received an application from SAE 
requesting an authorization for the harassment of small numbers of 
marine mammals incidental to conducting an open-water 3D OBN seismic 
survey in the Beaufort Sea off Alaska. After addressing comments from 
NMFS and the peer-review panel, SAE modified its application and 
submitted revised applications on December 5, 2014, January 21, 2015, 
January 29, 2015, and again on February 16, 2015, with 4MP on December 
2, 2014 and an updated version on January 29, 2015. SAE's proposed 
activities discussed here are based on its February 17, 2015, IHA 
application, and January 29, 2015, 4MP.

Dates and Duration

    The proposed 3D OBN seismic survey is planned for the 2015 open-
water

[[Page 20085]]

season (July 1 to October 15). The actual data acquisition is expected 
to take approximately 70 days, dependent of weather. Based on past 
similar seismic shoots in the Beaufort Sea, SAE expects that effective 
shooting would occur over about 70% of the 70 days (or about 49 days).

Specified Geographic Region

    SAE's planned 3D seismic survey would occur in the nearshore waters 
of the Beaufort Sea between Harrison Bay and the Sagavanirktok River 
delta. SAE plans to survey a maximum of 777 km\2\ (300 mi\2\) in 2015, 
although the exact location is currently unknown other than it would 
occur somewhere within the 4,562-km\2\ (1,761-m\2\) box shown in Figure 
1-1 of SAE's IHA application.

Detailed Description of Activities

I. Survey Design

    The proposed marine seismic operations will be based on a 
``recording patch'' or similar approach. Patches are groups of six 
receiver lines and 32 source lines (Figure 1-2 of SAE's IHA 
application). Each receiver line has submersible marine sensor nodes 
tethered equidistant (50 m; 165 ft) from each other along the length of 
the line. Each node is a multicomponent system containing three 
velocity sensors and a hydrophone. Each receiver line is approximately 
8 km (5 mi) in length, and are spaced approximately 402 m (1,320 ft) 
apart. Each receiver patch is 19.4 km\2\ (7.5 mi\2\) in area. The 
receiver patch is oriented such that the receiver lines run parallel to 
the shoreline.
    Source lines, 12 km (7.5 mi) long and spaced 502 m (1,650 ft) 
apart, run perpendicular to the receiver lines (and perpendicular to 
the coast) and, where possible, will extend approximately 5 km (3 mi) 
beyond the outside receiver lines and approximately 4 km (2.5 mi) 
beyond each of the ends of the receiver lines. The outside dimensions 
of the maximum shot area during a patch shoot will be 12 km by 16 m 
(7.5 mi by 10 mi) or 192 km\2\ (75 mi\2\). It is expected to take three 
to five days to shoot a patch, or 49 km\2\ (18.75 mi\2\) per day. Shot 
intervals along each source line will be 50 m (165 ft). All shot areas 
will be wholly contained within the 4,562-km\2\ survey box (see Figure 
1-1 in SAE's IHA application), and, because of the tremendous overlap 
in shot area between adjacent patches, no more than 777 km\2\ (300 
mi\2\) of actual area will be shot in 2015.
    During recording of one patch, nodes from the previously surveyed 
patch will be retrieved, recharged, and data downloaded prior to 
redeployment of the nodes to the next patch. As patches are recorded, 
receiver lines are moved side to side or end to end to the next patch 
location so that receiver lines have continuous coverage of the 
recording area.
    Autonomous recording nodes lack cables but will be tethered 
together using a thin rope for ease of retrieval. This rope will lay on 
the seabed surface, as will the nodes, and will have no effect on 
marine traffic. Primary vessel positioning will be achieved using GPS 
with the antenna attached to the airgun array. Pingers deployed from 
the node vessels will be used for positioning of nodes. The geometry/
patch could be modified as operations progress to improve sampling and 
operational efficiency.

II. Acoustical Sources

    The acoustic sources of primary concern are the airguns that will 
be deployed from the seismic source vessels. However, there are other 
noise sources to be addressed including the pingers and transponders 
associated with locating receiver nodes, as well as propeller noise 
from the vessel fleet.

Seismic Source Array

    The primary seismic source for offshore recording consists of a 
620-cubic-inch (in\3\), 8-cluster array, although a 2 x 620-in\3\ 
array, totaling 1,240 in\3\, may be used in deeper waters (>15 m). For 
conservative purposes, exposure estimates are based on the sound 
pressure levels associated with the larger array. The arrays will be 
centered approximately 15 m (50 ft) behind the source vessel stern, at 
a depth of 4 m (12 ft), and towed along predetermined source lines at 
speeds between 7.4 and 9.3 km/hr (4 and 5 knots). Two vessels with full 
arrays will be operating simultaneously in an alternating shot mode; 
one vessel shooting while the other is recharging. Shot intervals are 
expected to be about 16 s for each array resulting in an overall shot 
interval of 8 s considering the two alternating arrays. Operations are 
expected to occur 24 hrs a day, with actual daily shooting to total 
about 12 hrs.
    Based on manufacturer specifications, the 1,240-in\3\ array has a 
zero-peak estimated sound source of 249 dB re 1 [mu]Pa @1 m (13.8 bar-
m), with a root mean square (rms) sound source of 224 dB re 1 [mu]Pa, 
while for the 620-in\3\ array the zero-peak is 237 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) 
(6.96 bar-m) with an rms source level of 218 dB re 1 [mu]Pa.

Mitigation Airgun

    A 10-in\3\ mitigation airgun will be used during poor visibility 
conditions, and is intended to (a) alert marine mammals to the presence 
of airgun activity, and (b) retain the option of initiating a ramp-up 
to full operations under poor visibility conditions. The mitigation gun 
will be operated at approximately one shot per minute during these 
periods. The manufacturer specifications indicate a 214 dB re 1 [mu]Pa 
zero-peak (0.5 bar-m) sound source equating to a 195 dB re 1 [mu]Pa rms 
source.

Pingers and Transponders

    An acoustical positioning (or pinger) system will be used to 
position and interpolate the location of the nodes. A vessel-mounted 
transceiver calculates the position of the nodes by measuring the range 
and bearing from the transceiver to a small acoustic transponder fitted 
to every third node. The transceiver uses sonar to interrogate the 
transponders, which respond with short pulses that are used in 
measuring the range and bearing. The system provides a precise location 
of every node as needed for accurate interpretation of the seismic 
data. The transceiver to be used is the Sonardyne Scout USBL, while 
transponders will be the Sonardyne TZ/OBC Type 7815-000-06. Because the 
transceiver and transponder communicate via sonar, they produce 
underwater sound levels. The Scout USBL transceiver has a transmission 
source level of 197 dB re 1 [mu]Pa @ 1 m and operates at frequencies 
between 35 and 55 kHz. The transponder produces short pulses of 184 to 
187 dB re 1 [mu]Pa @ 1 m at frequencies also between 35 and 55 kHz.
    Both transceivers and transponders produce noise levels just above 
or within the most sensitive hearing range of seals (10 to 30 kHz; 
Schusterman 1981) and odontocetes (12 to ~100 kHz; Wartzok and Ketten 
1999), and the functional hearing range of baleen whales (20 Hz to 30 
kHz; NRC 2003); although baleen whale hearing is probably most 
sensitive nearer 1 kHz (Richardson et al. 1995). However, given the low 
acoustical output, the range of acoustical harassment to marine mammals 
(for the 197 dB transceiver) is about 100 m (328 ft), or significantly 
less than the output from the airgun arrays, and is not loud enough to 
reach injury levels in marine mammals beyond 9 m (30 ft). Marine 
mammals are likely to respond to pinger systems similar to airgun 
pulses, but only when very close (a few meters) to the sources.

[[Page 20086]]

Vessels

    Several offshore vessels will be required to support recording, 
shooting, and housing in the marine and transition zone environments. 
The exact vessels that will be used have not yet been determined. 
However, the types of vessels that will be used to fulfill these roles 
are found in Table 1.

     Table 1--Vessels To Be Used During SAE's 3D OBN Seismic Surveys
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Activity and      Source
            Vessel              Size (ft)      frequency      level (dB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source vessel 1..............     120 x 25  Seismic data             179
                                             acquisition;
                                             24 hr
                                             operation.
Source vessel 2..............      80 x 25  Seismic data             166
                                             acquisition;
                                             24 hr
                                             operation.
Node equipment vessel 1......      80 x 20  Deploying and            165
                                             retrieving
                                             nodes; 24 hr
                                             operation.
Node equipment vessel 2......      80 x 20  Deploying and            165
                                             retrieving
                                             nodes; 24 hr
                                             operation.
Mitigation/Housing vessel....      90 x 20  House crew; 24           200
                                             hr operation.
Crew transport vessel........      30 x 20  Transport crew;          192
                                             intermittent 8
                                             hrs.
Bow picker 1.................      30 x 20  Deploying and            172
                                             retrieving
                                             nodes;
                                             intermittent
                                             operation.
Bow picker 2.................      30 x 20  Deploying and            172
                                             retrieving
                                             nodes;
                                             intermittent
                                             operation.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Source Vessels--Source vessels will have the ability to deploy two 
arrays off the stern using large A-frames and winches and have a draft 
shallow enough to operate in waters less than 1.5 m (5 ft) deep. On the 
source vessels the airgun arrays are typically mounted on the stern 
deck with an umbilical that allow the arrays to be deployed and towed 
from the stern without having to re-rig or move arrays. A large bow 
deck will allow for sufficient space for source compressors and 
additional airgun equipment to be stored. The marine vessels likely to 
be used will be the same or similar to those that were acoustically 
measured by Aerts et al. (2008). The source vessels were found to have 
sound source levels of 179.0 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) and 165.7 dB re 1 
[mu]Pa (rms).
    Recording Deployment and Retrieval Vessels--Jet driven shallow 
draft vessels and bow pickers will be used for the deployment and 
retrieval of the offshore recording equipment. These vessels will be 
rigged with hydraulically driven deployment and retrieval squirters 
allowing for automated deployment and retrieval from the bow or stern 
of the vessel. These vessels will also carry the recording equipment on 
the deck in fish totes. Aerts et al. (2008) found the recording and 
deployment vessels to have a source level of approximately 165.3 dB re 
1 [mu]Pa (rms), while the smaller bow pickers produce more cavitation 
resulting in source levels of 171.8 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms).
    Housing and Transfer Vessels--Housing vessel(s) will be larger with 
sufficient berthing to house crews and management. The housing vessel 
will have ample office and bridge space to facilitate the role as the 
mother ship and central operations. Crew transfer vessels will be 
sufficiently large to safely transfer crew between vessels as needed. 
Aerts et al. (2008) found the housing vessel to produce the loudest 
propeller noise of all the vessels in the fleet (200.1 dB re 1 [mu]Pa 
[rms]), but this vessel is mostly anchored up once it gets on site. The 
crew transfer vessel also travels only infrequently relative to other 
vessels, and is usually operated at different speeds. During higher 
speed runs to shore the vessel produces source noise levels of about 
191.8 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms), while during slower on-site movements the 
vessel source levels are only 166.4 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) (Aerts et al. 
2008).

Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of the Specified Activity

    The Beaufort Sea supports a diverse assemblage of marine mammals. 
Table 2 lists the 12 marine mammal species under NMFS jurisdiction with 
confirmed or possible occurrence in the proposed project area.

                        Table 2--Marine Mammal Species With Confirmed or Possible Occurrence in the Proposed Seismic Survey Area
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Common name              Scientific name           Status             Occurrence           Seasonality            Range           Abundance
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Odontocetes:
  Beluga whale (Beaufort Sea      Delphinapterus       ...................  Common..............  Mostly spring and   Mostly Beaufort             39,258
   stock).                         leucas.                                                         fall with some in   Sea.
                                                                                                   summer.
  Beluga whale (eastern Chukchi   ...................  ...................  Common..............  Mostly spring and   Mostly Chukchi Sea           3,710
   Sea stock).                                                                                     fall with some in
                                                                                                   summer.
  Killer whale..................  Orcinus orca.......  ...................  Occasional/           Mostly summer and   California to                  552
                                                                             Extralimital.         early fall.         Alaska.
  Harbor porpoise...............  Phocoena phocoena..  ...................  Occasional/           Mostly summer and   California to               48,215
                                                                             Extralimital.         early fall.         Alaska.
  Narwhal.......................  Monodon monoceros..  ...................  ....................  ..................  ..................          45,358
Mysticetes:
   Bowhead whale *..............  Balaena mysticetus.  Endangered;          Common..............  Mostly spring and   Russia to Canada..          19,534
                                                        Depleted.                                  fall with some in
                                                                                                   summer.
  Gray whale....................  Eschrichtius         ...................  Somewhat common.....  Mostly summer.....  Mexico to the U.S.          19,126
                                   robustus.                                                                           Arctic Ocean.
  Minke whale...................  Balaenoptera         ...................  ....................  ..................  ..................       810-1,003
                                   acutorostrata.

[[Page 20087]]

 
  Humpback whale (Central North   Megaptera            Endangered;          ....................  ..................  ..................          21,063
   Pacific stock) *.               novaeangliae.        Depleted.
Pinnipeds:
  Bearded seal (Beringia          Erigathus barbatus.  Candidate..........  Common..............  Spring and summer.  Bering, Chukchi,           155,000
   distinct population segment).                                                                                       and Beaufort Seas.
  Ringed seal (Arctic stock) *..  Phoca hispida......  Threatened;          Common..............  Year round........  Bering, Chukchi,           300,000
                                                        Depleted.                                                      and Beaufort Seas.
  Spotted seal..................  Phoca largha.......  ...................  Common..............  Summer............  Japan to U.S.              141,479
                                                                                                                       Arctic Ocean.
  Ribbon seal...................  Histriophoca         Species of concern.  Occasional..........  Summer............  Russia to U.S.              49,000
                                   fasciata.                                                                           Arctic Ocean.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Endangered, threatened, or species of concern under the Endangered Species Act (ESA); Depleted under the MMPA.

    The highlighted (grayed out) species in Table 2 are so rarely 
sighted in the proposed project area that take is unlikely. Minke 
whales are relatively common in the Bering and southern Chukchi Seas 
and have recently also been sighted in the northeastern Chukchi Sea 
(Aerts et al., 2013; Clarke et al., 2013). Minke whales are rare in the 
Beaufort Sea. They have not been reported in the Beaufort Sea during 
the Bowhead Whale Aerial Survey Project/Aerial Surveys of Arctic Marine 
Mammals (BWASP/ASAMM) surveys (Clarke et al., 2011, 2012; 2013; Monnet 
and Treacy, 2005), and there was only one observation in 2007 during 
vessel-based surveys in the region (Funk et al., 2010). Humpback whales 
have not generally been found in the Arctic Ocean. However, subsistence 
hunters have spotted humpback whales in low numbers around Barrow, and 
there have been several confirmed sightings of humpback whales in the 
northeastern Chukchi Sea in recent years (Aerts et al., 2013; Clarke et 
al., 2013). The first confirmed sighting of a humpback whale in the 
Beaufort Sea was recorded in August 2007 (Hashagen et al., 2009), when 
a cow and calf were observed 54 mi east of Point Barrow. No additional 
sightings have been documented in the Beaufort Sea. Narwhal are common 
in the waters of northern Canada, west Greenland, and in the European 
Arctic, but rarely occur in the Beaufort Sea (COSEWIC, 2004). Only a 
handful of sightings have occurred in Alaskan waters (Allen and 
Angliss, 2013). These three species are not considered further in this 
proposed IHA notice. Both the walrus and the polar bear could occur in 
the U.S. Beaufort Sea; however, these species are managed by the U.S. 
Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) and are not considered further in 
this Notice of Proposed IHA.
    The Beaufort Sea is a main corridor of the bowhead whale migration 
route. The main migration periods occur in spring from April to June 
and in fall from late August/early September through October to early 
November. During the fall migration, several locations in the U.S. 
Beaufort Sea serve as feeding grounds for bowhead whales. Small numbers 
of bowhead whales that remain in the U.S. Arctic Ocean during summer 
also feed in these areas. The U.S. Beaufort Sea is not a main feeding 
or calving area for any other cetacean species. Ringed seals breed and 
pup in the Beaufort Sea; however, this does not occur during the summer 
or early fall. Further information on the biology and local 
distribution of these species can be found in SAE's application (see 
ADDRESSES) and the NMFS Marine Mammal Stock Assessment Reports, which 
are available online at: http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/species/.

Potential Effects of the Specified Activity on Marine Mammals

    This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that the 
types of stressors associated with the specified activity (e.g., 
seismic airgun and pinger operation, vessel movement) have been 
observed to or are thought to impact marine mammals. This section may 
include a discussion of known effects that do not rise to the level of 
an MMPA take (for example, with acoustics, we may include a discussion 
of studies that showed animals not reacting at all to sound or 
exhibiting barely measurable avoidance). The discussion may also 
include reactions that we consider to rise to the level of a take and 
those that we do not consider to rise to the level of a take. This 
section is intended as a background of potential effects and does not 
consider either the specific manner in which this activity will be 
carried out or the mitigation that will be implemented or how either of 
those will shape the anticipated impacts from this specific activity. 
The ``Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment'' section later in this 
document will include a quantitative analysis of the number of 
individuals that are expected to be taken by this activity. The 
``Negligible Impact Analysis'' section will include the analysis of how 
this specific activity will impact marine mammals and will consider the 
content of this section, the ``Estimated Take by Incidental 
Harassment'' section, the ``Mitigation'' section, and the ``Anticipated 
Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat'' section to draw conclusions 
regarding the likely impacts of this activity on the reproductive 
success or survivorship of individuals and from that on the affected 
marine mammal populations or stocks.

Background on Sound

    Sound is a physical phenomenon consisting of minute vibrations that 
travel through a medium, such as air or water, and is generally 
characterized by several variables. Frequency describes the sound's 
pitch and is measured in hertz (Hz) or kilohertz (kHz), while sound 
level describes the sound's intensity and is measured in decibels (dB). 
Sound level increases or decreases exponentially with each dB of 
change. The logarithmic nature of the scale means that each 10-dB 
increase is a 10-fold increase in acoustic power (and a 20-dB increase 
is then a 100-fold increase in power). A 10-fold increase in acoustic 
power does not mean that the sound is perceived as being 10 times 
louder, however. Sound levels are compared to a reference sound 
pressure (micro-Pascal) to identify the medium.

[[Page 20088]]

For air and water, these reference pressures are ``re: 20 [mu]Pa'' and 
``re: 1 [mu]Pa,'' respectively. Root mean square (RMS) is the quadratic 
mean sound pressure over the duration of an impulse. RMS is calculated 
by squaring all of the sound amplitudes, averaging the squares, and 
then taking the square root of the average (Urick, 1975). RMS accounts 
for both positive and negative values; squaring the pressures makes all 
values positive so that they may be accounted for in the summation of 
pressure levels. This measurement is often used in the context of 
discussing behavioral effects, in part, because behavioral effects, 
which often result from auditory cues, may be better expressed through 
averaged units rather than by peak pressures.

Acoustic Impacts

    When considering the influence of various kinds of sound on the 
marine environment, it is necessary to understand that different kinds 
of marine life are sensitive to different frequencies of sound. Based 
on available behavioral data, audiograms have been derived using 
auditory evoked potentials, anatomical modeling, and other data, 
Southall et al. (2007) designate ``functional hearing groups'' for 
marine mammals and estimate the lower and upper frequencies of 
functional hearing of the groups. The functional groups and the 
associated frequencies are indicated below (though animals are less 
sensitive to sounds at the outer edge of their functional range and 
most sensitive to sounds of frequencies within a smaller range 
somewhere in the middle of their functional hearing range):
     Low frequency cetaceans (13 species of mysticetes): 
Functional hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 7 Hz and 
30 kHz;
     Mid-frequency cetaceans (32 species of dolphins, six 
species of larger toothed whales, and 19 species of beaked and 
bottlenose whales): Functional hearing is estimated to occur between 
approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
     High frequency cetaceans (eight species of true porpoises, 
six species of river dolphins, Kogia, the franciscana, and four species 
of cephalorhynchids): Functional hearing is estimated to occur between 
approximately 200 Hz and 180 kHz;
     Phocid pinnipeds in Water: Functional hearing is estimated 
to occur between approximately 75 Hz and 100 kHz; and
     Otariid pinnipeds in Water: Functional hearing is 
estimated to occur between approximately 100 Hz and 40 kHz.
    As mentioned previously in this document, nine marine mammal 
species (five cetaceans and four phocid pinnipeds) may occur in the 
proposed seismic survey area. Of the five cetacean species likely to 
occur in the proposed project area and for which take is requested, two 
are classified as low-frequency cetaceans (i.e., bowhead and gray 
whales), two are classified as mid-frequency cetaceans (i.e., beluga 
and killer whales), and one is classified as a high-frequency cetacean 
(i.e., harbor porpoise) (Southall et al., 2007). A species functional 
hearing group is a consideration when we analyze the effects of 
exposure to sound on marine mammals.
1. Tolerance
    Numerous studies have shown that underwater sounds from industry 
activities are often readily detectable by marine mammals in the water 
at distances of many kilometers. Numerous studies have also shown that 
marine mammals at distances more than a few kilometers away often show 
no apparent response to industry activities of various types (Miller et 
al., 2005; Bain and Williams, 2006). This is often true even in cases 
when the sounds must be readily audible to the animals based on 
measured received levels and the hearing sensitivity of that mammal 
group. Although various baleen whales, toothed whales, and (less 
frequently) pinnipeds have been shown to react behaviorally to 
underwater sound such as airgun pulses or vessels under some 
conditions, at other times mammals of all three types have shown no 
overt reactions (e.g., Malme et al., 1986; Richardson et al., 1995). 
Weir (2008) observed marine mammal responses to seismic pulses from a 
24 airgun array firing a total volume of either 5,085 in\3\ or 3,147 
in\3\ in Angolan waters between August 2004 and May 2005. Weir recorded 
a total of 207 sightings of humpback whales (n = 66), sperm whales (n = 
124), and Atlantic spotted dolphins (n = 17) and reported that there 
were no significant differences in encounter rates (sightings/hr) for 
humpback and sperm whales according to the airgun array's operational 
status (i.e., active versus silent). The airgun arrays used in the Weir 
(2008) study were much larger than the array proposed for use during 
this seismic survey (total discharge volumes of 620 to 1,240 in\3\). In 
general, pinnipeds and small odontocetes seem to be more tolerant of 
exposure to some types of underwater sound than are baleen whales. 
Richardson et al. (1995) found that vessel noise does not seem to 
strongly affect pinnipeds that are already in the water. Richardson et 
al. (1995) went on to explain that seals on haul-outs sometimes respond 
strongly to the presence of vessels and at other times appear to show 
considerable tolerance of vessels.
2. Masking
    Masking is the obscuring of sounds of interest by other sounds, 
often at similar frequencies. Marine mammals use acoustic signals for a 
variety of purposes, which differ among species, but include 
communication between individuals, navigation, foraging, reproduction, 
avoiding predators, and learning about their environment (Erbe and 
Farmer, 2000). Masking, or auditory interference, generally occurs when 
sounds in the environment are louder than, and of a similar frequency 
as, auditory signals an animal is trying to receive. Masking is a 
phenomenon that affects animals that are trying to receive acoustic 
information about their environment, including sounds from other 
members of their species, predators, prey, and sounds that allow them 
to orient in their environment. Masking these acoustic signals can 
disturb the behavior of individual animals, groups of animals, or 
entire populations.
    Masking occurs when anthropogenic sounds and signals (that the 
animal utilizes) overlap at both spectral and temporal scales. For the 
airgun sound generated from the proposed seismic survey, sound will 
consist of low frequency (under 500 Hz) pulses with extremely short 
durations (less than one second). Lower frequency man-made sounds are 
more likely to affect detection of communication calls and other 
potentially important natural sounds such as surf and prey noise. There 
is little concern regarding masking near the sound source due to the 
brief duration of these pulses and relatively longer silence between 
airgun shots (approximately 5-6 seconds). However, at long distances 
(over tens of kilometers away), due to multipath propagation and 
reverberation, the durations of airgun pulses can be ``stretched'' to 
seconds with long decays (Madsen et al., 2006), although the intensity 
of the sound is greatly reduced.
    This could affect communication signals used by low frequency 
mysticetes when they occur near the noise band and thus reduce the 
communication space of animals (e.g., Clark et al., 2009) and cause 
increased stress levels (e.g., Foote et al., 2004; Holt et al., 2009). 
Marine mammals are

[[Page 20089]]

thought to be able to compensate for masking by adjusting their 
acoustic behavior by shifting call frequencies, and/or increasing call 
volume and vocalization rates. For example, blue whales are found to 
increase call rates when exposed to seismic survey noise in the St. 
Lawrence Estuary (Di Iorio and Clark, 2010). The North Atlantic right 
whales exposed to high shipping noise increase call frequency (Parks et 
al., 2007), while some humpback whales respond to low-frequency active 
sonar playbacks by increasing song length (Miller el al., 2000). 
Bowhead whale calls are frequently detected in the presence of seismic 
pulses, although the number of calls detected may sometimes be reduced 
(Richardson et al., 1986), possibly because animals moved away from the 
sound source or ceased calling (Blackwell et al., 2013). Additionally, 
beluga whales have been known to change their vocalizations in the 
presence of high background noise possibly to avoid masking calls 
(Lesage et al., 1999; Scheifele et al., 2005). Although some degree of 
masking is inevitable when high levels of manmade broadband sounds are 
introduced into the sea, marine mammals have evolved systems and 
behavior that function to reduce the impacts of masking. Structured 
signals, such as the echolocation click sequences of small toothed 
whales, may be readily detected even in the presence of strong 
background noise because their frequency content and temporal features 
usually differ strongly from those of the background noise (Au and 
Moore, 1990). The components of background noise that are similar in 
frequency to the sound signal in question primarily determine the 
degree of masking of that signal.
    Redundancy and context can also facilitate detection of weak 
signals. These phenomena may help marine mammals detect weak sounds in 
the presence of natural or manmade noise. Most masking studies in 
marine mammals present the test signal and the masking noise from the 
same direction. The sound localization abilities of marine mammals 
suggest that, if signal and noise come from different directions, 
masking would not be as severe as the usual types of masking studies 
might suggest (Richardson et al., 1995). The dominant background noise 
may be highly directional if it comes from a particular anthropogenic 
source such as a ship or industrial site. Directional hearing may 
significantly reduce the masking effects of these sounds by improving 
the effective signal-to-noise ratio. In the cases of higher frequency 
hearing by the bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale, and killer whale, 
empirical evidence confirms that masking depends strongly on the 
relative directions of arrival of sound signals and the masking noise 
(Dubrovskiy, 1990; Bain and Dahlheim, 1994). Toothed whales, and 
probably other marine mammals as well, have additional capabilities 
besides directional hearing that can facilitate detection of sounds in 
the presence of background noise. There is evidence that some toothed 
whales can shift the dominant frequencies of their echolocation signals 
from a frequency range with a lot of ambient noise toward frequencies 
with less noise (Moore and Pawloski, 1990; Thomas and Turl, 1990; 
Romanenko and Kitain, 1992; Lesage et al., 1999). A few marine mammal 
species are known to increase the source levels or alter the frequency 
of their calls in the presence of elevated sound levels (Dahlheim, 
1987; Lesage et al., 1999; Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al., 2007, 
2009; Di Iorio and Clark, 2009; Holt et al., 2009).
    These data demonstrating adaptations for reduced masking pertain 
mainly to the very high frequency echolocation signals of toothed 
whales. There is less information about the existence of corresponding 
mechanisms at moderate or low frequencies or in other types of marine 
mammals. For example, Zaitseva et al. (1980) found that, for the 
bottlenose dolphin, the angular separation between a sound source and a 
masking noise source had little effect on the degree of masking when 
the sound frequency was 18 kHz, in contrast to the pronounced effect at 
higher frequencies. Directional hearing has been demonstrated at 
frequencies as low as 0.5-2 kHz in several marine mammals, including 
killer whales (Richardson et al., 1995). This ability may be useful in 
reducing masking at these frequencies. In summary, high levels of sound 
generated by anthropogenic activities may act to mask the detection of 
weaker biologically important sounds by some marine mammals. This 
masking may be more prominent for lower frequencies. For higher 
frequencies, such as that used in echolocation by toothed whales, 
several mechanisms are available that may allow them to reduce the 
effects of such masking.
3. Behavioral Disturbance
    Marine mammals may behaviorally react when exposed to anthropogenic 
sound. These behavioral reactions are often shown as: Changing 
durations of surfacing and dives, number of blows per surfacing, or 
moving direction and/or speed; reduced/increased vocal activities; 
changing/cessation of certain behavioral activities (such as 
socializing or feeding); visible startle response or aggressive 
behavior (such as tail/fluke slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of 
areas where sound sources are located; and/or flight responses (e.g., 
pinnipeds flushing into water from haulouts or rookeries).
    The biological significance of many of these behavioral 
disturbances is difficult to predict, especially if the detected 
disturbances appear minor. However, the consequences of behavioral 
modification have the potential to be biologically significant if the 
change affects growth, survival, or reproduction. Examples of 
significant behavioral modifications include:
     Drastic change in diving/surfacing patterns (such as those 
thought to be causing beaked whale stranding due to exposure to 
military mid-frequency tactical sonar);
     Habitat abandonment due to loss of desirable acoustic 
environment; and
     Cessation of feeding or social interaction.
    The onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic noise 
depends on both external factors (characteristics of noise sources and 
their paths) and the receiving animals (hearing, motivation, 
experience, demography, current activity, reproductive state) and is 
also difficult to predict (Gordon et al., 2004; Southall et al., 2007; 
Ellison et al., 2011).
    Mysticetes: Baleen whales generally tend to avoid operating 
airguns, but avoidance radii are quite variable. Whales are often 
reported to show no overt reactions to pulses from large arrays of 
airguns at distances beyond a few kilometers, even though the airgun 
pulses remain well above ambient noise levels out to much greater 
distances (Miller et al., 2005). However, baleen whales exposed to 
strong noise pulses often react by deviating from their normal 
migration route (Richardson et al., 1999). Migrating gray and bowhead 
whales were observed avoiding the sound source by displacing their 
migration route to varying degrees but within the natural boundaries of 
the migration corridors (Schick and Urban, 2000; Richardson et al., 
1999). Baleen whale responses to pulsed sound, however, may depend on 
the type of activity in which the whales are engaged. Some evidence 
suggests that feeding bowhead whales may be more tolerant of underwater 
sound than migrating bowheads (Miller et al., 2005; Lyons et al., 2009; 
Christie et al., 2010).
    Results of studies of gray, bowhead, and humpback whales have 
determined

[[Page 20090]]

that received levels of pulses in the 160-170 dB re 1 [micro]Pa rms 
range seem to cause obvious avoidance behavior in a substantial 
fraction of the animals exposed. In many areas, seismic pulses from 
large arrays of airguns diminish to those levels at distances ranging 
from 2.8-9 mi (4.5-14.5 km) from the source. For the much smaller 
airgun array used during SAE's proposed survey (total discharge volume 
of 640 in\3\), distances to received levels in the 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa 
rms range are estimated to be 0.5-3 mi (0.8-5 km). Baleen whales within 
those distances may show avoidance or other strong disturbance 
reactions to the airgun array. Subtle behavioral changes sometimes 
become evident at somewhat lower received levels, and recent studies 
have shown that some species of baleen whales, notably bowhead and 
humpback whales, at times show strong avoidance at received levels 
lower than 160-170 dB re 1 [mu]Pa rms. Bowhead whales migrating west 
across the Alaskan Beaufort Sea in autumn, in particular, are unusually 
responsive, with avoidance occurring out to distances of 12.4-18.6 mi 
(20-30 km) from a medium-sized airgun source (Miller et al., 1999; 
Richardson et al., 1999). However, more recent research on bowhead 
whales (Miller et al., 2005) corroborates earlier evidence that, during 
the summer feeding season, bowheads are not as sensitive to seismic 
sources. In summer, bowheads typically begin to show avoidance 
reactions at a received level of about 160-170 dB re 1 [mu]Pa rms 
(Richardson et al., 1986; Ljungblad et al., 1988; Miller et al., 2005).
    Malme et al. (1986) studied the responses of feeding eastern gray 
whales to pulses from a single 100 in\3\ airgun off St. Lawrence Island 
in the northern Bering Sea. They estimated, based on small sample 
sizes, that 50% of feeding gray whales ceased feeding at an average 
received pressure level of 173 dB re 1 [mu]Pa on an (approximate) rms 
basis, and that 10% of feeding whales interrupted feeding at received 
levels of 163 dB. Those findings were generally consistent with the 
results of experiments conducted on larger numbers of gray whales that 
were migrating along the California coast and on observations of the 
distribution of feeding Western Pacific gray whales off Sakhalin 
Island, Russia, during a seismic survey (Yazvenko et al., 2007). Data 
on short-term reactions (or lack of reactions) of cetaceans to 
impulsive noises do not necessarily provide information about long-term 
effects. While it is not certain whether impulsive noises affect 
reproductive rate or distribution and habitat use in subsequent days or 
years, certain species have continued to use areas ensonified by 
airguns and have continued to increase in number despite successive 
years of anthropogenic activity in the area. Gray whales continued to 
migrate annually along the west coast of North America despite 
intermittent seismic exploration and much ship traffic in that area for 
decades (Appendix A in Malme et al., 1984). Bowhead whales continued to 
travel to the eastern Beaufort Sea each summer despite seismic 
exploration in their summer and autumn range for many years (Richardson 
et al., 1987). Populations of both gray whales and bowhead whales grew 
substantially during this time. In any event, the proposed survey will 
occur in summer (July through late August) when most bowhead whales are 
commonly feeding in the Mackenzie River Delta, Canada.
    During their study, Patenaude et al. (2002) observed one bowhead 
whale cow-calf pair during four passes totaling 2.8 hours of the 
helicopter and two pairs during Twin Otter overflights. All of the 
helicopter passes were at altitudes of 49-98 ft (15-30 m). The mother 
dove both times she was at the surface, and the calf dove once out of 
the four times it was at the surface. For the cow-calf pair sightings 
during Twin Otter overflights, the authors did not note any behaviors 
specific to those pairs. Rather, the reactions of the cow-calf pairs 
were lumped with the reactions of other groups that did not consist of 
calves.
    Richardson et al. (1995) and Moore and Clarke (2002) reviewed a few 
studies that observed responses of gray whales to aircraft. Cow-calf 
pairs were quite sensitive to a turboprop survey flown at 1,000 ft (305 
m) altitude on the Alaskan summering grounds. In that survey, adults 
were seen swimming over the calf, or the calf swam under the adult 
(Ljungblad et al., 1983, cited in Richardson et al., 1995 and Moore and 
Clarke, 2002). However, when the same aircraft circled for more than 10 
minutes at 1,050 ft (320 m) altitude over a group of mating gray 
whales, no reactions were observed (Ljungblad et al., 1987, cited in 
Moore and Clarke, 2002). Malme et al. (1984, cited in Richardson et 
al., 1995 and Moore and Clarke, 2002) conducted playback experiments on 
migrating gray whales. They exposed the animals to underwater noise 
recorded from a Bell 212 helicopter (estimated altitude=328 ft [100 
m]), at an average of three simulated passes per minute. The authors 
observed that whales changed their swimming course and sometimes slowed 
down in response to the playback sound but proceeded to migrate past 
the transducer. Migrating gray whales did not react overtly to a Bell 
212 helicopter at greater than 1,394 ft (425 m) altitude, occasionally 
reacted when the helicopter was at 1,000-1,198 ft (305-365 m), and 
usually reacted when it was below 825 ft (250 m; Southwest Research 
Associates, 1988, cited in Richardson et al., 1995 and Moore and 
Clarke, 2002). Reactions noted in that study included abrupt turns or 
dives or both. Greene et al. (1992, cited in Richardson et al., 1995) 
observed that migrating gray whales rarely exhibited noticeable 
reactions to a straight-line overflight by a Twin Otter at 197 ft (60 
m) altitude.
    Odontocetes: Few systematic data are available describing reactions 
of toothed whales to noise pulses. However, systematic work on sperm 
whales is underway, and there is an increasing amount of information 
about responses of various odontocetes to seismic surveys based on 
monitoring studies (e.g., Stone, 2003). Miller et al. (2009) conducted 
at-sea experiments where reactions of sperm whales were monitored 
through the use of controlled sound exposure experiments from large 
airgun arrays consisting of 20-guns and 31-guns. Of 8 sperm whales 
observed, none changed their behavior when exposed to either a ramp-up 
at 4-8 mi (7-13 km) or full array exposures at 0.6-8 mi (1-13 km).
    Seismic operators and marine mammal observers sometimes see 
dolphins and other small toothed whales near operating airgun arrays, 
but, in general, there seems to be a tendency for most delphinids to 
show some limited avoidance of seismic vessels operating large airgun 
systems. However, some dolphins seem to be attracted to the seismic 
vessel and floats, and some ride the bow wave of the seismic vessel 
even when large arrays of airguns are firing. Nonetheless, there have 
been indications that small toothed whales sometimes move away or 
maintain a somewhat greater distance from the vessel when a large array 
of airguns is operating than when it is silent (e.g., 1998; Stone, 
2003). The beluga may be a species that (at least in certain geographic 
areas) shows long-distance avoidance of seismic vessels. Aerial surveys 
during seismic operations in the southeastern Beaufort Sea recorded 
much lower sighting rates of beluga whales within 10-20 km (6.2-12.4 
mi) of an active seismic vessel. These results were consistent with the 
low number of beluga sightings reported by observers aboard the seismic 
vessel, suggesting that some belugas might have been avoiding the 
seismic operations at

[[Page 20091]]

distances of 10-20 km (6.2-12.4 mi) (Miller et al., 2005).
    Captive bottlenose dolphins and (of more relevance in this project) 
beluga whales exhibit changes in behavior when exposed to strong pulsed 
sounds similar in duration to those typically used in seismic surveys 
(Finneran et al., 2002, 2005). However, the animals tolerated high 
received levels of sound (pk-pk level >200 dB re 1 [mu]Pa) before 
exhibiting aversive behaviors.
    Observers stationed on seismic vessels operating off the United 
Kingdom from 1997-2000 have provided data on the occurrence and 
behavior of various toothed whales exposed to seismic pulses (Stone, 
2003; Gordon et al., 2004). Killer whales were found to be 
significantly farther from large airgun arrays during periods of 
shooting compared with periods of no shooting. The displacement of the 
median distance from the array was approximately 0.5 km (0.3 mi) or 
more. Killer whales also appear to be more tolerant of seismic shooting 
in deeper water.
    Reactions of toothed whales to large arrays of airguns are variable 
and, at least for delphinids, seem to be confined to a smaller radius 
than has been observed for mysticetes. However, based on the limited 
existing evidence, belugas should not be grouped with delphinids in the 
``less responsive'' category.
    Patenaude et al. (2002) reported that beluga whales appeared to be 
more responsive to aircraft overflights than bowhead whales. Changes 
were observed in diving and respiration behavior, and some whales 
veered away when a helicopter passed at <=820 ft (250 m) lateral 
distance at altitudes up to 492 ft (150 m). However, some belugas 
showed no reaction to the helicopter. Belugas appeared to show less 
response to fixed-wing aircraft than to helicopter overflights.
    Pinnipeds: Pinnipeds are not likely to show a strong avoidance 
reaction to the airgun sources proposed for use. Visual monitoring from 
seismic vessels has shown only slight (if any) avoidance of airguns by 
pinnipeds and only slight (if any) changes in behavior. Monitoring work 
in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea during 1996-2001 provided considerable 
information regarding the behavior of Arctic ice seals exposed to 
seismic pulses (Harris et al., 2001; Moulton and Lawson, 2002). These 
seismic projects usually involved arrays of 6 to 16 airguns with total 
volumes of 560 to 1,500 in\3\. The combined results suggest that some 
seals avoid the immediate area around seismic vessels. In most survey 
years, ringed seal sightings tended to be farther away from the seismic 
vessel when the airguns were operating than when they were not (Moulton 
and Lawson, 2002). However, these avoidance movements were relatively 
small, on the order of 100 m (328 ft) to a few hundreds of meters, and 
many seals remained within 100-200 m (328-656 ft) of the trackline as 
the operating airgun array passed by. Seal sighting rates at the water 
surface were lower during airgun array operations than during no-airgun 
periods in each survey year except 1997. Similarly, seals are often 
very tolerant of pulsed sounds from seal-scaring devices (Richardson et 
al., 1995). However, initial telemetry work suggests that avoidance and 
other behavioral reactions by two other species of seals to small 
airgun sources may at times be stronger than evident to date from 
visual studies of pinniped reactions to airguns (Thompson et al., 
1998). Even if reactions of the species occurring in the present study 
area are as strong as those evident in the telemetry study, reactions 
are expected to be confined to relatively small distances and 
durations, with no long-term effects on pinniped individuals or 
populations.
    Blackwell et al. (2004) observed 12 ringed seals during low-
altitude overflights of a Bell 212 helicopter at Northstar in June and 
July 2000 (9 observations took place concurrent with pipe-driving 
activities). One seal showed no reaction to the aircraft while the 
remaining 11 (92%) reacted, either by looking at the helicopter (n=10) 
or by departing from their basking site (n=1). Blackwell et al. (2004) 
concluded that none of the reactions to helicopters were strong or long 
lasting, and that seals near Northstar in June and July 2000 probably 
had habituated to industrial sounds and visible activities that had 
occurred often during the preceding winter and spring. There have been 
few systematic studies of pinniped reactions to aircraft overflights, 
and most of the available data concern pinnipeds hauled out on land or 
ice rather than pinnipeds in the water (Richardson et al., 1995; Born 
et al., 1999).
4. Threshold Shift (Noise-Induced Loss of Hearing)
    When animals exhibit reduced hearing sensitivity (i.e., sounds must 
be louder for an animal to detect them) following exposure to an 
intense sound or sound for long duration, it is referred to as a noise-
induced threshold shift (TS). An animal can experience temporary 
threshold shift (TTS) or permanent threshold shift (PTS). TTS can last 
from minutes or hours to days (i.e., there is complete recovery), can 
occur in specific frequency ranges (i.e., an animal might only have a 
temporary loss of hearing sensitivity between the frequencies of 1 and 
10 kHz), and can be of varying amounts (for example, an animal's 
hearing sensitivity might be reduced initially by only 6 dB or reduced 
by 30 dB). PTS is permanent, but some recovery is possible. PTS can 
also occur in a specific frequency range and amount as mentioned above 
for TTS.
    The following physiological mechanisms are thought to play a role 
in inducing auditory TS: effects to sensory hair cells in the inner ear 
that reduce their sensitivity, modification of the chemical environment 
within the sensory cells, residual muscular activity in the middle ear, 
displacement of certain inner ear membranes, increased blood flow, and 
post-stimulatory reduction in both efferent and sensory neural output 
(Southall et al., 2007). The amplitude, duration, frequency, temporal 
pattern, and energy distribution of sound exposure all can affect the 
amount of associated TS and the frequency range in which it occurs. As 
amplitude and duration of sound exposure increase, so, generally, does 
the amount of TS, along with the recovery time. For intermittent 
sounds, less TS could occur than compared to a continuous exposure with 
the same energy (some recovery could occur between intermittent 
exposures depending on the duty cycle between sounds) (Ward, 1997). For 
example, one short but loud (higher SPL) sound exposure may induce the 
same impairment as one longer but softer sound, which in turn may cause 
more impairment than a series of several intermittent softer sounds 
with the same total energy (Ward, 1997). Additionally, though TTS is 
temporary, prolonged exposure to sounds strong enough to elicit TTS, or 
shorter-term exposure to sound levels well above the TTS threshold, can 
cause PTS, at least in terrestrial mammals. Although in the case of the 
proposed seismic survey, animals are not expected to be exposed to 
sound levels high for a long enough period to result in PTS.
    PTS is considered auditory injury (Southall et al., 2007). 
Irreparable damage to the inner or outer cochlear hair cells may cause 
PTS; however, other mechanisms are also involved, such as exceeding the 
elastic limits of certain tissues and membranes in the middle and inner 
ears and resultant changes in the chemical composition of the inner ear 
fluids (Southall et al., 2007).
    Although the published body of scientific literature contains 
numerous

[[Page 20092]]

theoretical studies and discussion papers on hearing impairments that 
can occur with exposure to a loud sound, only a few studies provide 
empirical information on the levels at which noise-induced loss in 
hearing sensitivity occurs in nonhuman animals. For marine mammals, 
published data are limited to the captive bottlenose dolphin, beluga, 
harbor porpoise, and Yangtze finless porpoise (Finneran et al., 2000, 
2002, 2003, 2005, 2007; Finneran and Schlundt, 2010; Lucke et al., 
2009; Mooney et al., 2009; Popov et al., 2011a, 2011b; Kastelein et 
al., 2012a; Schlundt et al., 2006; Nachtigall et al., 2003, 2004). For 
pinnipeds in water, data are limited to measurements of TTS in harbor 
seals, an elephant seal, and California sea lions (Kastak et al., 2005; 
Kastelein et al., 2012b).
    Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with 
conspecifics, and interpretation of environmental cues for purposes 
such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree 
(elevation of threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery time), and 
frequency range of TTS, and the context in which it is experienced, TTS 
can have effects on marine mammals ranging from discountable to serious 
(similar to those discussed in auditory masking, above). For example, a 
marine mammal may be able to readily compensate for a brief, relatively 
small amount of TTS in a non-critical frequency range that occurs 
during a time where ambient noise is lower and there are not as many 
competing sounds present. Alternatively, a larger amount and longer 
duration of TTS sustained during time when communication is critical 
for successful mother/calf interactions could have more serious 
impacts. Also, depending on the degree and frequency range, the effects 
of PTS on an animal could range in severity, although it is considered 
generally more serious because it is a permanent condition. Of note, 
reduced hearing sensitivity as a simple function of aging has been 
observed in marine mammals, as well as humans and other taxa (Southall 
et al., 2007), so we can infer that strategies exist for coping with 
this condition to some degree, though likely not without cost.
5. Non-Auditory Physical Effects
    Non-auditory physical effects might occur in marine mammals exposed 
to strong underwater sound. Possible types of non-auditory 
physiological effects or injuries that theoretically might occur in 
mammals close to a strong sound source include stress, neurological 
effects, bubble formation, and other types of organ or tissue damage. 
Some marine mammal species (i.e., beaked whales) may be especially 
susceptible to injury and/or stranding when exposed to strong pulsed 
sounds.
    Classic stress responses begin when an animal's central nervous 
system perceives a potential threat to its homeostasis. That perception 
triggers stress responses regardless of whether a stimulus actually 
threatens the animal; the mere perception of a threat is sufficient to 
trigger a stress response (Moberg, 2000; Sapolsky et al., 2005; Seyle, 
1950). Once an animal's central nervous system perceives a threat, it 
mounts a biological response or defense that consists of a combination 
of the four general biological defense responses: Behavioral responses; 
autonomic nervous system responses; neuroendocrine responses; or immune 
responses.
    In the case of many stressors, an animal's first and most 
economical (in terms of biotic costs) response is behavioral avoidance 
of the potential stressor or avoidance of continued exposure to a 
stressor. An animal's second line of defense to stressors involves the 
sympathetic part of the autonomic nervous system and the classical 
``fight or flight'' response, which includes the cardiovascular system, 
the gastrointestinal system, the exocrine glands, and the adrenal 
medulla to produce changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and 
gastrointestinal activity that humans commonly associate with 
``stress.'' These responses have a relatively short duration and may or 
may not have significant long-term effects on an animal's welfare.
    An animal's third line of defense to stressors involves its 
neuroendocrine or sympathetic nervous systems; the system that has 
received the most study has been the hypothalmus-pituitary-adrenal 
system (also known as the HPA axis in mammals or the hypothalamus-
pituitary-interrenal axis in fish and some reptiles). Unlike stress 
responses associated with the autonomic nervous system, virtually all 
neuroendocrine functions that are affected by stress--including immune 
competence, reproduction, metabolism, and behavior--are regulated by 
pituitary hormones. Stress-induced changes in the secretion of 
pituitary hormones have been implicated in failed reproduction (Moberg, 
1987), altered metabolism (Elasser et al., 2000), reduced immune 
competence (Blecha, 2000), and behavioral disturbance. Increases in the 
circulation of glucocorticosteroids (cortisol, corticosterone, and 
aldosterone in marine mammals; see Romano et al., 2004) have been 
equated with stress for many years.
    The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does 
not normally place an animal at risk) and distress is the biotic cost 
of the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen 
stores that can be quickly replenished once the stress is alleviated. 
In such circumstances, the cost of the stress response would not pose a 
risk to the animal's welfare. However, when an animal does not have 
sufficient energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a stress 
response, energy resources must be diverted from other biotic 
functions, which impair those functions that experience the diversion. 
For example, when mounting a stress response diverts energy away from 
growth in young animals, those animals may experience stunted growth. 
When mounting a stress response diverts energy from a fetus, an 
animal's reproductive success and fitness will suffer. In these cases, 
the animals will have entered a pre-pathological or pathological state 
which is called ``distress'' (sensu Seyle, 1950) or ``allostatic 
loading'' (sensu McEwen and Wingfield, 2003). This pathological state 
will last until the animal replenishes its biotic reserves sufficient 
to restore normal function. Note that these examples involved a long-
term (days or weeks) stress response exposure to stimuli.
    Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal 
behavior, and the costs of stress responses have also been documented 
fairly well through controlled experiment; because this physiology 
exists in every vertebrate that has been studied, it is not surprising 
that stress responses and their costs have been documented in both 
laboratory and free-living animals (for examples see, Holberton et al., 
1996; Hood et al., 1998; Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et al., 2004; 
Lankford et al., 2005; Reneerkens et al., 2002; Thompson and Hamer, 
2000). Although no information has been collected on the physiological 
responses of marine mammals to anthropogenic sound exposure, studies of 
other marine animals and terrestrial animals would lead us to expect 
some marine mammals experience physiological stress responses and, 
perhaps, physiological responses that would be classified as 
``distress'' upon exposure to anthropogenic sounds.
    For example, Jansen (1998) reported on the relationship between 
acoustic exposures and physiological responses that are indicative of 
stress responses in humans (e.g., elevated respiration and increased 
heart rates). Jones (1998) reported on reductions in human performance 
when faced with acute,

[[Page 20093]]

repetitive exposures to acoustic disturbance. Trimper et al. (1998) 
reported on the physiological stress responses of osprey to low-level 
aircraft noise while Krausman et al. (2004) reported on the auditory 
and physiology stress responses of endangered Sonoran pronghorn to 
military overflights. Smith et al. (2004a, 2004b) identified noise-
induced physiological transient stress responses in hearing-specialist 
fish (i.e., goldfish) that accompanied short- and long-term hearing 
losses. Welch and Welch (1970) reported physiological and behavioral 
stress responses that accompanied damage to the inner ears of fish and 
several mammals.
    Hearing is one of the primary senses marine mammals use to gather 
information about their environment and communicate with conspecifics. 
Although empirical information on the relationship between sensory 
impairment (TTS, PTS, and acoustic masking) on marine mammals remains 
limited, we assume that reducing a marine mammal's ability to gather 
information about its environment and communicate with other members of 
its species would induce stress, based on data that terrestrial animals 
exhibit those responses under similar conditions (NRC, 2003) and 
because marine mammals use hearing as their primary sensory mechanism. 
Therefore, we assume that acoustic exposures sufficient to trigger 
onset PTS or TTS would be accompanied by physiological stress 
responses. More importantly, marine mammals might experience stress 
responses at received levels lower than those necessary to trigger 
onset TTS. Based on empirical studies of the time required to recover 
from stress responses (Moberg, 2000), NMFS also assumes that stress 
responses could persist beyond the time interval required for animals 
to recover from TTS and might result in pathological and pre-
pathological states that would be as significant as behavioral 
responses to TTS.
    Resonance effects (Gentry, 2002) and direct noise-induced bubble 
formations (Crum et al., 2005) are implausible in the case of exposure 
to an impulsive broadband source like an airgun array. If seismic 
surveys disrupt diving patterns of deep-diving species, this might 
result in bubble formation and a form of the bends, as speculated to 
occur in beaked whales exposed to sonar. However, there is no specific 
evidence of this upon exposure to airgun pulses. Additionally, no 
beaked whale species occur in the proposed project area.
    In general, very little is known about the potential for strong, 
anthropogenic underwater sounds to cause non-auditory physical effects 
in marine mammals. Such effects, if they occur at all, would presumably 
be limited to short distances and to activities that extend over a 
prolonged period. The available data do not allow identification of a 
specific exposure level above which non-auditory effects can be 
expected (Southall et al., 2007) or any meaningful quantitative 
predictions of the numbers (if any) of marine mammals that might be 
affected in those ways. There is no definitive evidence that any of 
these effects occur even for marine mammals in close proximity to large 
arrays of airguns, which are not proposed for use during this program. 
In addition, marine mammals that show behavioral avoidance of industry 
activities, including bowheads, belugas, and some pinnipeds, are 
especially unlikely to incur non-auditory impairment or other physical 
effects.
6. Stranding and Mortality
    Marine mammals close to underwater detonations of high explosive 
can be killed or severely injured, and the auditory organs are 
especially susceptible to injury (Ketten et al., 1993; Ketten, 1995). 
Airgun pulses are less energetic and their peak amplitudes have slower 
rise times. To date, there is no evidence that serious injury, death, 
or stranding by marine mammals can occur from exposure to airgun 
pulses, even in the case of large airgun arrays. Additionally, SAE's 
project will use small and medium sized airgun arrays in shallow water. 
NMFS does not expect any marine mammals will incur serious injury or 
mortality in the shallow waters off Beaufort Sea or strand as a result 
of the proposed seismic survey.
7. Potential Effects From Pingers on Marine Mammals
    Active acoustic sources other than the airguns have been proposed 
for SAE's 2015 seismic survey in Beaufort Sea, Alaska. In general, the 
potential effects of this equipment on marine mammals are similar to 
those from the airguns, except the magnitude of the impacts is expected 
to be much less due to the lower intensity of the source.

Vessel Impacts

    Vessel activity and noise associated with vessel activity will 
temporarily increase in the action area during SAE's seismic survey as 
a result of the operation of about 8 vessels. To minimize the effects 
of vessels and noise associated with vessel activity, SAE will alter 
speed if a marine mammal gets too close to a vessel. In addition, 
source vessels will be operating at slow speed (4-5 knots) when 
conducting surveys. Marine mammal monitoring observers will alert 
vessel captains as animals are detected to ensure safe and effective 
measures are applied to avoid coming into direct contact with marine 
mammals. Therefore, NMFS neither anticipates nor authorizes takes of 
marine mammals from ship strikes.
    McCauley et al. (1996) reported several cases of humpback whales 
responding to vessels in Hervey Bay, Australia. Results indicated clear 
avoidance at received levels between 118 to 124 dB in three cases for 
which response and received levels were observed/measured.
    Palka and Hammond (2001) analyzed line transect census data in 
which the orientation and distance off transect line were reported for 
large numbers of minke whales. The authors developed a method to 
account for effects of animal movement in response to sighting 
platforms. Minor changes in locomotion speed, direction, and/or diving 
profile were reported at ranges from 1,847 to 2,352 ft (563 to 717 m) 
at received levels of 110 to 120 dB.
    Odontocetes, such as beluga whales, killer whales, and harbor 
porpoises, often show tolerance to vessel activity; however, they may 
react at long distances if they are confined by ice, shallow water, or 
were previously harassed by vessels (Richardson et al., 1995). Beluga 
whale response to vessel noise varies greatly from tolerance to extreme 
sensitivity depending on the activity of the whale and previous 
experience with vessels (Richardson et al., 1995). Reactions to vessels 
depend on whale activities and experience, habitat, boat type, and boat 
behavior (Richardson et al., 1995) and may include behavioral 
responses, such as altered headings or avoidance (Blane and Jaakson, 
1994; Erbe and Farmer, 2000); fast swimming; changes in vocalizations 
(Lesage et al., 1999; Scheifele et al., 2005); and changes in dive, 
surfacing, and respiration patterns.
    There are few data published on pinniped responses to vessel 
activity, and most of the information is anecdotal (Richardson et al., 
1995). Generally, sea lions in water show tolerance to close and 
frequently approaching vessels and sometimes show interest in fishing 
vessels. They are less tolerant when hauled out on land; however, they 
rarely react unless the vessel approaches within 100-200 m (330-660 ft; 
reviewed in Richardson et al., 1995).
    The addition of the vessels and noise due to vessel operations 
associated with the seismic survey is not expected to

[[Page 20094]]

have effects that could cause significant or long-term consequences for 
individual marine mammals or their populations.

Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat

    The primary potential impacts to marine mammal habitat and other 
marine species are associated with elevated sound levels produced by 
airguns and other active acoustic sources. However, other potential 
impacts to the surrounding habitat from physical disturbance are also 
possible. This section describes the potential impacts to marine mammal 
habitat from the specified activity. Because the marine mammals in the 
area feed on fish and/or invertebrates there is also information on the 
species typically preyed upon by the marine mammals in the area.

Common Marine Mammal Prey in the Project Area

    All of the marine mammal species that may occur in the proposed 
project area prey on either marine fish or invertebrates. The ringed 
seal feeds on fish and a variety of benthic species, including crabs 
and shrimp. Bearded seals feed mainly on benthic organisms, primarily 
crabs, shrimp, and clams. Spotted seals feed on pelagic and demersal 
fish, as well as shrimp and cephalopods. They are known to feed on a 
variety of fish including herring, capelin, sand lance, Arctic cod, 
saffron cod, and sculpins. Ribbon seals feed primarily on pelagic fish 
and invertebrates, such as shrimp, crabs, squid, octopus, cod, sculpin, 
pollack, and capelin. Juveniles feed mostly on krill and shrimp.
    Bowhead whales feed in the eastern Beaufort Sea during summer and 
early autumn but continue feeding to varying degrees while on their 
migration through the central and western Beaufort Sea in the late 
summer and fall (Richardson and Thomson [eds.], 2002). When feeding in 
relatively shallow areas, bowheads feed throughout the water column. 
However, feeding is concentrated at depths where zooplankton is 
concentrated (Wursig et al., 1984, 1989; Richardson [ed.], 1987; 
Griffiths et al., 2002). Lowry and Sheffield (2002) found that copepods 
and euphausiids were the most common prey found in stomach samples from 
bowhead whales harvested in the Kaktovik area from 1979 to 2000. Areas 
to the east of Barter Island (which is approximately 120 mi east of 
SAE's proposed seismic area) appear to be used regularly for feeding as 
bowhead whales migrate slowly westward across the Beaufort Sea (Thomson 
and Richardson, 1987; Richardson and Thomson [eds.], 2002).
    Recent articles and reports have noted bowhead whales feeding in 
several areas of the U.S. Beaufort Sea. The Barrow area is commonly 
used as a feeding area during spring and fall, with a higher proportion 
of photographed individuals displaying evidence of feeding in fall 
rather than spring (Mocklin, 2009). A bowhead whale feeding ``hotspot'' 
(Okkonen et al., 2011) commonly forms on the western Beaufort Sea shelf 
off Point Barrow in late summer and fall. Favorable conditions 
concentrate euphausiids and copepods, and bowhead whales congregate to 
exploit the dense prey (Ashjian et al., 2010, Moore et al., 2010; 
Okkonen et al., 2011). Surveys have also noted bowhead whales feeding 
in the Camden Bay area during the fall (Koski and Miller, 2009; 
Quakenbush et al., 2010).
    The 2006-2008 BWASP Final Report (Clarke et al., 2011a) and the 
2009 BWASP Final Report (Clarke et al., 2011b) note sightings of 
feeding bowhead whales in the Beaufort Sea during the fall season. 
During that 4 year period, the largest groups of feeding whales were 
sighted between Smith Bay and Point Barrow (hundreds of miles to the 
west of Prudhoe Bay), and none were sighted feeding in Camden Bay 
(Clarke et al., 2011a,b). Clarke and Ferguson (undated) examined the 
raw BWASP data from the years 2000-2009. They noted that feeding 
behavior was noted more often in September than October and that while 
bowheads were observed feeding throughout the study area (which 
includes the entire U.S. Beaufort Sea), sightings were less frequent in 
the central Alaskan Beaufort than they were east of Kaktovik and west 
of Smith Bay. Additionally, Clarke and Ferguson (undated) and Clarke et 
al. (2011b) refer to information from Ashjian et al. (2010), which 
describes the importance of wind-driven currents that produce favorable 
feeding conditions for bowhead whales in the area between Smith Bay and 
Point Barrow. Increased winds in that area may be increasing the 
incidence of upwelling, which in turn may be the reason for increased 
sightings of feeding bowheads in the area. Clarke and Ferguson 
(undated) also note that the incidence of feeding bowheads in the 
eastern Alaskan Beaufort Sea has decreased since the early 1980s.
    Beluga whales feed on a variety of fish, shrimp, squid and octopus 
(Burns and Seaman, 1985). Very few beluga whales occur nearshore; their 
main migration route is much further offshore. Like several of the 
other species in the area, harbor porpoise feed on demersal and benthic 
species, mainly schooling fish and cephalopods. Depending on the type 
of killer whale (transient or resident), they feed on fish and/or 
marine mammals. However, harbor porpoises and killer whales are not 
commonly found in Prudhoe Bay.
    Gray whales are primarily bottom feeders, and benthic amphipods and 
isopods form the majority of their summer diet, at least in the main 
summering areas west of Alaska (Oliver et al., 1983; Oliver and 
Slattery, 1985). Farther south, gray whales have also been observed 
feeding around kelp beds, presumably on mysid crustaceans, and on 
pelagic prey such as small schooling fish and crab larvae (Hatler and 
Darling, 1974). However, the central Beaufort Sea is not known to be a 
primary feeding ground for gray whales.
    Two kinds of fish inhabit marine waters in the study area: (1) True 
marine fish that spend all of their lives in salt water, and (2) 
anadromous species that reproduce in fresh water and spend parts of 
their life cycles in salt water.
    Most arctic marine fish species are small, benthic forms that do 
not feed high in the water column. The majority of these species are 
circumpolar and are found in habitats ranging from deep offshore water 
to water as shallow as 16.4-33 ft (5-10 m; Fechhelm et al., 1995). The 
most important pelagic species, and the only abundant pelagic species, 
is the Arctic cod. The Arctic cod is a major vector for the transfer of 
energy from lower to higher trophic levels (Bradstreet et al., 1986). 
In summer, Arctic cod can form very large schools in both nearshore and 
offshore waters (Craig et al., 1982; Bradstreet et al., 1986). 
Locations and areas frequented by large schools of Arctic cod cannot be 
predicted but can be almost anywhere. The Arctic cod is a major food 
source for beluga whales, ringed seals, and numerous species of 
seabirds (Frost and Lowry, 1984; Bradstreet et al., 1986).
    Anadromous Dolly Varden char and some species of whitefish winter 
in rivers and lakes, migrate to the sea in spring and summer, and 
return to fresh water in autumn. Anadromous fish form the basis of 
subsistence, commercial, and small regional sport fisheries. Dolly 
Varden char migrate to the sea from May through mid-June (Johnson, 
1980) and spend about 1.5-2.5 months there (Craig, 1989). They return 
to rivers beginning in late July or early August with the peak return 
migration occurring between mid-August and early September (Johnson, 
1980). At sea, most anadromous corregonids

[[Page 20095]]

(whitefish) remain in nearshore waters within several kilometers of 
shore (Craig, 1984, 1989). They are often termed ``amphidromous'' fish 
in that they make repeated annual migrations into marine waters to 
feed, returning each fall to overwinter in fresh water.
    Benthic organisms are defined as bottom dwelling creatures. 
Infaunal organisms are benthic organisms that live within the substrate 
and are often sedentary or sessile (bivalves, polychaetes). Epibenthic 
organisms live on or near the bottom surface sediments and are mobile 
(amphipods, isopods, mysids, and some polychaetes). Epifauna, which 
live attached to hard substrates, are rare in the Beaufort Sea because 
hard substrates are scarce there. A small community of epifauna, the 
Boulder Patch, occurs in Stefansson Sound.
    Many of the nearshore benthic marine invertebrates of the Arctic 
are circumpolar and are found over a wide range of water depths (Carey 
et al., 1975). Species identified include polychaetes (Spio filicornis, 
Chaetozone setosa, Eteone longa), bivalves (Cryrtodaria kurriana, 
Nucula tenuis, Liocyma fluctuosa), an isopod (Saduria entomon), and 
amphipods (Pontoporeia femorata, P. affinis).
    Nearshore benthic fauna have been studied in Beaufort Sea lagoons 
and near the mouth of the Colville River (Kinney et al., 1971, 1972; 
Crane and Cooney, 1975). The waters of Simpson Lagoon, Harrison Bay, 
and the nearshore region support a number of infaunal species including 
crustaceans, mollusks, and polychaetes. In areas influenced by river 
discharge, seasonal changes in salinity can greatly influence the 
distribution and abundance of benthic organisms. Large fluctuations in 
salinity and temperature that occur over a very short time period, or 
on a seasonal basis, allow only very adaptable, opportunistic species 
to survive (Alexander et al., 1974). Since shorefast ice is present for 
many months, the distribution and abundance of most species depends on 
annual (or more frequent) recolonization from deeper offshore waters 
(Woodward Clyde Consultants, 1995). Due to ice scouring, particularly 
in water depths of less than 8 ft (2.4 m), infaunal communities tend to 
be patchily distributed. Diversity increases with water depth until the 
shear zone is reached at 49-82 ft (15-25 m; Carey, 1978). Biodiversity 
then declines due to ice gouging between the landfast ice and the polar 
pack ice (Woodward Clyde Consultants, 1995).

Potential Impacts From Sound Generation

    With regard to fish as a prey source for odontocetes and seals, 
fish are known to hear and react to sounds and to use sound to 
communicate (Tavolga et al., 1981) and possibly avoid predators (Wilson 
and Dill, 2002). Experiments have shown that fish can sense both the 
strength and direction of sound (Hawkins, 1981). Primary factors 
determining whether a fish can sense a sound signal, and potentially 
react to it, are the frequency of the signal and the strength of the 
signal in relation to the natural background noise level.
    Fishes produce sounds that are associated with behaviors that 
include territoriality, mate search, courtship, and aggression. It has 
also been speculated that sound production may provide the means for 
long distance communication and communication under poor underwater 
visibility conditions (Zelick et al., 1999), although the fact that 
fish communicate at low-frequency sound levels where the masking 
effects of ambient noise are naturally highest suggests that very long 
distance communication would rarely be possible. Fishes have evolved a 
diversity of sound generating organs and acoustic signals of various 
temporal and spectral contents. Fish sounds vary in structure, 
depending on the mechanism used to produce them (Hawkins, 1993). 
Generally, fish sounds are predominantly composed of low frequencies 
(less than 3 kHz).
    Since objects in the water scatter sound, fish are able to detect 
these objects through monitoring the ambient noise. Therefore, fish are 
probably able to detect prey, predators, conspecifics, and physical 
features by listening to environmental sounds (Hawkins, 1981). There 
are two sensory systems that enable fish to monitor the vibration-based 
information of their surroundings. The two sensory systems, the inner 
ear and the lateral line, constitute the acoustico-lateralis system.
    Although the hearing sensitivities of very few fish species have 
been studied to date, it is becoming obvious that the intra- and inter-
specific variability is considerable (Coombs, 1981). Nedwell et al. 
(2004) compiled and published available fish audiogram information. A 
noninvasive electrophysiological recording method known as auditory 
brainstem response is now commonly used in the production of fish 
audiograms (Yan, 2004). Generally, most fish have their best hearing in 
the low-frequency range (i.e., less than 1 kHz). Even though some fish 
are able to detect sounds in the ultrasonic frequency range, the 
thresholds at these higher frequencies tend to be considerably higher 
than those at the lower end of the auditory frequency range.
    Literature relating to the impacts of sound on marine fish species 
can be divided into the following categories: (1) Pathological effects; 
(2) physiological effects; and (3) behavioral effects. Pathological 
effects include lethal and sub-lethal physical damage to fish; 
physiological effects include primary and secondary stress responses; 
and behavioral effects include changes in exhibited behaviors of fish. 
Behavioral changes might be a direct reaction to a detected sound or a 
result of the anthropogenic sound masking natural sounds that the fish 
normally detect and to which they respond. The three types of effects 
are often interrelated in complex ways. For example, some physiological 
and behavioral effects could potentially lead to the ultimate 
pathological effect of mortality. Hastings and Popper (2005) reviewed 
what is known about the effects of sound on fishes and identified 
studies needed to address areas of uncertainty relative to measurement 
of sound and the responses of fishes. Popper et al. (2003/2004) also 
published a paper that reviews the effects of anthropogenic sound on 
the behavior and physiology of fishes.
    Potential effects of exposure to sound on marine fish include TTS, 
physical damage to the ear region, physiological stress responses, and 
behavioral responses such as startle response, alarm response, 
avoidance, and perhaps lack of response due to masking of acoustic 
cues. Most of these effects appear to be either temporary or 
intermittent and therefore probably do not significantly impact the 
fish at a population level. The studies that resulted in physical 
damage to the fish ears used noise exposure levels and durations that 
were far more extreme than would be encountered under conditions 
similar to those expected during SAE's proposed survey.
    The level of sound at which a fish will react or alter its behavior 
is usually well above the detection level. Fish have been found to 
react to sounds when the sound level increased to about 20 dB above the 
detection level of 120 dB (Ona, 1988); however, the response threshold 
can depend on the time of year and the fish's physiological condition 
(Engas et al., 1993). In general, fish react more strongly to pulses of 
sound rather than a continuous signal (Blaxter et al., 1981), such as 
the type of sound that will be produced by the drillship, and a quicker 
alarm response is elicited when the

[[Page 20096]]

sound signal intensity rises rapidly compared to sound rising more 
slowly to the same level.
    Investigations of fish behavior in relation to vessel noise (Olsen 
et al., 1983; Ona, 1988; Ona and Godo, 1990) have shown that fish react 
when the sound from the engines and propeller exceeds a certain level. 
Avoidance reactions have been observed in fish such as cod and herring 
when vessels approached close enough that received sound levels are 110 
dB to 130 dB (Nakken, 1992; Olsen, 1979; Ona and Godo, 1990; Ona and 
Toresen, 1988). However, other researchers have found that fish such as 
polar cod, herring, and capeline are often attracted to vessels 
(apparently by the noise) and swim toward the vessel (Rostad et al., 
2006). Typical sound source levels of vessel noise in the audible range 
for fish are 150 dB to 170 dB (Richardson et al., 1995a). In calm 
weather, ambient noise levels in audible parts of the spectrum lie 
between 60 dB to 100 dB.
    Short, sharp sounds can cause overt or subtle changes in fish 
behavior. Chapman and Hawkins (1969) tested the reactions of whiting 
(hake) in the field to an airgun. When the airgun was fired, the fish 
dove from 82 to 180 ft (25 to 55 m) depth and formed a compact layer. 
The whiting dove when received sound levels were higher than 178 dB re 
1 [mu]Pa (Pearson et al., 1992).
    Pearson et al. (1992) conducted a controlled experiment to 
determine effects of strong noise pulses on several species of rockfish 
off the California coast. They used an airgun with a source level of 
223 dB re 1 [micro]Pa. They noted:
     Startle responses at received levels of 200-205 dB re 1 
[micro]Pa and above for two sensitive species, but not for two other 
species exposed to levels up to 207 dB;
     Alarm responses at 177-180 dB for the two sensitive 
species, and at 186 to 199 dB for other species;
     An overall threshold for the above behavioral response at 
about 180 dB;
     An extrapolated threshold of about 161 dB for subtle 
changes in the behavior of rockfish; and
     A return to pre-exposure behaviors within the 20-60 minute 
exposure period.
    In summary, fish often react to sounds, especially strong and/or 
intermittent sounds of low frequency. Sound pulses at received levels 
of 160 dB re 1 [micro]Pa may cause subtle changes in behavior. Pulses 
at levels of 180 dB may cause noticeable changes in behavior (Chapman 
and Hawkins, 1969; Pearson et al., 1992; Skalski et al., 1992). It also 
appears that fish often habituate to repeated strong sounds rather 
rapidly, on time scales of minutes to an hour. However, the habituation 
does not endure, and resumption of the strong sound source may again 
elicit disturbance responses from the same fish.
    Some of the fish species found in the Arctic are prey sources for 
odontocetes and pinnipeds. A reaction by fish to sounds produced by 
SAEs proposed survey would only be relevant to marine mammals if it 
caused concentrations of fish to vacate the area. Pressure changes of 
sufficient magnitude to cause that type of reaction would probably 
occur only very close to the sound source, if any would occur at all. 
Impacts on fish behavior are predicted to be inconsequential. Thus, 
feeding odontocetes and pinnipeds would not be adversely affected by 
this minimal loss or scattering, if any, of reduced prey abundance.
    Some mysticetes, including bowhead whales, feed on concentrations 
of zooplankton. Some feeding bowhead whales may occur in the Alaskan 
Beaufort Sea in July and August, but feeding bowheads are more likely 
to occur in the area after the cessation of airgun operations. 
Reactions of zooplankton to sound are, for the most part, not known. 
Their ability to move significant distances is limited or nil, 
depending on the type of zooplankton. Behavior of zooplankters is not 
expected to be affected by the survey. These animals have exoskeletons 
and no air bladders. Many crustaceans can make sounds, and some 
crustacea and other invertebrates have some type of sound receptor. A 
reaction by zooplankton to sounds produced by the seismic survey would 
only be relevant to whales if it caused concentrations of zooplankton 
to scatter. Pressure changes of sufficient magnitude to cause that type 
of reaction would probably occur only very close to the sound source, 
if any would occur at all. Impacts on zooplankton behavior are 
predicted to be inconsequential. Thus, feeding mysticetes would not be 
adversely affected by this minimal loss or scattering, if any, of 
reduced zooplankton abundance.
    Based on the preceding discussion, the proposed activity is not 
expected to have any habitat-related effects that could cause 
significant or long-term consequences for individual marine mammals or 
their populations.

Proposed Mitigation

    In order to issue an incidental take authorization (ITA) under 
section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the permissible 
methods of taking pursuant to such activity, and other means of 
effecting the least practicable impact on such species or stock and its 
habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and 
areas of similar significance, and on the availability of such species 
or stock for taking for certain subsistence uses (where relevant).
    For the proposed SAE open-water 3D OBN seismic surveys in the 
Beaufort Sea, NMFS worked with SAE to propose the following mitigation 
measures to minimize the potential impacts to marine mammals in the 
project vicinity as a result of SAE's survey activities. The primary 
purpose of these mitigation measures is to detect marine mammals 
within, or about to enter, designated exclusion zones and to initiate 
immediate shutdown or power down of the airgun(s).
(1) Establishing Exclusion and Disturbance Zones
    Under current NMFS guidelines, the ``exclusion zone'' for marine 
mammal exposure to impulse sources is customarily defined as the area 
within which received sound levels are >=180 dB (rms) re 1 [mu]Pa for 
cetaceans and >=190 dB (rms) re 1 [mu]Pa for pinnipeds. These safety 
criteria are based on an assumption that SPL received at levels lower 
than these will not injure these animals or impair their hearing 
abilities, but at higher levels might have some such effects. 
Disturbance or behavioral effects to marine mammals from underwater 
sound may occur after exposure to sound at distances greater than the 
exclusion zones (Richardson et al. 1995). Currently, NMFS uses 160 dB 
(rms) re 1 [mu]Pa as the threshold for Level B behavioral harassment 
from impulse noise.
    In 2014, Heath et al. (2014) conducted a sound source verification 
(SSV) of the very same 620-in\3\ array SAE plans to use in 2015. The 
SSV was conducted in generally the same survey area of SAE's planned 
2015 work. They empirically determined that the distances to the 190, 
180, and 160 dB isopleths for sound pressure levels emanating from the 
620-in\3\ array was 195, 635, and 1,820 m, respectively (Table 3). 
Heath et al. (2014) also measured sound pressure levels from an active 
10-in\3\ gun during SAE's 2014 Beaufort operations and found noise 
levels exceeding 190 dB extended out 54 m, exceeding 180 dB out to 188 
m, and exceeding 160 dB out to 1,050 m (Table 3).
    Sound source studies have not been done for the 1,240-in\3\ array; 
however, Austin and Warner (2013) conducted a sound source verification 
of a 1,200-in\3\ array operated by SAE in Cook Inlet found the radius 
to the 190 dB isopleth

[[Page 20097]]

to be 250 m, to the 180 dB isopleth to be 910 m, and to the 160 dB 
isopleth to be 5,200 m. These are the distance values SAE intends to 
use before the SSV for the 1,240 in\3\ airgun arrays are obtained 
before the survey. If SAE plans to use the 1,240 in\3\ airgun arrays, 
SSV of these zones will be empirically measured before the 2015 open-
water seismic survey for monitoring and mitigation measures.

     Table 3--Summary of Airgun Array Source Levels and Proposed Exclusion Zone and Zones of Influence Radii
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Source level    190 dB radius   180 dB radius   160 dB radius
               Array size  (in\3\)                     (dB)             (m)             (m)             (m)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10..............................................             195              54             188           1,050
620.............................................             218             195             635           1,820
1,240 *.........................................             224             250             910           5,200
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Denotes modelled source level that need to be empirically measured before the seismic survey.

(2) Vessel Related Mitigation Measures
    These mitigation measures apply to all vessels that are part of 
SAE's Beaufort Sea seismic survey activities, including supporting 
vessels.
     Avoid concentrations or groups of whales. Operators of 
vessels should, at all times, conduct their activities at the maximum 
distance possible from such concentrations or groups of whales.
     If any vessel approaches within 1.6 km (1 mi) of observed 
whales, except when providing emergency assistance to whalers or in 
other emergency situations, the vessel operator will take reasonable 
precautions to avoid potential interaction with the whales by taking 
one or more of the following actions, as appropriate:
    [cir] Reducing vessel speed to less than 5 knots within 300 yards 
(900 feet or 274 m) of the whale(s);
    [cir] Steering around the whale(s) if possible;
    [cir] Operating the vessel(s) in such a way as to avoid separating 
members of a group of whales from other members of the group;
    [cir] Operating the vessel(s) to avoid causing a whale to make 
multiple changes in direction; and
    [cir] Checking the waters immediately adjacent to the vessel(s) to 
ensure that no whales will be injured when the propellers are engaged.
     Reduce vessel speed, not to exceed 5 knots, when weather 
conditions require, such as when visibility drops, to avoid the 
likelihood of injury to whales.
(3) Mitigation Measures for Airgun Operations
    The primary requirements for airgun mitigation during the seismic 
surveys are to monitor marine mammals near the airgun array during all 
daylight airgun operations and during any nighttime start-up of the 
airguns and, if any marine mammals are observed, to adjust airgun 
operations, as necessary, according to the mitigation measures 
described below. During the seismic surveys, PSOs will monitor the pre-
established exclusion zones for the presence of marine mammals. When 
marine mammals are observed within, or about to enter, designated 
safety zones, PSOs have the authority to call for immediate power down 
(or shutdown) of airgun operations, as required by the situation. A 
summary of the procedures associated with each mitigation measure is 
provided below.

Ramp Up Procedure

    A ramp up of an airgun array provides a gradual increase in sound 
levels, and involves a step-wise increase in the number and total 
volume of airguns firing until the full volume is achieved. The purpose 
of a ramp up (or ``soft start'') is to ``warn'' cetaceans and pinnipeds 
in the vicinity of the airguns and to provide time for them to leave 
the area and thus avoid any potential injury or impairment of their 
hearing abilities.
    During the open-water survey program, the seismic operator will 
ramp up the airgun arrays slowly. Full ramp ups (i.e., from a cold 
start after a shutdown, when no airguns have been firing) will begin by 
firing a single airgun in the array (i.e., the mitigation airgun). A 
full ramp up, after a shutdown, will not begin until there has been a 
minimum of 30 minutes of observation of the safety zone by PSOs to 
assure that no marine mammals are present. The entire exclusion zone 
must be visible during the 30-minute lead-in to a full ramp up. If the 
entire exclusion zone is not visible, then ramp up from a cold start 
cannot begin. If a marine mammal is sighted within the exclusion zone 
during the 30-minute watch prior to ramp up, ramp up will be delayed 
until the marine mammal is sighted outside of the exclusion zone or the 
animal is not sighted for at least 15 minutes, for small odontocetes 
(harbor porpoise) and pinnipeds, or 30 minutes, for baleen whales and 
large odontocetes (including beluga and killer whales and narwhal).

Use of a Small-Volume Airgun During Turns and Transits

    Throughout the seismic survey, during turning movements and short 
transits, SAE will employ the use of the smallest-volume airgun (i.e., 
``mitigation airgun'') to deter marine mammals from being within the 
immediate area of the seismic operations. The mitigation airgun will be 
operated at approximately one shot per minute and will not be operated 
for longer than three hours in duration (turns may last two to three 
hours for the project).
    During turns or brief transits (i.e., less than three hours) 
between seismic tracklines, one mitigation airgun will continue 
operating. The ramp up procedures described above will be followed when 
increasing the source levels from the one mitigation airgun to the full 
airgun array. However, keeping one airgun firing during turns and brief 
transits will allow SAE to resume seismic surveys using the full array 
without having to ramp up from a ``cold start,'' which requires a 30-
minute observation period of the full exclusion zone and is prohibited 
during darkness or other periods of poor visibility. PSOs will be on 
duty whenever the airguns are firing during daylight and during the 30-
minute periods prior to ramp-ups from a ``cold start.''

Power Down and Shutdown Procedures

    A power down is the immediate reduction in the number of operating 
energy sources from all firing to some smaller number (e.g., a single 
mitigation airgun). A shutdown is the immediate cessation of firing of 
all energy sources. The array will be immediately powered down whenever 
a marine mammal is sighted approaching close to or within the 
applicable exclusion zone of the full array, but is outside the 
applicable exclusion zone of the single mitigation airgun. If a marine 
mammal is sighted

[[Page 20098]]

within or about to enter the applicable exclusion zone of the single 
mitigation airgun, the entire array will be shut down (i.e., no sources 
firing). In addition, SAE will implement shutdown measures when 
aggregations of bowhead whales or gray whales that appear to be engaged 
in non-migratory significant biological behavior (e.g., feeding, 
socializing) are observed within the 160-dB harassment zone around the 
seismic operations.

Poor Visibility Conditions

    SAE plans to conduct 24-hour operations. PSOs will not be on duty 
during ongoing seismic operations during darkness, given the very 
limited effectiveness of visual observation at night (there will be no 
periods of darkness in the survey area until mid-August). The 
provisions associated with operations at night or in periods of poor 
visibility include the following:
     If during foggy conditions, heavy snow or rain, or 
darkness (which may be encountered starting in late August), the full 
180 dB exclusion zone is not visible, the airguns cannot commence a 
ramp-up procedure from a full shut-down.
     If one or more airguns have been operational before 
nightfall or before the onset of poor visibility conditions, they can 
remain operational throughout the night or poor visibility conditions. 
In this case ramp-up procedures can be initiated, even though the 
exclusion zone may not be visible, on the assumption that marine 
mammals will be alerted by the sounds from the single airgun and have 
moved away.

Mitigation Conclusions

    NMFS has carefully evaluated SAE's proposed mitigation measures and 
considered a range of other measures in the context of ensuring that 
NMFS prescribes the means of effecting the least practicable impact on 
the affected marine mammal species and stocks and their habitat. Our 
evaluation of potential measures included consideration of the 
following factors in relation to one another:
     The manner in which, and the degree to which, the 
successful implementation of the measures are expected to minimize 
adverse impacts to marine mammals;
     The proven or likely efficacy of the specific measure to 
minimize adverse impacts as planned; and
     The practicability of the measure for applicant 
implementation.
    Any mitigation measure(s) prescribed by NMFS should be able to 
accomplish, have a reasonable likelihood of accomplishing (based on 
current science), or contribute to the accomplishment of one or more of 
the general goals listed below:
    1. Avoidance or minimization of injury or death of marine mammals 
wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may contribute to this goal).
    2. A reduction in the numbers of marine mammals (total number or 
number at biologically important time or location) exposed to received 
levels of seismic airguns, or other activities expected to result in 
the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to 
reducing harassment takes only).
    3. A reduction in the number of times (total number or number at 
biologically important time or location) individuals would be exposed 
to received levels of seismic airguns or other activities expected to 
result in the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, 
above, or to reducing harassment takes only).
    4. A reduction in the intensity of exposures (either total number 
or number at biologically important time or location) to received 
levels of seismic airguns or other activities expected to result in the 
take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to 
reducing the severity of harassment takes only).
    5. Avoidance or minimization of adverse effects to marine mammal 
habitat, paying special attention to the food base, activities that 
block or limit passage to or from biologically important areas, 
permanent destruction of habitat, or temporary destruction/disturbance 
of habitat during a biologically important time.
    6. For monitoring directly related to mitigation--an increase in 
the probability of detecting marine mammals, thus allowing for more 
effective implementation of the mitigation.
    Based on our evaluation of the applicant's proposed measures, as 
well as other measures considered by NMFS, NMFS has preliminarily 
determined that the proposed mitigation measures provide the means of 
effecting the least practicable impact on marine mammals species or 
stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, 
mating grounds, and areas of similar significance. Proposed measures to 
ensure availability of such species or stock for taking for certain 
subsistence uses are discussed later in this document (see ``Impact on 
Availability of Affected Species or Stock for Taking for Subsistence 
Uses'' section).

Proposed Monitoring and Reporting

    In order to issue an ITA for an activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of 
the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth, ``requirements pertaining to 
the monitoring and reporting of such taking.'' The MMPA implementing 
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that requests for ITAs 
must include the suggested means of accomplishing the necessary 
monitoring and reporting that will result in increased knowledge of the 
species and of the level of taking or impacts on populations of marine 
mammals that are expected to be present in the proposed action area. 
SAE submitted a marine mammal monitoring plan as part of the IHA 
application. The plan may be modified or supplemented based on comments 
or new information received from the public during the public comment 
period or from the peer review panel (see the ``Monitoring Plan Peer 
Review'' section later in this document).
    Monitoring measures prescribed by NMFS should accomplish one or 
more of the following general goals:
    1. An increase in our understanding of the likely occurrence of 
marine mammal species in the vicinity of the action, i.e., presence, 
abundance, distribution, and/or density of species.
    2. An increase in our understanding of the nature, scope, or 
context of the likely exposure of marine mammal species to any of the 
potential stressor(s) associated with the action (e.g. sound or visual 
stimuli), through better understanding of one or more of the following: 
the action itself and its environment (e.g. sound source 
characterization, propagation, and ambient noise levels); the affected 
species (e.g. life history or dive pattern); the likely co-occurrence 
of marine mammal species with the action (in whole or part) associated 
with specific adverse effects; and/or the likely biological or 
behavioral context of exposure to the stressor for the marine mammal 
(e.g. age class of exposed animals or known pupping, calving or feeding 
areas).
    3. An increase in our understanding of how individual marine 
mammals respond (behaviorally or physiologically) to the specific 
stressors associated with the action (in specific contexts, where 
possible, e.g., at what distance or received level).
    4. An increase in our understanding of how anticipated individual 
responses, to individual stressors or anticipated combinations of 
stressors, may impact either: the long-term fitness and survival of an 
individual; or the population, species, or stock (e.g.

[[Page 20099]]

through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival).
    5. An increase in our understanding of how the activity affects 
marine mammal habitat, such as through effects on prey sources or 
acoustic habitat (e.g., through characterization of longer-term 
contributions of multiple sound sources to rising ambient noise levels 
and assessment of the potential chronic effects on marine mammals).
    6. An increase in understanding of the impacts of the activity on 
marine mammals in combination with the impacts of other anthropogenic 
activities or natural factors occurring in the region.
    7. An increase in our understanding of the effectiveness of 
mitigation and monitoring measures.
    8. An increase in the probability of detecting marine mammals 
(through improved technology or methodology), both specifically within 
the safety zone (thus allowing for more effective implementation of the 
mitigation) and in general, to better achieve the above goals.

Proposed Monitoring Measures

    Monitoring will provide information on the numbers of marine 
mammals potentially affected by the exploration operations and 
facilitate real-time mitigation to prevent injury of marine mammals by 
industrial sounds or activities. These goals will be accomplished in 
the Beaufort Sea during 2015 by conducting vessel-based monitoring and 
passive acoustic monitoring to document marine mammal presence and 
distribution in the vicinity of the survey area.
    Visual monitoring by Protected Species Observers (PSOs) during 
seismic survey operations, and periods when these surveys are not 
occurring, will provide information on the numbers of marine mammals 
potentially affected by these activities and facilitate real-time 
mitigation to prevent impacts to marine mammals by industrial sounds or 
operations. Vessel-based PSOs onboard the survey vessels and mitigation 
vessel will record the numbers and species of marine mammals observed 
in the area and any observable reaction of marine mammals to the survey 
activities in the Beaufort Sea.

Visual-Based PSOs

    The visual-based marine mammal monitoring will be implemented by a 
team of experienced PSOs, including both biologists and Inupiat 
personnel. PSOs will be stationed aboard both survey vessels through 
the duration of the project. The vessel-based marine mammal monitoring 
will provide the basis for real-time mitigation measures as discussed 
in the Mitigation Measures section. In addition, monitoring results of 
the vessel-based monitoring program will include the estimation of the 
number of ``takes'' as stipulated in the IHA.
(1) PSOs
    Vessel-based monitoring for marine mammals will be done by trained 
PSOs throughout the period of survey activities. The observers will 
monitor the occurrence of marine mammals near the survey vessel during 
all daylight periods during operation, and during most daylight periods 
when operations are not occurring. PSO duties will include watching for 
and identifying marine mammals; recording their numbers, distances, and 
reactions to the survey operations; and documenting ``take by 
harassment.''
    A sufficient number of PSOs will be required onboard each survey 
vessel to meet the following criteria:
     100% Monitoring coverage during all periods of survey 
operations in daylight;
     Maximum of 4 consecutive hours on watch per PSO; and
     Maximum of 12 hours of watch time per day per PSO.
    PSO teams will consist of Inupiat observers and experienced field 
biologists. Each vessel will have an experienced field crew leader to 
supervise the PSO team. The total number of PSOs may decrease later in 
the season as the duration of daylight decreases.
(2) PSO Role and Responsibilities
    When onboard the seismic and support vessels, there are three major 
parts to the PSO position:
     Observe and record sensitive wildlife species;
     Ensure mitigation procedures are followed accordingly; and
     Follow monitoring and data collection procedures.
    The main roles of the PSO and the monitoring program are to ensure 
compliance with regulations set in place by NMFS to ensure that 
disturbance of marine mammals is minimized, and potential effects on 
marine mammals are documented. The PSOs will implement the monitoring 
and mitigation measures specified in the IHA (if issued). The primary 
purposes of the PSOs on board of the vessels are:
     Mitigation: Implement mitigation clearing and ramp up 
measures, observe for and detect marine mammals within, or about to 
enter the applicable safety zone and implement necessary shut down, 
power down and speed/course alteration mitigation procedures when 
applicable. Advise marine crew of mitigation procedures.
     Monitoring: Observe for marine mammals and determine 
numbers of marine mammals exposed to sound pulses and their reactions 
(where applicable) and document those as required.
(3) Observer Qualifications and Training
    Crew leaders and most PSOs will be individuals with experience as 
observers during recent seismic, site clearance and shallow hazards, 
and other monitoring projects in Alaska or other offshore areas in 
recent years. New or inexperienced PSOs will be paired with an 
experienced PSO or experienced field biologist so that the quality of 
marine mammal observations and data recording is kept consistent.
    Biologist-observers will have previous marine mammal observation 
experience, and field crew leaders will be highly experienced with 
previous vessel-based marine mammal monitoring and mitigation projects. 
Resumes for those individuals will be provided to NMFS for review and 
acceptance of their qualifications. Inupiat observers will be 
experienced in the region and familiar with the marine mammals of the 
area. All observers will complete a NMFS-approved observer training 
course designed to familiarize individuals with monitoring and data 
collection procedures.
    PSOs will complete a 2-day or 3-day training and refresher session 
on marine mammal monitoring, to be conducted shortly before the 
anticipated start of the 2015 open-water season. Any exceptions will 
have or receive equivalent experience or training. The training 
session(s) will be conducted by qualified marine mammalogists with 
extensive crew-leader experience during previous vessel-based seismic 
monitoring programs.
(4) Marine Mammal Observer Protocol
    Source vessels will employ PSOs to identify marine mammals during 
all hours of airgun operations. To better observe the exclusion zone, a 
lead PSO, one or two PSOs, and an Inupiaq communicator will be on 
primary source vessel and two PSOs will be stationed aboard the 
secondary source vessel. (The total number of observers is limited by 
available berthing space aboard the vessels.) The three to four total 
observers aboard the primary source vessel will allow two observers 
simultaneously on watch during daylight hours.

[[Page 20100]]

    The PSOs will watch for marine mammals during all periods of source 
operations and for a minimum of 30 minutes prior to the planned start 
of airgun or pinger operations after an extended shutdown. Marine 
mammal monitoring shall continue throughout airgun operations and last 
for 30 minutes after the finish of airgun firing. SAE vessel crew and 
operations personnel will also watch for marine mammals, as practical, 
to assist and alert the PSOs for the airgun(s) to be shut down if 
marine mammals are observed in or about to enter the exclusion zone.
    The PSOs will watch for marine mammals from the best available 
vantage point on the survey vessels, typically the bridge. The PSOs 
will scan the area around the vessel systematically with reticle 
binoculars (e.g., 7 x 50 and 16-40 x 80) and with the naked eye. Laser 
range finders (Leica LRF 1200 laser rangefinder or equivalent) will be 
available to assist with distance estimation.
    The observers will give particular attention to the areas within 
the marine mammal exclusion zones around the source vessels. These 
zones are the maximum distances within which received levels may exceed 
180 dB (rms) re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) for cetaceans, or 190 dB (rms) re 1 
[micro]Pa for pinnipeds.
    When a marine mammal is seen approaching or within the exclusion 
zone applicable to that species, the seismic survey crew will be 
notified immediately so that mitigation measures called for in the 
applicable authorization(s) can be implemented.
    Night-vision equipment (Generation 3 binocular image intensifiers 
or equivalent units) will be available for use if and when needed. Past 
experience with night-vision devices (NVDs) in the Beaufort Sea and 
elsewhere has indicated that NVDs are not nearly as effective as visual 
observation during daylight hours (e.g., Harris et al. 1997, 1998; 
Moulton and Lawson 2002).
(5) Field Data-Recording
    The PSOs will record field observation data and information about 
marine mammal sightings that include:
     Species, group size, age/size/sex categories (if 
determinable);
     Physical description of features that were observed or 
determined not to be present in the case of unknown or unidentified 
animals;
     Behavior when first sighted and after initial sighting, 
heading (if consistent);
     Bearing and distance from observer, apparent reaction to 
activities (e.g., none, avoidance, approach, paralleling, etc.), 
closest point of approach, and behavioral pace;
     Time, location, speed, and activity of the source and 
mitigation vessels, sea state, ice cover, visibility, and sun glare; 
and
     Positions of other vessel(s) in the vicinity.

Acoustic Monitoring

(1) Sound Source Measurements
    Since the same airgun array of 620 in\3\ and a single mitigation 
airgun of 10 in3 to be used were empirically measured in the generally 
same seismic survey vicinity in 2014 (Heath 2014), NMFS does not think 
additional SSV tests for this array and a single airgun is necessary 
for the 2015 seismic survey. However, if SAE decides to use the 1,240 
in\3\ airgun arrays for deeper water, SSV on these arrays is required 
before the commencement of the surveys. Results of the acoustic 
characterization and SSV will be used to establish the 190 dB, 180 dB, 
170 dB, and 160 dB isopleths for the 1,240 in\3\ airgun arrays.
    The results of the SSV will be submitted to NMFS within five days 
after completing the measurements, followed by a report to be submitted 
within 14 days after completion of the measurements. A more detailed 
report will be provided to NMFS as part of the required 90-day report 
following completion of the acoustic program.
(2) Passive Acoustic Monitoring
    SAE proposes to conduct Passive Acoustical Monitoring (PAM) using 
specialized autonomous passive acoustical recorders. These recorders 
will be deployed on the seabed and will record continuously. The 
recorders will sit directly on the seabed and will be attached to a 
ground line with a small weight at its end. Each recorder will be 
retrieved by using a grapple to catch the ground line and recover the 
unit.

PAM Deployment

    Passive acoustic recorders will be deployed in an arrangement 
surrounding the survey area for the purposes of PAM. The data collected 
will be used for post-season analysis of marine mammal vocalization 
detections to help inform an assessment of potential disturbance 
effects. The PAM data will also provide information about the long-
range propagation of the airgun noise.

Data Analysis

    PAM recordings will be processed at the end of the season using 
marine mammal detection and classification software capable of 
detecting vocalizations from marine mammals. Particular attention will 
be given to the detection of bowhead whale vocalizations since this is 
a species of particular concern due to its importance for local 
subsistence hunting.
    PAM recordings will also be used to detect and quantify airgun 
pulses from the survey as recorded on the PAM recorders, to provide 
information about the long-range propagation of the survey noise.

Monitoring Plan Peer Review

    The MMPA requires that monitoring plans be independently peer 
reviewed ``where the proposed activity may affect the availability of a 
species or stock for taking for subsistence uses'' (16 U.S.C. 
1371(a)(5)(D)(ii)(III)). Regarding this requirement, NMFS' implementing 
regulations state, ``Upon receipt of a complete monitoring plan, and at 
its discretion, [NMFS] will either submit the plan to members of a peer 
review panel for review or within 60 days of receipt of the proposed 
monitoring plan, schedule a workshop to review the plan'' (50 CFR 
216.108(d)).
    NMFS has established an independent peer review panel to review 
SAE's 4MP for the proposed seismic survey in the Beaufort Sea. The 
panel has met in early March 2015, and will provide comments to NMFS in 
April 2015. After completion of the peer review, NMFS will consider all 
recommendations made by the panel, incorporate appropriate changes into 
the monitoring requirements of the IHA (if issued), and publish the 
panel's findings and recommendations in the final IHA notice of 
issuance or denial document.

Reporting Measures

(1) Sound Source Verification Report
    As discussed earlier, if SAE plans to use the 1,240 in\3\ airgun 
arrays, SSV tests on these arrays will be required. A report on the 
preliminary results of the sound source verification measurements, 
including the measured 190, 180, 170, and 160 dB (rms) radii of the 
1,240 in\3\ airgun array, would be submitted within 14 days after 
collection of those measurements at the start of the field season. This 
report will specify the distances of the exclusion zones that were 
adopted for the survey.
(2) Weekly Reports
    SAE will submit weekly reports to NMFS no later than the close of 
business (Alaska Time) each Thursday during the weeks when seismic 
surveys take place. The field reports will summarize species detected, 
in-water activity occurring at the time of the sighting, behavioral 
reactions to in-

[[Page 20101]]

water activities, and the number of marine mammals exposed to 
harassment level noise.
(3) Monthly Reports
    SAE will submit monthly reports to NMFS for all months during which 
seismic surveys take place. The monthly reports will contain and 
summarize the following information:
     Dates, times, locations, heading, speed, weather, sea 
conditions (including Beaufort Sea state and wind force), and 
associated activities during the seismic survey and marine mammal 
sightings.
     Species, number, location, distance from the vessel, and 
behavior of any sighted marine mammals, as well as associated surveys 
(number of shutdowns), observed throughout all monitoring activities.
     An estimate of the number (by species) of: (i) Pinnipeds 
that have been exposed to the seismic surveys (based on visual 
observation) at received levels greater than or equal to 160 dB re 1 
[micro]Pa (rms) and/or 190 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) with a discussion of 
any specific behaviors those individuals exhibited; and (ii) cetaceans 
that have been exposed to the geophysical activity (based on visual 
observation) at received levels greater than or equal to 160 dB re 1 
[micro]Pa (rms) and/or 180 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) with a discussion of 
any specific behaviors those individuals exhibited.
(4) Technical Report
    The results of SAE's 2015 vessel-based monitoring, including 
estimates of ``take'' by harassment, will be presented first in a ``90-
day'' draft Technical Report, to be submitted to NMFS within 90 days 
after the end of the seismic survey, and then in a final Technical 
Report, which will address any comments NMFS had on the draft. The 
Technical Report will include:
    (a) Summaries of monitoring effort (e.g., total hours, total 
distances, and marine mammal distribution through the study period, 
accounting for sea state and other factors affecting visibility and 
detectability of marine mammals);
    (b) Analyses of the effects of various factors influencing 
detectability of marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number of observers, 
and fog/glare);
    (c) Species composition, occurrence, and distribution of marine 
mammal sightings, including date, water depth, numbers, age/size/gender 
categories (if determinable), group sizes, and ice cover;
    (d) Data analysis separated into periods when a seismic airgun 
array (or a single mitigation airgun) is operating and when it is not, 
to better assess impacts to marine mammals--the final and comprehensive 
report to NMFS should summarize and plot:
     Data for periods when a seismic array is active and when 
it is not; and
     The respective predicted received sound conditions over 
fairly large areas (tens of km) around operations;
    (e) Sighting rates of marine mammals during periods with and 
without airgun activities (and other variables that could affect 
detectability), such as:
     Initial sighting distances versus airgun activity state;
     Closest point of approach versus airgun activity state;
     Observed behaviors and types of movements versus airgun 
activity state;
     Numbers of sightings/individuals seen versus airgun 
activity state;
     Distribution around the survey vessel versus airgun 
activity state; and
     Estimates of take by harassment;
    (f) Results from all hypothesis tests, including estimates of the 
associated statistical power, when practicable;
    (g) Estimates of uncertainty in all take estimates, with 
uncertainty expressed by the presentation of confidence limits, a 
minimum-maximum, posterior probability distribution, or another 
applicable method, with the exact approach to be selected based on the 
sampling method and data available;
    (h) A clear comparison of authorized takes and the level of actual 
estimated takes; and
    (5) Notification of Injured or Dead Marine Mammals
    In the unanticipated event that the specified activity clearly 
causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by the IHA, 
such as a serious injury, or mortality (e.g., ship-strike, gear 
interaction, and/or entanglement), SAE would immediately cease the 
specified activities and immediately report the incident to the Chief 
of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected 
Resources, NMFS, and the Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators. The 
report would include the following information:
     Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the 
incident;
     Name and type of vessel involved;
     Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
     Description of the incident;
     Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding 
the incident;
     Water depth;
     Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction, 
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
     Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 
hours preceding the incident;
     Species identification or description of the animal(s) 
involved;
     Fate of the animal(s); and
     Photographs or video footage of the animal(s) (if 
equipment is available).
    Activities would not resume until NMFS is able to review the 
circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS would work with SAE to 
determine what is necessary to minimize the likelihood of further 
prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. SAE would not be able to 
resume its activities until notified by NMFS via letter, email, or 
telephone.
    In the event that SAE discovers a dead marine mammal, and the lead 
PSO determines that the cause of the death is unknown and the death is 
relatively recent (i.e., in less than a moderate state of decomposition 
as described in the next paragraph), SAE would immediately report the 
incident to the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office 
of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline 
and/or by email to the Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators. The 
report would include the same information identified in the paragraph 
above. Activities would be able to continue while NMFS reviews the 
circumstances of the incident. NMFS would work with SAE to determine 
whether modifications in the activities are appropriate.
    In the event that SAE discovers a dead marine mammal, and the lead 
PSO determines that the death is not associated with or related to the 
activities authorized in the IHA (e.g., previously wounded animal, 
carcass with moderate to advanced decomposition, or scavenger damage), 
SAE would report the incident to the Chief of the Permits and 
Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the 
NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline and/or by email to the Alaska Regional 
Stranding Coordinators, within 24 hours of the discovery. SAE would 
provide photographs or video footage (if available) or other 
documentation of the stranded animal sighting to NMFS and the Marine 
Mammal Stranding Network. SAE can continue its operations under such a 
case.

Monitoring Results From Previously Authorized Activities

    SAE was issued an IHA for a 3D OBN seismic survey in the same area 
of the proposed 2015 seismic survey in the Beaufort Sea during the 2014 
Arctic open-water season. SAE conducted the seismic survey between 
August 25 and September 30, 2014. The technical report (90-day report) 
submitted by SAE indicates that one beluga whale and 2

[[Page 20102]]

spotted seals were observed within the 180-dB exclusion zones during 
the survey that prompted immediate shutdown. Two additional spotted 
seals were detected within the zone of influence when the airgun arrays 
were firing. Post-activity analysis based on total sighting data 
concluded that up to approximately 5 beluga whales and 264 pinnipeds 
(likely all spotted seals due to their large numbers) could be exposed 
to received levels above 160-dB re 1 [micro]Pa. Some of these could be 
exposed to levels that may have Level A harassment which was not 
authorized under the previous IHA. Nevertheless, take of Level B 
harassment were under the take limits allowed by the IHA issued to SAE.
    Based on the monitoring results from SAE's 2014 seismic survey, 
NMFS is re-evaluating the potential effects on marine mammals and 
requested SAE to conduct analysis on potential Level A takes (see 
``Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment'' section below).
Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment
    Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the 
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or 
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or 
marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the 
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild 
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not 
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or 
sheltering [Level B harassment].
    Takes by Level A and Level B harassments of some species are 
anticipated as a result of SAE's proposed 3D seismic survey. NMFS 
expects marine mammal takes could result from noise propagation from 
operation of seismic airguns. NMFS does not expect marine mammals would 
be taken by collision with seismic and support vessels, because the 
vessels will be moving at low speeds, and PSOs on the survey vessels 
and the mitigation vessel will be monitoring for marine mammals and 
will be able to alert the vessels to avoid any marine mammals in the 
area.
    For impulse sounds, such as those produced by the airguns proposed 
to be used in SAE's 3D OBN seismic surveys, NMFS uses the 180 and 190 
dB (rms) re 1 [mu]Pa isopleth to indicate the onset of Level A 
harassment for cetaceans and pinnipeds, respectively; and the 160 dB 
(rms) re 1 [mu]Pa isopleth for Level B harassment of all marine 
mammals. SAE provided calculations of the 190-, 180-, and 160-dB 
isopleths expected to be produced by the proposed seismic surveys and 
then used those isopleths to estimate takes by harassment. NMFS used 
those calculations to make the necessary MMPA findings. SAE provided a 
full description of the methodology used to estimate takes by 
harassment in its IHA application, which is also provided in the 
following sections.

Acoustic Footprint

    The acoustical footprint that could cause harassment (Levels A and 
B) was determined by placing a 160-dB isopleth buffer around the area 
that would be surveyed (shot) during the 2015 open water season (777 
km\2\). SAE stated that for the majority of its proposed 2015 seismic 
survey, a 620 in\3\ airgun array would be used. However, to make 
conservative impact analysis, SAE uses the acoustic footprint of a 
large 1,240 in\3\ array for this analysis.
    There are no precise estimates for the 1,240-in\3\ array. The 
estimated distances to the 160 dB isopleth for the 1,240-in\3\ array is 
based on the sound source measurements from Austin and Warner (2012) 
for a 1,200-in\3\ array in Cook Inlet. The results showed a measured 
distance of 5.2 km to the 160 dB isopleths (Table 3). Placing a 5.2-km 
buffer around the 777 km\2\ maximum shot area results in an estimated 
annual ZOI of 1,463 km\2\ (565 mi\2\), which is the ZOI value used in 
the exposure estimate calculations.
    Because the exact location of the 2015 shoot area is currently 
unknown, the distribution of marine mammal habitat within the shoot 
area is unknown. However, within the 4,562 km\2\ potential survey box, 
18% (860 km\2\) falls within the 0 to 1.5 m water depth range, 17% (753 
km\2\) falls within the 1.5 to 5 m range, 36% (1,635 km\2\) within the 
5 to 15 m range, and 30 percent% (1,348 km\2\) within waters greater 
than 15 m deep (bowhead migration corridor). Thus, not all the area 
that could be surveyed in 2015 constitutes bowhead summer (>5 m depth) 
or fall migrating (>15 m depth) habitat. Further, few of the lease 
areas that could be shot in 2015 extend into the deeper waters of the 
potential survey box. The distribution of these depth ranges is found 
in Figure 6-1 of SAE's IHA application.

Marine Mammal Densities

    Density estimates were derived for bowhead whales, beluga whales, 
ringed seals, spotted seals, and bearded seals as described below and 
shown in Table 4. There are no available Beaufort Sea density estimates 
for gray whales, or extralimital species such as humpback whales, 
narwhals, and ribbon seals. Encountering these animals during the 
seismic program would be unexpected. The density derivations for the 
five species presented in Table 4 are provided in the discussions 
below.

     Table 4--Marine Mammal Densities (#/km\2\) in the Beaufort Sea
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       Species                         Summer     Fall
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bowhead whale.......................................    0.0049    0.0066
Beluga whale........................................    0.0020    0.0057
Ringed seal.........................................    0.3547    0.2510
Spotted seal........................................    0.0177    0.0125
Bearded seal........................................    0.0177    0.0125
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Bowhead Whale: The summer density estimate for bowhead whales was 
derived from July and August aerial survey data collected in the 
Beaufort Sea during the Aerial Surveys of Arctic Marine Mammals (ASAMM) 
program in 2012 and 2013. During this period, 276 bowhead whales were 
record along 24,560 km of transect line, or 0.0112 whales per km of 
transect line. Applying an effective strip half-width (ESW) of 1.15 
(Ferguson and Clarke 2013), results in an uncorrected density of 
0.0049. This is a much higher density than previous estimates (e.g., 
Brandon et al. 2011) due to relatively high numbers of whales recorded 
in the Beaufort Sea in August 2013. In 2013, 205 whales were recorded 
along 9,758 km of transect line, with 78% of the sightings (160 whales) 
recorded the eastern most blocks 4, 5, 6, and 7. In contrast, 26 of the 
71 whales (37%) recorded on-transect during summer 2012 were at or near 
Barrow Canyon (Block 12), or the western extreme of the Alaskan 
Beaufort Sea, while another 26 (37%) were recorded at the eastern 
extreme (Blocks 4, 5, 6, and 7). During these years lesser numbers were 
observed in Blocks 1 and 3 where the actual seismic survey is planned.
    Fall density estimate was determined from September and October 
ASAMM data collected from 2006 to 2013. The Western Arctic stock of 
bowhead whale has grown considerably since the late 1970s; thus, data 
collected prior to 2006 probably does not well represent current whale 
densities. From 2006 to 2013, 1,286 bowhead whales were recorded along 
84,400 km of transect line, or 0.1524 per km. Using an ESW of 1.15 
results in an uncorrected density of 0.0066.
    ASAMM aerial survey data was collected during summer and fall 2014, 
and is available to view as daily reports (http://www.afsc.noaa.gov/NMML/cetacean/bwasp/flights_2014.php), but

[[Page 20103]]

because this data has not yet been fully vetted, it is not yet 
appropriate for use in estimating bowhead densities in the Beaufort Sea 
(SAE, 2015). Nevertheless, the daily reports do indicate unusual 
nearshore concentrations of (Beaufort Sea) bowheads in both late August 
and late September of 2014.
    Beluga Whale: There is little information on summer use by beluga 
whales in the Beaufort Sea. Moore et al. (2000) reported that only nine 
beluga whales were recorded in waters less than 50 m deep during 11,985 
km of transect survey effort, or about 0.00057 whales per km. Assuming 
an ESW of 0.614, the derived corrected density would be 0.00046 whales 
per square mile. The same data did show much higher beluga numbers in 
deeper waters.
    During the summer aerial surveys conducted during the 2012 and 2013 
ASAMM program (Clarke et al. 2013, 2014), six beluga whales were 
observed along 2,497 km of transect in waters less than 20 m deep and 
between longitudes 140 [deg]W and 154 [deg]W (the area within which the 
seismic survey would fall). This equates to 0.0024 whales per km of 
trackline and an uncorrected density of 0.0020 assuming an ESW of 
0.614.
    Calculated fall beluga densities are approximately twice as high as 
summer. Between 2006 and 2013, 2,356 beluga were recorded along 83,631 
km of transect line flown during September and October, or 0.0281 
beluga per km of transect. Assuming an ESW of 0.614 gives an 
uncorrected density of 0.0229. However, unlike in summer, almost none 
of the fall migrating belugas were recorded in waters less than 20 m 
deep. For years where depth data is available (2006, 2009-2013), only 
11 of 1,605 (1%) recorded belugas were found in waters less than 20 m 
during the fall. To take into account this bias in distribution, but to 
remain conservative, the corrected density estimate is reduced to 25%, 
or 0.0057.
    Summer and fall beluga data was also collected in 2014, but as with 
the bowhead data mentioned above, it has not yet been checked for 
accuracy and, therefore, is not yet appropriate for estimating density 
(SAE, 2015). Regardless, the data that is available from online daily 
reports (http://www.afsc.noaa.gov/NMML/cetacean/bwasp/flights_2014.php) 
indicates that a number of belugas were observed near shore in 2014, 
especially during the summer.
    Spotted Seal: Surveys for ringed seals have been recently conducted 
in the Beaufort Sea by Kingsley (1986), Frost et al. (2002), Moulton 
and Lawson (2002), Green and Negri (2005), and Green et al. (2006, 
2007). The shipboard monitoring surveys by Green and Negri (2005) and 
Green et al. (2006, 2007) were not systematically based, but are useful 
in estimating the general composition of pinnipeds in the Beaufort 
nearshore, including the Colville River Delta. Frost et al.'s aerial 
surveys were conducted during ice coverage and do not fully represent 
the summer and fall conditions under which the Beaufort surveys will 
occur. Moulton and Lawson (2002) conducted summer shipboard-based 
surveys for pinnipeds along the nearshore Beaufort Sea coast and 
developed seasonal average and maximum densities representative of 
SAE's Beaufort summer seismic project, while the Kingsley (1986) 
conducted surveys along the ice margin representing fall conditions.
    Green and Negri (2005) and Green et al. (2006, 2007) recorded 
pinnipeds during barging activity between West Dock and Cape Simpson, 
and found high numbers of ringed seal in Harrison Bay, and peaks in 
spotted seal numbers off the Colville River Delta where haulout sites 
are located. Approximately 5% of all phocid sightings recorded by Green 
and Negri (2005) and Green et al. (2006, 2007) were spotted seals, 
which provide a estimate of the proportion of ringed seals versus 
spotted seals in the Colville River Delta and Harrison Bay. Thus, the 
estimated densities of spotted seals in the seismic survey area were 
derived by multiplying the ringed seal densities from Moulton and 
Lawson (2002) and Kingsley (1986) by 0.05. However, monitoring 
conducted by Lomac-MacNair et al. (2014a) of SAE's 2014 seismic program 
near the Colville River Delta showed higher than expected spotted seal 
use of the potential seismic survey area, probably due to repeated 
sightings of local spotted seals closer to the Delta haul out sites. 
This information was used to adjust the take requests.
    Bearded Seal: Bearded seals were also recorded in Harrison Bay and 
the Colville River Delta by Green and Negri (2005) and Green et al. 
(2006, 2007), but at lower proportions to ringed seals than spotted 
seals. However, estimating bearded seal densities based on the 
proportion of bearded seals observed during the barge-based surveys 
results in densities estimates that appear unrealistically low given 
density estimates from other studies, especially given that nearby 
Thetis Island is used as a base for annually hunting this seal 
(densities are seasonally high enough for focused hunting). For 
conservative purposes, the bearded seal density values used in this 
application are derived from Stirling et al.'s (1982) observations that 
the proportion of eastern Beaufort Sea bearded seals is 5% that of 
ringed seals, similar as was done for spotted seals.

Level B Exposure Calculations

    The estimated potential harassment take of local marine mammals by 
the SAE's Beaufort seismic project was determined by multiplying the 
seasonal animal densities in Table 4 with the seasonal area that would 
be ensonified by seismic-generated noise greater than 160 dB re 1 
[mu]Pa (rms). The total area that would be ensonified during 2015 is 
1,463 km\2\ (565 mi\2\). Assuming that half this area would be 
ensonified in summer and half in fall, the seasonal ZOI would be half 
1,463 km\2\, or 731.5 km\2\ (282.5 mi\2\). The resulting exposure 
calculations are found in Table 5.

Table 5--The Estimated Number of Marine Mammals Potentially Exposed to Received Sound Levels Greater Than 160 dB
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Seasonal      Summer       Summer        Fall         Fall
              Species               ZOI (km\2\)    density      exposure     density      exposure      Total
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bowhead Whale.....................        731.5       0.0049            4       0.0066            5            9
Beluga Whale......................        731.5       0.0020            1       0.0057            4            7
Ringed Seal.......................        731.5       0.3547          259       0.2510          184          443
Spotted Seal......................        731.5       0.0177           13       0.0125            9           22
Bearded Seal......................        731.5       0.0177           13       0.0125            9           22
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 20104]]

    The requested take authorization is found in Table 6, and includes 
requested authorization for gray whales in which the estimated take is 
zero, but for which records for the Alaskan Beaufort Sea occur. The 
requested take authorization for ringed seals and spotted seals has 
also been adjusted based on observations during SAE's 2014 seismic 
operations immediately east of the Colville River Delta (Lomac-MacNair 
et al. 2014a). Lomac-MacNair et al. (2014a) only observed 5 confirmed 
sightings of ringed seals, none of which were observed during active 
seismic activity. But they also observed 40 spotted seals (4 during 
active seismic) and an additional 28 seals (also 4 during active 
seismic) that were either a ringed or spotted seal. Given only 88 km\2\ 
(34 mi\2\) were shot in 2014, this would extrapolate to about 353 
spotted seals potential observed and 35 spotted seals observed during 
seismic activity, during the planned 777 km\2\ (300 mi\2\) of operation 
planned in 2015. If 80% of the ringed/spotted seal sightings were 
actually spotted seals, then an additional 200 spotted seals would be 
observed and an additional 28 observed during seismic activity. Given 
the nearshore location of the planned seismic activities and proximity 
to Colville River Delta spotted seal haulout sites, and likelihood that 
a number of seals that were exposed to seismic noise exceeding 160 dB 
were not observed, the requested take authorization for spotted seals 
has been increased to 500.

Level A Exposure Calculations

    As discussed earlier in this section, NMFS considers that exposures 
to pinnipeds at noise levels above 190 dB and cetaceans at noise levels 
above 180 dB constitute Level A takes under the MMPA. Although brief 
exposure of marine mammals at these levels are not likely to cause TTS 
or PTS (Southall et al. 2007), this consideration is a precaution NMFS 
takes for its effect analysis.
    The methods used in estimate Level A exposure is the same for Level 
B estimates, i.e., multiplying the total amount of area that could be 
seasonally ensonified by noise levels exceeding 190 and 180 dB by 
density of each species. Because the radii to both the 190 dB (250 m) 
and 180 dB (910 m) are essentially equal to or larger than the mid-
point (250 m) between the seismic source lines, the entire 777-km\2\ 
seismic maximum source area would be ensonified, plus protective 
buffers of 250 m and 910 m around the source area. Thus, the 190 dB ZOI 
relative to pinnipeds would be 805 km\2\, or 402.5 km\2\ for each the 
summer and fall season, while the 180 dB ZOI would be 883 km\2\, or 
441.5 km\2\ each season. Multiplying these values by the animal 
densities provides the Level A exposure estimates shown in Table 6.

           Table 6--The Estimated Level A and Level B Harassments and Requested Take of Marine Mammals
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Estimated     Level B     Estimated    Percent of
                    Species                         Stock       level B        take       level A      take by
                                                  abundance    exposures    requested     exposure      stock
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bowhead whale..................................       19,534            9           15            5         0.10
Beluga whale (Beaufort Sea stock)..............       39,258            7           15            4         0.05
Beluga whale (E. Chukchi Sea stock)............        3,710            7           15            4         0.51
Gray whale.....................................       19,126            0            2            0         0.00
Ringed seal....................................      300,000          443          500          246         0.25
Spotted seal...................................      141,479           22          500           12         0.36
Bearded seal...................................      155,000           22           25           12         0.02
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The estimated Level A and Level B takes as a percentage of the 
marine mammal stock are 0.11% and 0.40% or less, respectively, in all 
cases (Table 6). The highest percent of population estimated to be 
taken is 0.11% for Level A and 0.40% for Level B harassments for the 
East Chukchi Sea stock of beluga whale. However, that percentage 
assumes that all beluga whales taken are from that population. 
Similarly, the 0.01% potential Level A and 0.04% Level B take 
percentage for the Beaufort Sea stock of beluga whale assumes that all 
15 beluga whales are taken from the Beaufort Sea stock. Most likely, 
some beluga whales would be taken from each stock, meaning fewer than 
15 beluga whales would be taken from either individual stock. 
Therefore, the Level A take of beluga whales as a percentage of 
populations would likely be below 0.11 and 0.01% for the Beaufort Sea 
and East Chukchi Sea stocks, respectively. The Level B takes of beluga 
whales as a percentage of populations would likely be below 0.40 and 
0.04% for the Beaufort Sea and East Chukchi Sea stocks, respectively. 
However, the estimated numbers of Level A harassment do not take into 
consideration either avoidance or mitigation effectiveness. The actual 
takes are expected to be lower as animals will avoid areas where noise 
is intense. In addition, the prescribed mitigation measure will further 
reduce the number of animals being exposed to noise levels that 
constitute a Level A, thus further reducing Level A harassment.
    The total takes represent less than 0.51% of any stocks of marine 
mammals in the vicinity of the action area (Table 6).

Analysis and Preliminary Determinations

Negligible Impact

    Negligible impact is ``an impact resulting from the specified 
activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably 
likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on 
annual rates of recruitment or survival'' (50 CFR 216.103). A 
negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse 
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (i.e., population-
level effects). An estimate of the number of Level B harassment takes, 
alone, is not enough information on which to base an impact 
determination. In addition to considering estimates of the number of 
marine mammals that might be ``taken'' through behavioral harassment, 
NMFS must consider other factors, such as the likely nature of any 
responses (their intensity, duration, etc.), the context of any 
responses (critical reproductive time or location, migration, etc.), as 
well as the number and nature of estimated Level A harassment takes, 
the number of estimated mortalities, effects on habitat, and the status 
of the species.
    No serious injuries or mortalities are anticipated to occur as a 
result of SAE's proposed 3D seismic survey, and none are proposed to be 
authorized. The takes that are anticipated and authorized are expected 
to be limited to short-term Level B behavioral harassment, and limited 
Level A harassment in terms of potential hearing threshold shifts. 
While the airguns are expected to be operated

[[Page 20105]]

for approximately 49 days within a 70-day period, the project timeframe 
will occur when cetacean species are typically not found in the project 
area or are found only in low numbers. While pinnipeds are likely to be 
found in the proposed project area more frequently, their distribution 
is dispersed enough that they likely will not be in the Level A or 
Level B harassment zone continuously. As mentioned previously in this 
document, pinnipeds appear to be more tolerant of anthropogenic sound 
than mysticetes.
    Most of the bowhead whales encountered will likely show overt 
disturbance (avoidance) only if they receive airgun sounds with levels 
>= 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa. Odontocete reactions to seismic airgun pulses 
are generally assumed to be limited to shorter distances from the 
airgun than are those of mysticetes, in part because odontocete low-
frequency hearing is assumed to be less sensitive than that of 
mysticetes. However, at least when in the Canadian Beaufort Sea in 
summer, belugas appear to be fairly responsive to seismic energy, with 
few being sighted within 6-12 mi (10-20 km) of seismic vessels during 
aerial surveys (Miller et al. 2005). Belugas will likely occur in small 
numbers in the Beaufort Sea during the survey period and few will 
likely be affected by the survey activity.
    As noted, elevated background noise level from the seismic airgun 
reverberant field could cause acoustic masking to marine mammals and 
reduce their communication space. However, even though the decay of the 
signal is extended, the fact that pulses are separated by approximately 
8 to 10 seconds for each individual source vessel (or 4 to 5 seconds 
when taking into account the two separate source vessels stationed 300 
to 335 m apart) means that overall received levels at distance are 
expected to be much lower, thus resulting in less acoustic masking.
    Most cetaceans (and particularly Arctic cetaceans) show relatively 
high levels of avoidance when received sound pulse levels exceed 160 dB 
re 1 [mu]Pa (rms), and it is uncommon to sight Arctic cetaceans within 
the 180 dB radius, especially for prolonged duration. Results from 
monitoring programs associated with seismic activities in the Arctic 
indicate that cetaceans respond in different ways to sound levels lower 
than 180 dB. These results have been used by agencies to support 
monitoring requirements within distances where received levels fall 
below 160 dB and even 120 dB. Thus, very few animals would be exposed 
to sound levels of 180 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) regardless of detectability 
by PSOs. Avoidance varies among individuals and depends on their 
activities or reasons for being in the area, and occasionally a few 
individual Arctic cetaceans will tolerate sound levels above 160 dB. 
Tolerance of levels above 180 dB is infrequent regardless of the 
circumstances, and marine mammals exposed to levels this high are 
expected to avoid the source, thereby minimizing the probability of 
TTS. Therefore, a calculation of the number of cetaceans potentially 
exposed to >180 dB that is based simply on density would be a gross 
overestimate of the numbers expected to be exposed to 180 dB. Such 
calculations would be misleading unless avoidance response behaviors 
were taken into account to estimate what fraction of those originally 
present within the soon-to-be ensonified to >180 dB zone (as estimated 
from density) would still be there by the time levels reach 180 dB.
    It is estimated that up to 5 bowhead whales and 4 beluga whales 
could be exposed to received noise levels above 180 dB re 1 [mu]Pa 
(rms), and 246 ringed seals and 12 bearded and spotted seals could be 
exposed to received noise levels above 190 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) for 
durations long enough to cause TTS if the animals do not avoid are area 
for some reason and are not detected in time to have mitigation 
measures implemented (or even PTS if such exposures occurred 
repeatedly). None of the other species are expected to be exposed to 
received sound levels anticipated to cause TTS or PTS. However, the 
actual Level A takes are likely to be lower due to animals avoiding the 
injury zone and the mitigation implementation. The Level A takes 
estimated do not take into consideration either avoidance or mitigation 
effectiveness.
    Marine mammals that are taken by TTS are expected to receive minor 
(in the order of several dBs) and brief (minutes to hours) temporary 
hearing impairment because (1) animals are not likely to remain for 
prolonged periods within high intensity sound fields, and (2) both the 
seismic vessel and the animals are constantly moving, and it is 
unlikely that the animal will be moving along with the vessel during 
the survey. Although repeated experience to TTS could result in PTS 
(Level A harassment), for the same reasons discussed above, even if 
marine mammals experience PTS, the degree of PTS is expected to be 
mild, resulting in a few dB elevation of hearing threshold. Therefore, 
even if a few marine mammals receive TTS or PTS, the degree of these 
effects are expected to be minor and, in the case of TTS, brief, and 
are not expected to be biologically significant for the population or 
species.
    Taking into account the mitigation measures that are planned, 
effects on marine mammals are generally expected to be restricted to 
avoidance of a limited area around SAE's proposed open-water activities 
and short-term changes in behavior, falling within the MMPA definition 
of ``Level A and Level B harassments.'' The many reported cases of 
apparent tolerance by cetaceans to seismic exploration, vessel traffic, 
and some other human activities show that co-existence is possible. 
Mitigation measures, such as controlled vessel speed, dedicated marine 
mammal observers, non-pursuit, ramp up procedures, and shut downs or 
power downs when marine mammals are seen within defined ranges, will 
further reduce short-term reactions and minimize any effects on hearing 
sensitivity. In all cases, the effects are expected to be short-term, 
with no lasting biological consequence.
    Of the marine mammal species or stocks likely to occur in the 
proposed seismic survey area, two are listed under the ESA: The bowhead 
whale and ringed seal. Those two species are also designated as 
``depleted'' under the MMPA. Despite these designations, the Bering-
Chukchi-Beaufort stock of bowheads has been increasing at a rate of 
3.4% annually for nearly a decade (Allen and Angliss, 2011), even in 
the face of ongoing industrial activity. Additionally, during the 2001 
census, 121 calves were counted, which was the highest yet recorded. 
The calf count provides corroborating evidence for a healthy and 
increasing population (Allen and Angliss, 2011). Certain stocks or 
populations of gray and beluga whales and spotted seals are listed as 
endangered or are proposed for listing under the ESA; however, none of 
those stocks or populations occur in the proposed activity area. Ringed 
seals were recently listed under the ESA as threatened species, and are 
considered depleted under the MMPA. On July 25, 2014, the U.S. District 
Court for the District of Alaska vacated NMFS' rule listing the 
Beringia bearded seal DPS as threatened and remanded the rule to NMFS 
to correct the deficiencies identified in the opinion. None of the 
other species that may occur in the project area is listed as 
threatened or endangered under the ESA or designated as depleted under 
the MMPA. There is currently no established critical habitat in the 
proposed project area for any of these species.
    Potential impacts to marine mammal habitat were discussed 
previously in

[[Page 20106]]

this document (see the ``Anticipated Effects on Habitat'' section). 
Although some disturbance of food sources of marine mammals is 
possible, any impacts are anticipated to be minor enough as to not 
affect rates of recruitment or survival of marine mammals in the area. 
The marine survey activities would occur in a localized area, and given 
the vast area of the Arctic Ocean where feeding by marine mammals 
occurs, any missed feeding opportunities in the direct project area 
could be offset by feeding opportunities in other available feeding 
areas.
    In addition, no important feeding or reproductive areas are known 
in the vicinity of SAE's proposed seismic surveys at the time the 
proposed surveys are to take place. No critical habitat of ESA-listed 
marine mammal species occurs in the Beaufort Sea.
    Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the 
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into 
consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and 
mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine 
mammal take from SAE's proposed 3D seismic survey in the Beaufort Sea, 
Alaska, will have a negligible impact on the affected marine mammal 
species or stocks.

Small Numbers

    The requested takes proposed to be authorized represent less than 
0.4% for Level B harassment and 0.11% for Level A harassment of all 
populations or stocks potentially impacted (see Table 6 in this 
document). These take estimates represent the percentage of each 
species or stock that could be taken by Level B behavioral harassment 
if each animal is taken only once. The numbers of marine mammals 
estimated to be taken are small proportions of the total populations of 
the affected species or stocks. In addition, the mitigation and 
monitoring measures (described previously in this document) proposed 
for inclusion in the IHA (if issued) are expected to reduce even 
further any potential disturbance and injuries to marine mammals.
    Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the 
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into 
consideration the implementation of the mitigation and monitoring 
measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that small numbers of marine mammals 
will be taken relative to the populations of the affected species or 
stocks.

Impact on Availability of Affected Species or Stock for Taking for 
Subsistence Uses

Relevant Subsistence Uses

    The proposed seismic activities will occur within the marine 
subsistence area used by the village of Nuiqsut. Nuiqsut was 
established in 1973 at a traditional location on the Colville River 
providing equal access to upland (e.g., caribou, Dall sheep) and marine 
(e.g., whales, seals, and eiders) resources (Brown 1979). Although 
Nuiqsut is located 40 km (25 mi) inland, bowhead whales are still a 
major fall subsistence resource. Although bowhead whales have been 
harvested in the past all along the barrier islands, Cross Island is 
the site currently used as the fall whaling base, as it includes cabins 
and equipment for butchering whales. However, whalers must travel about 
160 km (100 mi) to annually reach the Cross Island whaling camp, which 
is located in a direct line over 110 direct km (70 mi) from Nuiqsut. 
Whaling activity usually begins in late August with the arrival whales 
migrating from the Canadian Beaufort Sea, and may occur as late as 
early October, depending on ice conditions and quota fulfillment. Most 
whaling occurs relatively near (<16 km or <10 mi) the island, largely 
to prevent meat spoilage that can occur with a longer tow back to Cross 
Island. Since 1993, Cross Island hunters have harvested one to four 
whales annually, averaging three.
    Cross Island is located 70 km (44 mi) east of the eastern boundary 
of the seismic survey box. (Point Barrow is over 180 km [110 mi] 
outside the potential survey box.) Seismic activities are unlikely to 
affect Barrow or Cross Island based whaling, especially if the seismic 
operations temporarily cease during the fall bowhead whale hunt.
    Although Nuiqsut whalers may incidentally harvest beluga whales 
while hunting bowheads, these whales are rarely seen and are not 
actively pursued. Any harvest that would occur would most likely be in 
association with Cross Island.
    The potential seismic survey area is also used by Nuiqsut villagers 
for hunting seals. All three seal species that are likely to be taken--
ringed, spotted, and bearded--are hunted. Sealing begins in April and 
May when villagers hunt seals at breathing holes in Harrison Bay. In 
early June, hunting is concentrated at the mouth of the Colville River, 
where ice breakup flooding results in the ice thinning and seals 
becoming more visible.
    Once the ice is clear of the Delta (late June), hunters will hunt 
in open boats along the ice edge from Harrison Bay to Thetis Island in 
a route called ``round the world.'' Thetis Island is important as it 
provides a weather refuge and a base for hunting bearded seals. During 
July and August, ringed and spotted seals are hunted in the lower 65 km 
(40 mi) of the Colville River proper.
    In terms of pounds, approximately one-third of the village of 
Nuiqsut's annual subsistence harvest is marine mammals (fish and 
caribou dominate the rest), of which bowhead whales contribute by far 
the most (Fuller and George 1999). Seals contribute only 2 to 3% of 
annual subsistence harvest (Brower and Opie 1997, Brower and Hepa 1998, 
Fuller and George 1999). Fuller and George (1999) estimated that 46 
seals were harvested in 1992. The more common ringed seals appear to 
dominate the harvest, although the larger and thicker-skinned bearded 
seals are probably preferred. Spotted seals occur in the Colville River 
Delta in small numbers, which is reflected in the harvest.
    Available harvest records suggest that most seal harvest occurs in 
the months preceding the proposed August start of the seismic survey, 
when waning ice conditions provide the best opportunity to approach and 
kill hauled out seals. Much of the late summer seal harvest occurs in 
the Colville River as the seals follow fish runs upstream. Still, open-
water seal hunting could occur coincident with the seismic surveys, 
especially bearded seal hunts based from Thetis Island. In general, 
however, given the relatively low contribution of seals to the Nuiqsut 
subsistence, and the greater opportunity to hunt seals earlier in the 
season, any potential impact by the seismic survey on seal hunting is 
likely remote.

Potential Impacts to Subsistence Uses

    NMFS has defined ``unmitigable adverse impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103 
as: ``an impact resulting from the specified activity: (1) That is 
likely to reduce the availability of the species to a level 
insufficient for a harvest to meet subsistence needs by: (i) Causing 
the marine mammals to abandon or avoid hunting areas; (ii) Directly 
displacing subsistence users; or (iii) Placing physical barriers 
between the marine mammals and the subsistence hunters; and (2) That 
cannot be sufficiently mitigated by other measures to increase the 
availability of marine mammals to allow subsistence needs to be met.
    Noise and general activity during SAE's proposed 3D OBN seismic 
survey have the potential to impact marine mammals hunted by Native 
Alaskans. In the case of cetaceans, the most common

[[Page 20107]]

reaction to anthropogenic sounds (as noted previously) is avoidance of 
the ensonified area. In the case of bowhead whales, this often means 
that the animals divert from their normal migratory path by several 
kilometers. Additionally, general vessel presence in the vicinity of 
traditional hunting areas could negatively impact a hunt. Native 
knowledge indicates that bowhead whales become increasingly 
``skittish'' in the presence of seismic noise. Whales are more wary 
around the hunters and tend to expose a much smaller portion of their 
back when surfacing, which makes harvesting more difficult. 
Additionally, natives report that bowheads exhibit angry behaviors, 
such as tail-slapping, in the presence of seismic activity, which 
translate to danger for nearby subsistence harvesters.
    Responses of seals to seismic airguns are expected to be 
negligible. Bain and Williams (2006) studied the responses of harbor 
seals, California sea lions, and Steller sea lions to seismic airguns 
and found that seals at exposure levels above 170 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (peak-
peak) often showed avoidance behavior, including generally staying at 
the surface and keeping their heads out of the water, but that the 
responses were not overt, and there were no detectable responses at low 
exposure levels.

Plan of Cooperation or Measures to Minimize Impacts to Subsistence 
Hunts

    Regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(12) require IHA applicants for 
activities that take place in Arctic waters to provide a Plan of 
Cooperation (POC) or information that identifies what measures have 
been taken and/or will be taken to minimize adverse effects on the 
availability of marine mammals for subsistence purposes.
    SAE has prepared a draft POC, which was developed by identifying 
and evaluating any potential effects the proposed seismic survey might 
have on seasonal abundance that is relied upon for subsistence use. For 
the proposed project, SAE states that it is working closely with the 
North Slope Borough (NSB) and its partner Kuukpik Corporation, to 
identify subsistence communities and activities that may take place 
within or near the project area. The draft POC is attached to SAE's IHA 
application.
    As a joint venture partner with Kuukpik, SAE will be working 
closely with them and the communities on the North Slope to plan 
operations that will include measures that are environmentally suitable 
and that do not impact local subsistence use. A Conflict Avoidance 
Agreement (CAA) will be developed that will include such measures.
    SAE adopted a three-stage process to develop its POC:
    Stage 1: To open communications SAE has presented the program 
description to the AEWC during their quarterly meeting in December, 
2014. SAE will also be presenting the project at the open water meeting 
in March 2015 in Anchorage. Collaboration meetings will be held in 
March and April 2015 with Kuukpik Corporation leaders. Kuukpik 
Corporation is a joint venture partner in the project. Permits to all 
federal, state and local government agencies will be submitted in the 
spring of 2015. Ongoing discussions and meeting with these agencies 
have been occurring in order to meet our operational window in the 
project area.
    Prior to offshore activities, SAE will meet and consult with nearby 
communities, namely the North Slope Borough (NSB) planning department 
and the NSB Fish and Wildlife division. SAE will also present its 
project during a community meeting in the villages of Nuiqsut, and 
Kaktovik to discuss the planned activities. The discussions will 
include the project description, the Plan of Cooperation, resolution of 
potential conflicts, and proposed operational window. These meetings 
will help to identify any subsistence conflicts. These meetings will 
allow SAE to understand community concerns, and requests for 
communication or mitigation. Additional communications will continue 
throughout the project.
    Stage 2: SAE will document results of all meetings and incorporate 
to mitigate concerns into the POC. There shall be a review of permit 
stipulations and a permit matrix developed for the crews. The means of 
communications and contacts list will be developed and implemented into 
operations. The use of scientific and Inupiat PSOs/Communicators on 
board the vessels will ensure that appropriate precautions are taken to 
avoid harassment of marine mammals, including whales, seals, walruses, 
or polar bears. SAE will coordinate the timing and location of 
operations with the Com-Centers in Deadhorse and Kaktovik to minimize 
impact to the subsistence activities or the Nuiqsut/Kaktovik bowhead 
whale hunt.
    Stage 3: If a conflict does occur with project activities and 
subsistence hunting, the SAs will immediately contact the project 
manager and the Com Center. If avoidance is not possible, the project 
manager will initiate communication with a representative from the 
impacted subsistence hunter group(s) to resolve the issue and to plan 
an alternative course of action (which may include ceasing operations 
during the whale hunt).
    In addition, the following mitigation measures will be imposed in 
order to effect the least practicable adverse impact on the 
availability of marine mammal species for subsistence uses:
    (i) Establishment and operations of Communication and Call Centers 
(Com-Center) Program
     For the purposes of reducing or eliminating conflicts 
between subsistence whaling activities and SAE's survey program, SAE 
will participate with other operators in the Com-Center Program. Com-
Centers will be operated to facilitate communication of information 
between SAE and subsistence whalers. The Com-Centers will be operated 
24 hours/day during the 2015 fall subsistence bowhead whale hunt.
     All vessels shall report to the appropriate Com-Center at 
least once every six hours, commencing each day with a call at 
approximately 06:00 hours.
     The appropriate Com-Center shall be notified if there is 
any significant change in plans, such as an unannounced start-up of 
operations or significant deviations from announced course, and that 
Com-Center shall notify all whalers of such changes. The appropriate 
Com-Center also shall be called regarding any unsafe or unanticipated 
ice conditions.
    (ii) SAE shall monitor the positions of all of its vessels and 
exercise due care in avoiding any areas where subsistence activity is 
active.
    (iii) Routing barge and transit vessels:
     Vessels transiting in the Beaufort Sea east of Bullen 
Point to the Canadian border shall remain at least 5 miles offshore 
during transit along the coast, provided ice and sea conditions allow. 
During transit in the Chukchi Sea, vessels shall remain as far offshore 
as weather and ice conditions allow, and at all times at least 5 miles 
offshore.
     From August 31 to October 31, vessels in the Chukchi Sea 
or Beaufort Sea shall remain at least 20 miles offshore of the coast of 
Alaska from Icy Cape in the Chukchi Sea to Pitt Point on the east side 
of Smith Bay in the Beaufort Sea, unless ice conditions or an emergency 
that threatens the safety of the vessel or crew prevents compliance 
with this requirement. This condition shall not apply to vessels 
actively engaged in transit to or from a coastal community to conduct 
crew changes or logistical support operations.
     Vessels shall be operated at speeds necessary to ensure no 
physical contact

[[Page 20108]]

with whales occurs, and to make any other potential conflicts with 
bowheads or whalers unlikely. Vessel speeds shall be less than 10 knots 
in the proximity of feeding whales or whale aggregations.
     If any vessel inadvertently approaches within 1.6 
kilometers (1 mile) of observed bowhead whales, except when providing 
emergency assistance to whalers or in other emergency situations, the 
vessel operator will take reasonable precautions to avoid potential 
interaction with the bowhead whales by taking one or more of the 
following actions, as appropriate:
    [cir] reducing vessel speed to less than 5 knots within 900 feet of 
the whale(s);
    [cir] steering around the whale(s) if possible;
    [cir] operating the vessel(s) in such a way as to avoid separating 
members of a group of whales from other members of the group;
    [cir] operating the vessel(s) to avoid causing a whale to make 
multiple changes in direction; and
    [cir] checking the waters immediately adjacent to the vessel(s) to 
ensure that no whales will be injured when the propellers are engaged.
    (iv) Limitation on seismic surveys in the Beaufort Sea
     Kaktovik: No seismic survey from the Canadian Border to 
the Canning River from around August 25 to close of the fall bowhead 
whale hunt in Kaktovik and Nuiqsut, based on the actual hunt dates. 
From around August 10 to August 25, based on the actual hunt dates, SAE 
will communicate and collaborate with the Alaska Eskimo Whaling 
Commission (AEWC) on any planned vessel movement in and around Kaktovik 
and Cross Island to avoid impacts to whale hunting.
     Nuiqsut:
    [cir] Pt. Storkerson to Thetis Island: No seismic survey prior to 
July 25 inside the Barrier Islands. No seismic survey from around 
August 25 to close of fall bowhead whale hunting outside the Barrier 
Island in Nuiqsut, based on the actual hunt dates.
    [cir] Canning River to Pt. Storkerson: No seismic survey from 
around August 25 to the close of bowhead whale subsistence hunting in 
Nuiqsut, based on the actual hunt dates.
     Barrow: No seismic survey from Pitt Point on the east side 
of Smith Bay to a location about half way between Barrow and Peard Bay 
from September 15 to the close of the fall bowhead whale hunt in 
Barrow.
    (v) SAE shall complete operations in time to allow such vessels to 
complete transit through the Bering Strait to a point south of 59 
degrees North latitude no later than November 15, 2015. Any vessel that 
encounters weather or ice that will prevent compliance with this date 
shall coordinate its transit through the Bering Strait to a point south 
of 59 degrees North latitude with the appropriate Com-Centers. SAE 
vessels shall, weather and ice permitting, transit east of St. Lawrence 
Island and no closer than 10 miles from the shore of St. Lawrence 
Island.
    Finally, SAE plans to sign a Conflict Avoidance Agreement (CAA) 
with the Alaska whaling communities to further ensure that its proposed 
open-water seismic survey activities in the Beaufort Sea will not have 
unmitigable impacts to subsistence activities.

Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis and Preliminary Determination

    SAE has adopted a spatial and temporal strategy for its 3D OBN 
seismic survey that should minimize impacts to subsistence hunters and 
ensure the sufficient availability of species for hunters to meet 
subsistence needs. SAE will temporarily cease seismic activities during 
the fall bowhead whale hunt, which will allow the hunt to occur without 
any adverse impact from SAE's activities. Although some seal hunting 
co-occurs temporally with SAE's proposed seismic survey, the locations 
do not overlap, so SAE's activities will not impact the hunting areas 
and will not directly displace sealers or place physical barriers 
between the sealers and the seals. In addition, SAE is conducting the 
seismic surveys in a joint partnership agreement with Kuukpik 
Corporation, which allows SAE to work closely with the native 
communities on the North Slope to plan operations that include measures 
that are environmentally suitable and that do not impact local 
subsistence use, and to adjust the operations, if necessary, to 
minimize any potential impacts that might arise. Based on the 
description of the specified activity, the measures described to 
minimize adverse effects on the availability of marine mammals for 
subsistence purposes, and the proposed mitigation and monitoring 
measures, NMFS has preliminarily determined that there will not be an 
unmitigable adverse impact on subsistence uses from SAE's proposed 
activities.

Endangered Species Act (ESA)

    Within the project area, the bowhead whale is listed as endangered 
and the ringed seal is listed as threatened under the ESA. NMFS' 
Permits and Conservation Division has initiated consultation with staff 
in NMFS' Alaska Region Protected Resources Division under section 7 of 
the ESA on the issuance of an IHA to SAE under section 101(a)(5)(D) of 
the MMPA for this activity. Consultation will be concluded prior to a 
determination on the issuance of an IHA.

National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)

    NMFS is preparing an Environmental Assessment (EA), pursuant to 
NEPA, to determine whether the issuance of an IHA to SAE for its 3D 
seismic survey in the Beaufort Sea during the 2015 Arctic open-water 
season may have a significant impact on the human environment. NMFS has 
released a draft of the EA for public comment along with this proposed 
IHA.

Proposed Authorization

    As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to 
issue an IHA to SAE for conducting a 3D OBN seismic survey in Beaufort 
Sea during the 2015 Arctic open-water season, provided the previously 
mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements are 
incorporated. The proposed IHA language is provided next.
    This section contains a draft of the IHA itself. The wording 
contained in this section is proposed for inclusion in the IHA (if 
issued).
    (1) This Authorization is valid from July 1, 2015, through October 
15, 2015.
    (2) This Authorization is valid only for activities associated with 
open-water 3D seismic surveys and related activities in the Beaufort 
Sea. The specific areas where SAE's surveys will be conducted are 
within the Beaufort Sea, Alaska, as shown in Figure 1-1 of SAE's IHA 
application.
    (3)(a) The species authorized for incidental harassment takings, 
Level A and Level B harassment, are: beluga whales (Delphinapterus 
leucas); bowhead whales (Balaena mysticetus); gray whales (Eschrichtius 
robustus), bearded seals (Erignathus barbatus); spotted seals (Phoca 
largha); and ringed seals (P. hispida) (Table 6).
    (3)(b) The authorization for taking by harassment is limited to the 
following acoustic sources and from the following activities:
    (i) 620-in\3\ and 1,240-in\3\ airgun arrays and other acoustic 
sources for 3D open-water seismic surveys; and
    (ii) Vessel activities related to open-water seismic surveys listed 
in (i).
    (3)(c) The taking of any marine mammal in a manner prohibited under 
this Authorization must be reported within 24 hours of the taking to 
the Alaska Regional Administrator (907-586-7221) or his designee in 
Anchorage

[[Page 20109]]

(907-271-3023), National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) and the Chief 
of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected 
Resources, NMFS, at (301) 427-8401, or her designee (301-427-8418).
    (4) The holder of this Authorization must notify the Chief of the 
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, at 
least 48 hours prior to the start of collecting seismic data (unless 
constrained by the date of issuance of this Authorization in which case 
notification shall be made as soon as possible).
    (5) Prohibitions
    (a) The taking, by incidental harassment only, is limited to the 
species listed under condition 3(a) above and by the numbers listed in 
Table 6. The taking by serious injury or death of these species or the 
taking by harassment, injury or death of any other species of marine 
mammal is prohibited and may result in the modification, suspension, or 
revocation of this Authorization.
    (b) The taking of any marine mammal is prohibited whenever the 
required source vessel protected species observers (PSOs), required by 
condition 7(a)(i), are not onboard in conformance with condition 
7(a)(i) of this Authorization.
    (6) Mitigation
    (a) Establishing Exclusion and Disturbance Zones
    (i) Establish and monitor with trained PSOs exclusion zones 
surrounding the 10 in\3\ and 620 in\3\ airgun arrays on the source 
vessel where the received level would be 180 and 190 dB (rms) re 1 
[mu]Pa for cetaceans and pinnipeds, respectively. The sizes of these 
zones are provided in Table 3.
    (ii) Establish and monitor with trained PSOs preliminary exclusion 
zones surrounding the 1,240 in\3\ airgun arrays on the source vessel 
where the received level would be 180 and 190 dB (rms) re 1 [mu]Pa for 
cetaceans and pinnipeds, respectively. For purposes of the field 
verification test, described in condition 7(e)(i), these zones are 
estimated to be 250 m and 910 m from the seismic source for 190 and 180 
dB (rms) re 1 [mu]Pa, respectively.
    (iii) Establish zones of influence (ZOIs) surrounding the 10 in\3\ 
and 620 in\3\ airgun arrays on the source vessel where the received 
level would be 160 (rms) re 1 [mu]Pa. The sizes of these zones are 
provided in Table 3.
    (iv) Establish the ZOI surrounding the 1,240 in\3\ airgun arrays on 
the source vessel where the received level would be 160 dB (rms) re 1 
[mu]Pa for marine mammals. For purposes of the field verification test, 
described in condition 7(e)(i), the zone is estimated to be 5,200 m 
from the source.
    (v) Immediately upon completion of data analysis of the field 
verification measurements required under condition 7(e)(i) below, the 
new 160-dB, 180-dB, and 190-dB marine mammal ZOI and exclusion zones 
for the 1,240 in\3\ airgun array shall be established based on the 
sound source verification.
    (b) Vessel Movement Mitigation:
    (i) Avoid concentrations or groups of whales by all vessels under 
the direction of SAE. Operators of support vessels should, at all 
times, conduct their activities at the maximum distance possible from 
such concentrations or groups of whales.
    (ii) If any vessel approaches within 1.6 km (1 mi) of observed 
bowhead whales, except when providing emergency assistance to whalers 
or in other emergency situations, the vessel operator will take 
reasonable precautions to avoid potential interaction with the bowhead 
whales by taking one or more of the following actions, as appropriate:
    (A) Reducing vessel speed to less than 5 knots within 300 yards 
(900 feet or 274 m) of the whale(s);
    (B) Steering around the whale(s) if possible;
    (C) Operating the vessel(s) in such a way as to avoid separating 
members of a group of whales from other members of the group;
    (D) Operating the vessel(s) to avoid causing a whale to make 
multiple changes in direction; and
    (E) Checking the waters immediately adjacent to the vessel(s) to 
ensure that no whales will be injured when the propellers are engaged.
    (iii) When weather conditions require, such as when visibility 
drops, adjust vessel speed accordingly, but not to exceed 5 knots, to 
avoid the likelihood of injury to whales.
    (c) Mitigation Measures for Airgun Operations
    (i) Ramp-up:
    (A) A ramp up, following a cold start, can be applied if the 
exclusion zone has been free of marine mammals for a consecutive 30-
minute period. The entire exclusion zone must have been visible during 
these 30 minutes. If the entire exclusion zone is not visible, then 
ramp up from a cold start cannot begin.
    (B) If a marine mammal(s) is sighted within the exclusion zone 
during the 30-minute watch prior to ramp up, ramp up will be delayed 
until the marine mammal(s) is sighted outside of the exclusion zone or 
the animal(s) is not sighted for at least 15 minutes for pinnipeds, or 
30 minutes for cetaceans.
    (C) If, for any reason, electrical power to the airgun array has 
been discontinued for a period of 10 minutes or more, ramp-up 
procedures shall be implemented. If the PSO watch has been suspended 
during that time, a 30-minute clearance of the exclusion zone is 
required prior to commencing ramp-up. Discontinuation of airgun 
activity for less than 10 minutes does not require a ramp-up.
    (D) The seismic operator and PSOs shall maintain records of the 
times when ramp-ups start and when the airgun arrays reach full power.
    (ii) Power-down/Shutdown:
    (A) The airgun array shall be immediately powered down whenever a 
marine mammal is sighted approaching close to or within the applicable 
exclusion zone of the full array, but is outside the applicable 
exclusion zone of the single mitigation airgun.
    (B) If a marine mammal is already within or is about to enter the 
exclusion zone when first detected, the airguns shall be powered down 
immediately.
    (C) Following a power-down, firing of the full airgun array shall 
not resume until the marine mammal has cleared the exclusion zone. The 
animal will be considered to have cleared the exclusion zone if it is 
visually observed to have left the exclusion zone of the full array, or 
has not been seen within the zone for 15 minutes for pinnipeds, or 30 
minutes for cetaceans.
    (D) If a marine mammal is sighted within or about to enter the 190 
or 180 dB (rms) applicable exclusion zone of the single mitigation 
airgun, the airgun array shall be shutdown.
    (E) Firing of the full airgun array or the mitigation gun shall not 
resume until the marine mammal has cleared the exclusion zone of the 
full array or mitigation gun, respectively. The animal will be 
considered to have cleared the exclusion zone as described above under 
ramp up procedures.
    (iii) Poor Visibility Conditions:
    (A) If during foggy conditions, heavy snow or rain, or darkness, 
the full 180 dB exclusion zone is not visible, the airguns cannot 
commence a ramp-up procedure from a full shut-down.
    (B) If one or more airguns have been operational before nightfall 
or before the onset of poor visibility conditions, they can remain 
operational throughout the night or poor visibility conditions. In this 
case ramp-up procedures can be initiated, even though the exclusion 
zone may not be visible, on the assumption that marine mammals will be 
alerted by the sounds from the single airgun and have moved away.
    (iv) Use of a Small-volume Airgun During Turns and Transits

[[Page 20110]]

    (A) Throughout the seismic survey, during turning movements and 
short transits, SAE will employ the use of the smallest-volume airgun 
(i.e., ``mitigation airgun'') to deter marine mammals from being within 
the immediate area of the seismic operations. The mitigation airgun 
would be operated at approximately one shot per minute and would not be 
operated for longer than three hours in duration (turns may last two to 
three hours for the proposed project).
    (B) During turns or brief transits (i.e., less than three hours) 
between seismic tracklines, one mitigation airgun will continue 
operating. The ramp up procedures described above will be followed when 
increasing the source levels from the one mitigation airgun to the full 
airgun array. However, keeping one airgun firing during turns and brief 
transits allow SAE to resume seismic surveys using the full array 
without having to ramp up from a ``cold start,'' which requires a 30-
minute observation period of the full exclusion zone and is prohibited 
during darkness or other periods of poor visibility. PSOs will be on 
duty whenever the airguns are firing during daylight and during the 30-
minute periods prior to ramp-ups from a ``cold start.''
    (d) Mitigation Measures for Subsistence Activities:
    (i) For the purposes of reducing or eliminating conflicts between 
subsistence whaling activities and SAE's survey program, the holder of 
this Authorization will participate with other operators in the 
Communication and Call Centers (Com-Center) Program. Com-Centers will 
be operated to facilitate communication of information between SAE and 
subsistence whalers. The Com-Centers will be operated 24 hours/day 
during the 2015 fall subsistence bowhead whale hunt.
    (ii) All vessels shall report to the appropriate Com-Center at 
least once every six hours, commencing each day with a call at 
approximately 06:00 hours.
    (iii) The appropriate Com-Center shall be notified if there is any 
significant change in plans. The appropriate Com-Center also shall be 
called regarding any unsafe or unanticipated ice conditions.
    (iv) Upon notification by a Com-Center operator of an at-sea 
emergency, the holder of this Authorization shall provide such 
assistance as necessary to prevent the loss of life, if conditions 
allow the holder of this Authorization to safely do so.
    (v) SAE shall monitor the positions of all of its vessels and 
exercise due care in avoiding any areas where subsistence activity is 
active.
    (vi) Routing barge and transit vessels:
    (A) Vessels transiting in the Beaufort Sea east of Bullen Point to 
the Canadian border shall remain at least 5 miles offshore during 
transit along the coast, provided ice and sea conditions allow. During 
transit in the Chukchi Sea, vessels shall remain as far offshore as 
weather and ice conditions allow, and at all times at least 5 miles 
offshore.
    (B) From August 31 to October 31, vessels in the Chukchi Sea or 
Beaufort Sea shall remain at least 20 miles offshore of the coast of 
Alaska from Icy Cape in the Chukchi Sea to Pitt Point on the east side 
of Smith Bay in the Beaufort Sea, unless ice conditions or an emergency 
that threatens the safety of the vessel or crew prevents compliance 
with this requirement. This condition shall not apply to vessels 
actively engaged in transit to or from a coastal community to conduct 
crew changes or logistical support operations.
    (C) Vessels shall be operated at speeds necessary to ensure no 
physical contact with whales occurs, and to make any other potential 
conflicts with bowheads or whalers unlikely. Vessel speeds shall be 
less than 10 knots in the proximity of feeding whales or whale 
aggregations.
    (D) If any vessel inadvertently approaches within 1.6 kilometers (1 
mile) of observed bowhead whales, except when providing emergency 
assistance to whalers or in other emergency situations, the vessel 
operator will take reasonable precautions to avoid potential 
interaction with the bowhead whales by taking one or more of the 
following actions, as appropriate:
     Reducing vessel speed to less than 5 knots within 900 feet 
of the whale(s);
     Steering around the whale(s) if possible;
     Operating the vessel(s) in such a way as to avoid 
separating members of a group of whales from other members of the 
group;
     Operating the vessel(s) to avoid causing a whale to make 
multiple changes in direction; and
     Checking the waters immediately adjacent to the vessel(s) 
to ensure that no whales will be injured when the propellers are 
engaged.
    (vii) Limitation on seismic surveys in the Beaufort Sea
    (A) Kaktovik: No seismic survey from the Canadian Border to the 
Canning River from August 25 to close of the fall bowhead whale hunt in 
Kaktovik and Nuiqsut. From around August 10 to August 25, based on the 
actual hunt date, SAE will communicate and collaborate with the Alaska 
Eskimo Whaling Commission (AEWC) on any planned vessel movement in and 
around Kaktovik and Cross Island to avoid impacts to whale hunting.
    (B) Nuiqsut:
     Pt. Storkerson to Thetis Island: No seismic survey prior 
to July 25 inside the Barrier Islands. No seismic survey from around 
August 25 to close of fall bowhead whale hunting outside the Barrier 
Island in Nuiqsut, based on actual hunt dates.
     Canning River to Pt. Storkerson: No seismic survey from 
around August 25 to the close of bowhead whale subsistence hunting in 
Nuiqsut, based on actual hunt dates.
    (C) Barrow: No seismic survey from Pitt Point on the east side of 
Smith Bay to a location about half way between Barrow and Peard Bay 
from September 15 to the close of the fall bowhead whale hunt in 
Barrow.
    (viii) SAE shall complete operations in time to allow such vessels 
to complete transit through the Bering Strait to a point south of 59 
degrees North latitude no later than November 15, 2015. Any vessel that 
encounters weather or ice that will prevent compliance with this date 
shall coordinate its transit through the Bering Strait to a point south 
of 59 degrees North latitude with the appropriate Com-Centers. SAE 
vessels shall, weather and ice permitting, transit east of St. Lawrence 
Island and no closer than 10 miles from the shore of St. Lawrence 
Island.
    (7) Monitoring:
    (a) Vessel-based Visual Monitoring:
    (i) Vessel-based visual monitoring for marine mammals shall be 
conducted by NMFS-approved PSOs throughout the period of survey 
activities.
    (ii) PSOs shall be stationed aboard the seismic survey vessels and 
mitigation vessel through the duration of the surveys.
    (iii) A sufficient number of PSOs shall be onboard the survey 
vessel to meet the following criteria:
    (A) 100% monitoring coverage during all periods of survey 
operations in daylight;
    (B) maximum of 4 consecutive hours on watch per PSO; and
    (C) maximum of 12 hours of watch time per day per PSO.
    (iv) The vessel-based marine mammal monitoring shall provide the 
basis for real-time mitigation measures as described in (6)(c) above.
    (v) Results of the vessel-based marine mammal monitoring shall be 
used to calculate the estimation of the number of ``takes'' from the 
marine surveys and equipment recovery and maintenance program.
    (b) Protected Species Observers and Training

[[Page 20111]]

    (i) PSO teams shall consist of Inupiat observers and NMFS-approved 
field biologists.
    (ii) Experienced field crew leaders shall supervise the PSO teams 
in the field. New PSOs shall be paired with experienced observers to 
avoid situations where lack of experience impairs the quality of 
observations.
    (iii) Crew leaders and most other biologists serving as observers 
in 2015 shall be individuals with experience as observers during recent 
seismic or shallow hazards monitoring projects in Alaska, the Canadian 
Beaufort, or other offshore areas in recent years.
    (iv) Resumes for PSO candidates shall be provided to NMFS for 
review and acceptance of their qualifications. Inupiat observers shall 
be experienced in the region and familiar with the marine mammals of 
the area.
    (v) All observers shall complete a NMFS-approved observer training 
course designed to familiarize individuals with monitoring and data 
collection procedures. The training course shall be completed before 
the anticipated start of the 2015 open-water season. The training 
session(s) shall be conducted by qualified marine mammalogists with 
extensive crew-leader experience during previous vessel-based 
monitoring programs.
    (vi) Training for both Alaska native PSOs and biologist PSOs shall 
be conducted at the same time in the same room. There shall not be 
separate training courses for the different PSOs.
    (vii) Crew members should not be used as primary PSOs because they 
have other duties and generally do not have the same level of 
expertise, experience, or training as PSOs, but they could be stationed 
on the fantail of the vessel to observe the near field, especially the 
area around the airgun array, and implement a power-down or shutdown if 
a marine mammal enters the safety zone (or exclusion zone).
    (viii) If crew members are to be used as PSOs, they shall go 
through some basic training consistent with the functions they will be 
asked to perform. The best approach would be for crew members and PSOs 
to go through the same training together.
    (ix) PSOs shall be trained using visual aids (e.g., videos, 
photos), to help them identify the species that they are likely to 
encounter in the conditions under which the animals will likely be 
seen.
    (x) SAE shall train its PSOs to follow a scanning schedule that 
consistently distributes scanning effort according to the purpose and 
need for observations. All PSOs should follow the same schedule to 
ensure consistency in their scanning efforts.
    (xi) PSOs shall be trained in documenting the behaviors of marine 
mammals. PSOs should record the primary behavioral state (i.e., 
traveling, socializing, feeding, resting, approaching or moving away 
from vessels) and relative location of the observed marine mammals.
    (c) Marine Mammal Observation Protocol
    (i) PSOs shall watch for marine mammals from the best available 
vantage point on the survey vessels, typically the bridge.
    (ii) Observations by the PSOs on marine mammal presence and 
activity shall begin a minimum of 30 minutes prior to the estimated 
time that the seismic source is to be turned on and/or ramped-up. 
Monitoring shall continue during the airgun operations and last until 
30 minutes after airgun array stops firing.
    (iii) For comparison purposes, PSOs shall also document marine 
mammal occurrence, density, and behavior during at least some periods 
when airguns are not operating
    (iv) PSOs shall scan systematically with the unaided eye and 7 x 50 
reticle binoculars, supplemented with 20 x 60 image-stabilized 
binoculars or 25 x 150 binoculars, and night-vision equipment when 
needed.
    (v) Personnel on the bridge shall assist the marine mammal 
observer(s) in watching for marine mammals.
    (vi) PSOs aboard the marine survey vessel shall give particular 
attention to the areas within the marine mammal exclusion zones around 
the source vessel, as noted in (6)(a)(i) and (ii). They shall avoid the 
tendency to spend too much time evaluating animal behavior or entering 
data on forms, both of which detract from their primary purpose of 
monitoring the exclusion zone.
    (vii) Monitoring shall consist of recording of the following 
information:
    (A) The species, group size, age/size/sex categories (if 
determinable), the general behavioral activity, heading (if 
consistent), bearing and distance from seismic vessel, sighting cue, 
behavioral pace, and apparent reaction of all marine mammals seen near 
the seismic vessel and/or its airgun array (e.g., none, avoidance, 
approach, paralleling, etc);
    (B) The time, location, heading, speed, and activity of the vessel 
(shooting or not), along with sea state, visibility, cloud cover and 
sun glare at (I) any time a marine mammal is sighted (including 
pinnipeds hauled out on barrier islands), (II) at the start and end of 
each watch, and (III) during a watch (whenever there is a change in one 
or more variable);
    (C) The identification of all vessels that are visible within 5 km 
of the seismic vessel whenever a marine mammal is sighted and the time 
observed;
    (D) Any identifiable marine mammal behavioral response (sighting 
data should be collected in a manner that will not detract from the 
PSO's ability to detect marine mammals);
    (E) Any adjustments made to operating procedures; and
    (F) Visibility during observation periods so that total estimates 
of take can be corrected accordingly.
    (vii) Distances to nearby marine mammals will be estimated with 
binoculars (7 x 50 binoculars) containing a reticle to measure the 
vertical angle of the line of sight to the animal relative to the 
horizon. Observers may use a laser rangefinder to test and improve 
their abilities for visually estimating distances to objects in the 
water.
    (viii) PSOs shall understand the importance of classifying marine 
mammals as ``unknown'' or ``unidentified'' if they cannot identify the 
animals to species with confidence. In those cases, they shall note any 
information that might aid in the identification of the marine mammal 
sighted. For example, for an unidentified mysticete whale, the 
observers should record whether the animal had a dorsal fin.
    (ix) Additional details about unidentified marine mammal sightings, 
such as ``blow only,'' mysticete with (or without) a dorsal fin, ``seal 
splash,'' etc., shall be recorded.
    (x) When a marine mammal is seen approaching or within the 
exclusion zone applicable to that species, the marine survey crew shall 
be notified immediately so that mitigation measures described in (6) 
can be promptly implemented.
    (xi) SAE shall use the best available technology to improve 
detection capability during periods of fog and other types of inclement 
weather. Such technology might include night-vision goggles or 
binoculars as well as other instruments that incorporate infrared 
technology.
    (d) Field Data-Recording and Verification
    (i) PSOs aboard the vessels shall maintain a digital log of seismic 
surveys, noting the date and time of all changes in seismic activity 
(ramp-up, power-down, changes in the active seismic source, shutdowns, 
etc.) and any corresponding changes in monitoring radii in a software 
spreadsheet.

[[Page 20112]]

    (ii) PSOs shall utilize a standardized format to record all marine 
mammal observations and mitigation actions (seismic source power-downs, 
shut-downs, and ramp-ups).
    (iii) Information collected during marine mammal observations shall 
include the following:
    (A) Vessel speed, position, and activity
    (B) Date, time, and location of each marine mammal sighting
    (C) Number of marine mammals observed, and group size, sex, and age 
categories
    (D) Observer's name and contact information
    (E) Weather, visibility, and ice conditions at the time of 
observation
    (F) Estimated distance of marine mammals at closest approach
    (G) Activity at the time of observation, including possible 
attractants present
    (H) Animal behavior
    (I) Description of the encounter
    (J) Duration of encounter
    (K) Mitigation action taken
    (iv) Data shall be recorded directly into handheld computers or as 
a back-up, transferred from hard-copy data sheets into an electronic 
database.
    (v) A system for quality control and verification of data shall be 
facilitated by the pre-season training, supervision by the lead PSOs, 
and in-season data checks, and shall be built into the software.
    (vi) Computerized data validity checks shall also be conducted, and 
the data shall be managed in such a way that it is easily summarized 
during and after the field program and transferred into statistical, 
graphical, or other programs for further processing.
    (e) Passive Acoustic Monitoring
    (i) Sound Source Measurements: Using a hydrophone system, the 
holder of this Authorization is required to conduct sound source 
verification tests for the 1,240 in\3\ seismic airgun array, if this 
array is involved in the open-water seismic surveys.
    (A) Sound source verification shall consist of distances where 
broadside and endfire directions at which broadband received levels 
reach 190, 180, 170, 160, and 120 dB (rms) re 1 [mu]Pa for the airgun 
array(s).
    (B) The test results shall be reported to NMFS within 5 days of 
completing the test.
    (ii) SAE shall conduct passive acoustic monitoring using fixed 
hydrophone(s) to
    (A) Collect information on the occurrence and distribution of 
marine mammals that may be available to subsistence hunters near 
villages located on the Beaufort Sea coast and to document their 
relative abundance, habitat use, and migratory patterns; and
    (B) Measure the ambient soundscape throughout the Beaufort Sea 
coast and to record received levels of sounds from industry and other 
activities
    (g) SAE shall engage in consultation and coordination with other 
oil and gas companies and with federal, state, and borough agencies to 
ensure that they have the most up-to-date information and can take 
advantage of other monitoring efforts.
    (8) Data Analysis and Presentation in Reports:
    (a) Estimation of potential takes or exposures shall be improved 
for times with low visibility (such as during fog or darkness) through 
interpolation or possibly using a probability approach. Those data 
could be used to interpolate possible takes during periods of 
restricted visibility.
    (b) SAE shall provide a database of the information collected, plus 
a number of summary analyses and graphics to help NMFS assess the 
potential impacts of SAE's survey. Specific summaries/analyses/graphics 
would include:
    (i) Sound verification results, including isopleths of sound 
pressure levels plotted geographically;
    (ii) A table or other summary of survey activities (i.e., did the 
survey proceed as planned);
    (iii) A table of sightings by time, location, species, and distance 
from the survey vessel;
    (iv) A geographic depiction of sightings for each species by area 
and month;
    (v) A table and/or graphic summarizing behaviors observed by 
species;
    (vi) A table and/or graphic summarizing observed responses to the 
survey by species;
    (vii) A table of mitigation measures (e.g., power-downs, shutdowns) 
taken by date, location, and species;
    (viii) A graphic of sightings by distance for each species and 
location;
    (ix) A table or graphic illustrating sightings during the survey 
versus sightings when the airguns were silent; and
    (x) A summary of times when the survey was interrupted because of 
interactions with marine mammals.
    (c) To help evaluate the effectiveness of PSOs and more effectively 
estimate take, if appropriate data are available, SAE shall perform 
analysis of sightability curves (detection functions) for distance-
based analyses.
    (d) SAE shall collaborate with other industrial operators in the 
area to integrate and synthesize monitoring results as much as possible 
(such as submitting ``sightings'' from their monitoring projects to an 
online data archive, such as OBIS-SEAMAP) and archive and make the 
complete databases available upon request.
    (9) Reporting:
    (a) Sound Source Verification Report: A report on the preliminary 
results of the sound source verification measurements, including the 
measured 190, 180, 160, and 120 dB (rms) radii of the 1,240 in\3\ 
airgun array, shall be submitted within 14 days after collection of 
those measurements at the start of the field season. This report will 
specify the distances of the exclusion zones that were adopted for the 
survey.
    (b) Throughout the survey program, PSOs shall prepare a report each 
day, or at such other interval as is necessary, summarizing the recent 
results of the monitoring program. The reports shall summarize the 
species and numbers of marine mammals sighted. These reports shall be 
provided to NMFS.
    (c) Weekly Reports: SAE will submit weekly reports to NMFS no later 
than the close of business (Alaska Time) each Thursday during the weeks 
when seismic surveys take place. The field reports will summarize 
species detected, in-water activity occurring at the time of the 
sighting, behavioral reactions to in-water activities, and the number 
of marine mammals exposed to harassment level noise.
    (d) Monthly Reports: SAE will submit monthly reports to NMFS for 
all months during which seismic surveys take place. The monthly reports 
will contain and summarize the following information:
    (i) Dates, times, locations, heading, speed, weather, sea 
conditions (including Beaufort Sea state and wind force), and 
associated activities during the seismic survey and marine mammal 
sightings.
    (ii) Species, number, location, distance from the vessel, and 
behavior of any sighted marine mammals, as well as associated surveys 
(number of shutdowns), observed throughout all monitoring activities.
    (iii) An estimate of the number (by species) of:
    (A) Pinnipeds that have been exposed to the seismic surveys (based 
on visual observation) at received levels greater than or equal to 160 
dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) and/or 190 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) with a 
discussion of any specific behaviors those individuals exhibited; and
    (B) Cetaceans that have been exposed to the geophysical activity 
(based on visual observation) at received levels greater than or equal 
to 160 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) and/or 180 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) with

[[Page 20113]]

a discussion of any specific behaviors those individuals exhibited.
    (e) Seismic Vessel Monitoring Program: A draft report will be 
submitted to the Director, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, within 
90 days after the end of SAE's 2015 open-water seismic surveys in the 
Beaufort Sea. The report will describe in detail:
    (i) Summaries of monitoring effort (e.g., total hours, total 
distances, and marine mammal distribution through the study period, 
accounting for sea state and other factors affecting visibility and 
detectability of marine mammals);
    (ii) Summaries that represent an initial level of interpretation of 
the efficacy, measurements, and observations, rather than raw data, 
fully processed analyses, or a summary of operations and important 
observations;
    (iii) Summaries of all mitigation measures (e.g., operational 
shutdowns if they occur) and an assessment of the efficacy of the 
monitoring methods;
    (iv) Analyses of the effects of various factors influencing 
detectability of marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number of observers, 
and fog/glare);
    (v) Species composition, occurrence, and distribution of marine 
mammal sightings, including date, water depth, numbers, age/size/gender 
categories (if determinable), group sizes, and ice cover;
    (vi) Data analysis separated into periods when an airgun array (or 
a single airgun) is operating and when it is not, to better assess 
impacts to marine mammals;
    (vii) Sighting rates of marine mammals during periods with and 
without airgun activities (and other variables that could affect 
detectability), such as:
    (A) Initial sighting distances versus airgun activity state;
    (B) Closest point of approach versus airgun activity state;
    (C) Observed behaviors and types of movements versus airgun 
activity state;
    (D) Numbers of sightings/individuals seen versus airgun activity 
state;
    (E) Distribution around the survey vessel versus airgun activity 
state; and
    (F) Estimates of take by harassment;
    (viii) Reported results from all hypothesis tests, including 
estimates of the associated statistical power, when practicable;
    (ix) Estimates of uncertainty in all take estimates, with 
uncertainty expressed by the presentation of confidence limits, a 
minimum-maximum, posterior probability distribution, or another 
applicable method, with the exact approach to be selected based on the 
sampling method and data available;
    (x) A clear comparison of authorized takes and the level of actual 
estimated takes; and
    (xi) A complete characterization of the acoustic footprint 
resulting from various activity states.
    (d) The draft report shall be subject to review and comment by 
NMFS. Any recommendations made by NMFS must be addressed in the final 
report prior to acceptance by NMFS. The draft report will be considered 
the final report for this activity under this Authorization if NMFS has 
not provided comments and recommendations within 90 days of receipt of 
the draft report.
    (10) (a) In the unanticipated event that survey operations clearly 
cause the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by this 
Authorization, such as an serious injury or mortality (e.g., ship-
strike, gear interaction, and/or entanglement), SAE shall immediately 
cease survey operations and immediately report the incident to the 
Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected 
Resources, NMFS, at 301-427-8401 and/or by email to 
[email protected] and [email protected] and the Alaska Regional 
Stranding Coordinators ([email protected] and 
[email protected]). The report must include the following 
information:
    (i) Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the incident;
    (ii) The name and type of vessel involved;
    (iii) The vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
    (iv) Description of the incident;
    (v) Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding the 
incident;
    (vi) Water depth;
    (vii) Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction, 
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
    (viii) Description of marine mammal observations in the 24 hours 
preceding the incident;
    (ix) Species identification or description of the animal(s) 
involved;
    (x) The fate of the animal(s); and
    (xi) Photographs or video footage of the animal (if equipment is 
available).
    (b) Activities shall not resume until NMFS is able to review the 
circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS shall work with SAE to 
determine what is necessary to minimize the likelihood of further 
prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. SAE may not resume their 
activities until notified by NMFS via letter, email, or telephone.
    (c) In the event that SAE discovers an injured or dead marine 
mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the cause of the injury or 
death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (i.e., in less than 
a moderate state of decomposition as described in the next paragraph), 
SAE will immediately report the incident to the Chief, Permits and 
Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, at 301-427-
8401, and/or by email to [email protected] and 
[email protected] and the NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline (1-877-925-
7773) and/or by email to the Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators 
([email protected] and [email protected]). The report must 
include the same information identified in Condition 10(a) above. 
Activities may continue while NMFS reviews the circumstances of the 
incident. NMFS will work with SAE to determine whether modifications in 
the activities are appropriate.
    (d) In the event that SAE discovers an injured or dead marine 
mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the injury or death is not 
associated with or related to the activities authorized in Condition 3 
of this Authorization (e.g., previously wounded animal, carcass with 
moderate to advanced decomposition, or scavenger damage), SAE shall 
report the incident to the Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, 
Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, at 301-427-8401, and/or by email 
to [email protected] and [email protected] and the NMFS Alaska 
Stranding Hotline (1-877-925-7773) and/or by email to the Alaska 
Regional Stranding Coordinators ([email protected] and 
[email protected]), within 24 hours of the discovery. SAE shall 
provide photographs or video footage (if available) or other 
documentation of the stranded animal sighting to NMFS and the Marine 
Mammal Stranding Network. SAE can continue its operations under such a 
case.
    (11) Activities related to the monitoring described in this 
Authorization do not require a separate scientific research permit 
issued under section 104 of the Marine Mammal Protection Act.
    (12) The Plan of Cooperation outlining the steps that will be taken 
to cooperate and communicate with the native communities to ensure the 
availability of marine mammals for subsistence uses, must be 
implemented.
    (13) This Authorization may be modified, suspended, or withdrawn if 
the holder fails to abide by the conditions prescribed herein or if the 
authorized taking is having more than a negligible impact on the 
species or stock of affected marine mammals, or if there

[[Page 20114]]

is an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such species or 
stocks for subsistence uses.
    (14) A copy of this Authorization and the Incidental Take Statement 
must be in the possession of each seismic vessel operator taking marine 
mammals under the authority of this Incidental Harassment 
Authorization.
    (15) SAE is required to comply with the Terms and Conditions of the 
Incidental Take Statement corresponding to NMFS' Biological Opinion.

Request for Public Comments

    NMFS requests comment on our analysis, the draft authorization, and 
any other aspect of the Notice of Proposed IHA for SAE's proposed 3D 
seismic survey in the Beaufort Sea. Please include with your comments 
any supporting data or literature citations to help inform our final 
decision on SAE's request for an MMPA authorization.

    Dated: April 8, 2015.
Wanda Cain,
Acting Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine 
Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 2015-08481 Filed 4-13-15; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 3510-22-P



                                                                                                          Vol. 80                           Tuesday,
                                                                                                          No. 71                            April 14, 2015




                                                                                                          Part II


                                                                                                          Department of Commerce
                                                                                                          National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
                                                                                                          Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine
                                                                                                          Mammals Incidental to Marine Seismic Survey in the Beaufort Sea, Alaska;
                                                                                                          Notice
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00001   Fmt 4717   Sfmt 4717   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                    20084                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices

                                                    DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE                                  INFORMATION CONTACT), or visiting the                 feeding, or sheltering [Level B
                                                                                                            internet at: http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/                harassment].
                                                    National Oceanic and Atmospheric                        pr/permits/incidental.htm. The
                                                    Administration                                                                                                Summary of Request
                                                                                                            following associated documents are also
                                                                                                            available at the same internet address:                  On December 2, 2014, NMFS received
                                                    RIN 0648–XD782
                                                                                                            Plan of Cooperation. Documents cited in               an application from SAE for the taking
                                                    Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to                   this notice may also be viewed, by                    of marine mammals incidental to a 3D
                                                    Specified Activities; Taking Marine                     appointment, during regular business                  ocean bottom node (OBN) seismic
                                                    Mammals Incidental to Marine Seismic                    hours, at the aforementioned address.                 survey program in the Beaufort Sea.
                                                    Survey in the Beaufort Sea, Alaska                        NMFS is also preparing draft                        After receiving NMFS comments, SAE
                                                                                                            Environmental Assessment (EA) in                      made revisions and updated its IHA
                                                    AGENCY:  National Marine Fisheries                      accordance with the National                          application on December 5, 2014,
                                                    Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and                    Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) and                   January 21, 2015, January 29, 2015, and
                                                    Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),                      will consider comments submitted in                   again on February 16, 2015. In addition,
                                                    Commerce.                                               response to this notice as part of that               NMFS received the marine mammal
                                                    ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental                     process. The draft EA will be posted at               mitigation and monitoring plan (4MP)
                                                    harassment authorization; request for                   the foregoing internet site.                          from SAE on December 2, 2014, with an
                                                    comments.                                               FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:                      updated version on January 29, 2015.
                                                                                                            Shane Guan, Office of Protected                       NMFS determined that the application
                                                    SUMMARY:    NMFS has received an                        Resources, NMFS, (301) 427–8401.                      and the 4MP were adequate and
                                                    application from SAExploration, Inc.                                                                          complete on February 17, 2015.
                                                                                                            SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
                                                    (SAE) for an Incidental Harassment                                                                               SAE proposes to conduct 3D OBN
                                                    Authorization (IHA) to take marine                      Background                                            seismic surveys in the state and federal
                                                    mammals, by harassment, incidental to                      Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the               waters of the U.S. Beaufort Sea during
                                                    a marine 3-dimensional (3D) ocean                       MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) direct                  the 2015 Arctic open-water season. The
                                                    bottom node (OBN) seismic surveys                       the Secretary of Commerce to allow,                   proposed activity would occur between
                                                    program in the state and federal waters                 upon request, the incidental, but not                 July 1 and October 15, 2015. The actual
                                                    of the Beaufort Sea, Alaska, during the                 intentional, taking of small numbers of               seismic survey is expected to take
                                                    open-water season of 2015. Pursuant to                  marine mammals by U.S. citizens who                   approximately 70 days, dependent of
                                                    the Marine Mammal Protection Act                        engage in a specified activity (other than            weather. The following specific aspects
                                                    (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments                     commercial fishing) within a specified                of the proposed activities are likely to
                                                    on its proposal to issue an IHA to SAE                  geographical region if certain findings               result in the take of marine mammals:
                                                    to incidentally take, by Level A and                    are made and either regulations are                   seismic airgun operations and
                                                    Level B Harassments, marine mammals                     issued or, if the taking is limited to                associated navigation sonar and vessel
                                                    during the specified activity.                          harassment, a notice of a proposed                    movements. Takes, by Level A and/or
                                                    DATES: Comments and information must                    authorization is provided to the public               Level B Harassments, of individuals of
                                                    be received no later than May 14, 2015.                 for review.                                           six species of marine mammals are
                                                    ADDRESSES: Comments on the                                 An authorization for incidental                    anticipated to result from the specified
                                                    application should be addressed to Jolie                takings shall be granted if NMFS finds                activity.
                                                    Harrison, Chief, Permits and                            that the taking will have a negligible                   SAE also conducted OBN seismic
                                                    Conservation Division, Office of                        impact on the species or stock(s), will               surveys in the Beaufort Sea in the 2014
                                                    Protected Resources, National Marine                    not have an unmitigable adverse impact                Arctic open-water season (79 FR 51963;
                                                    Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West                       on the availability of the species or                 September 2, 2014).
                                                    Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910. The                   stock(s) for subsistence uses (where                  Description of the Specified Activity
                                                    mailbox address for providing email                     relevant), and if the permissible
                                                    comments is itp.guan@noaa.gov.                          methods of taking and requirements                    Overview
                                                    Comments sent via email, including all                  pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring                On December 2, 2014, NMFS received
                                                    attachments, must not exceed a 25-                      and reporting of such takings are set                 an application from SAE requesting an
                                                    megabyte file size. NMFS is not                         forth. NMFS has defined ‘‘negligible                  authorization for the harassment of
                                                    responsible for comments sent to                        impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as ‘‘an                    small numbers of marine mammals
                                                    addresses other than those provided                     impact resulting from the specified                   incidental to conducting an open-water
                                                    here.                                                   activity that cannot be reasonably                    3D OBN seismic survey in the Beaufort
                                                       Instructions: All comments received                  expected to, and is not reasonably likely             Sea off Alaska. After addressing
                                                    are a part of the public record and will                to, adversely affect the species or stock             comments from NMFS and the peer-
                                                    generally be posted to http://                          through effects on annual rates of                    review panel, SAE modified its
                                                    www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/                           recruitment or survival.’’                            application and submitted revised
                                                    incidental.htm without change. All                         Except with respect to certain                     applications on December 5, 2014,
                                                    Personal Identifying Information (for                   activities not pertinent here, the MMPA               January 21, 2015, January 29, 2015, and
                                                    example, name, address, etc.)                           defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: Any act of                 again on February 16, 2015, with 4MP
                                                    voluntarily submitted by the commenter                  pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                                                                                                                                  on December 2, 2014 and an updated
                                                    may be publicly accessible. Do not                      has the potential to injure a marine                  version on January 29, 2015. SAE’s
                                                    submit Confidential Business                            mammal or marine mammal stock in the                  proposed activities discussed here are
                                                    Information or otherwise sensitive or                   wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has                based on its February 17, 2015, IHA
                                                    protected information.                                  the potential to disturb a marine                     application, and January 29, 2015, 4MP.
                                                       An electronic copy of the application                mammal or marine mammal stock in the
                                                    may be obtained by writing to the                       wild by causing disruption of behavioral              Dates and Duration
                                                    address specified above, telephoning the                patterns, including, but not limited to,                 The proposed 3D OBN seismic survey
                                                    contact listed below (see FOR FURTHER                   migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,              is planned for the 2015 open-water


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00002   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices                                          20085

                                                    season (July 1 to October 15). The actual               the nodes to the next patch. As patches               Mitigation Airgun
                                                    data acquisition is expected to take                    are recorded, receiver lines are moved
                                                    approximately 70 days, dependent of                     side to side or end to end to the next                  A 10-in3 mitigation airgun will be
                                                    weather. Based on past similar seismic                  patch location so that receiver lines                 used during poor visibility conditions,
                                                    shoots in the Beaufort Sea, SAE expects                 have continuous coverage of the                       and is intended to (a) alert marine
                                                    that effective shooting would occur over                recording area.                                       mammals to the presence of airgun
                                                    about 70% of the 70 days (or about 49                                                                         activity, and (b) retain the option of
                                                                                                               Autonomous recording nodes lack                    initiating a ramp-up to full operations
                                                    days).                                                  cables but will be tethered together                  under poor visibility conditions. The
                                                    Specified Geographic Region                             using a thin rope for ease of retrieval.              mitigation gun will be operated at
                                                      SAE’s planned 3D seismic survey                       This rope will lay on the seabed surface,             approximately one shot per minute
                                                    would occur in the nearshore waters of                  as will the nodes, and will have no                   during these periods. The manufacturer
                                                    the Beaufort Sea between Harrison Bay                   effect on marine traffic. Primary vessel              specifications indicate a 214 dB re 1 mPa
                                                    and the Sagavanirktok River delta. SAE                  positioning will be achieved using GPS                zero-peak (0.5 bar-m) sound source
                                                    plans to survey a maximum of 777 km2                    with the antenna attached to the airgun               equating to a 195 dB re 1 mPa rms
                                                    (300 mi2) in 2015, although the exact                   array. Pingers deployed from the node                 source.
                                                    location is currently unknown other                     vessels will be used for positioning of
                                                                                                            nodes. The geometry/patch could be                    Pingers and Transponders
                                                    than it would occur somewhere within
                                                    the 4,562-km2 (1,761-m2) box shown in                   modified as operations progress to                       An acoustical positioning (or pinger)
                                                    Figure 1–1 of SAE’s IHA application.                    improve sampling and operational                      system will be used to position and
                                                                                                            efficiency.                                           interpolate the location of the nodes. A
                                                    Detailed Description of Activities
                                                                                                            II. Acoustical Sources                                vessel-mounted transceiver calculates
                                                    I. Survey Design                                                                                              the position of the nodes by measuring
                                                       The proposed marine seismic                            The acoustic sources of primary                     the range and bearing from the
                                                    operations will be based on a ‘‘recording               concern are the airguns that will be                  transceiver to a small acoustic
                                                    patch’’ or similar approach. Patches are                deployed from the seismic source                      transponder fitted to every third node.
                                                    groups of six receiver lines and 32                     vessels. However, there are other noise               The transceiver uses sonar to interrogate
                                                    source lines (Figure 1–2 of SAE’s IHA                   sources to be addressed including the                 the transponders, which respond with
                                                    application). Each receiver line has                    pingers and transponders associated                   short pulses that are used in measuring
                                                    submersible marine sensor nodes                         with locating receiver nodes, as well as              the range and bearing. The system
                                                    tethered equidistant (50 m; 165 ft) from                propeller noise from the vessel fleet.                provides a precise location of every
                                                    each other along the length of the line.                                                                      node as needed for accurate
                                                                                                            Seismic Source Array                                  interpretation of the seismic data. The
                                                    Each node is a multicomponent system
                                                    containing three velocity sensors and a                                                                       transceiver to be used is the Sonardyne
                                                                                                               The primary seismic source for
                                                    hydrophone. Each receiver line is                                                                             Scout USBL, while transponders will be
                                                                                                            offshore recording consists of a 620-
                                                    approximately 8 km (5 mi) in length,                                                                          the Sonardyne TZ/OBC Type 7815–000–
                                                                                                            cubic-inch (in3), 8-cluster array,                    06. Because the transceiver and
                                                    and are spaced approximately 402 m                      although a 2 x 620-in3 array, totaling
                                                    (1,320 ft) apart. Each receiver patch is                                                                      transponder communicate via sonar,
                                                                                                            1,240 in3, may be used in deeper waters               they produce underwater sound levels.
                                                    19.4 km2 (7.5 mi2) in area. The receiver                (>15 m). For conservative purposes,
                                                    patch is oriented such that the receiver                                                                      The Scout USBL transceiver has a
                                                                                                            exposure estimates are based on the                   transmission source level of 197 dB re
                                                    lines run parallel to the shoreline.                    sound pressure levels associated with
                                                       Source lines, 12 km (7.5 mi) long and                                                                      1 mPa @ 1 m and operates at frequencies
                                                                                                            the larger array. The arrays will be                  between 35 and 55 kHz. The
                                                    spaced 502 m (1,650 ft) apart, run                      centered approximately 15 m (50 ft)
                                                    perpendicular to the receiver lines (and                                                                      transponder produces short pulses of
                                                                                                            behind the source vessel stern, at a                  184 to 187 dB re 1 mPa @ 1 m at
                                                    perpendicular to the coast) and, where                  depth of 4 m (12 ft), and towed along
                                                    possible, will extend approximately 5                                                                         frequencies also between 35 and 55 kHz.
                                                                                                            predetermined source lines at speeds
                                                    km (3 mi) beyond the outside receiver                                                                            Both transceivers and transponders
                                                                                                            between 7.4 and 9.3 km/hr (4 and 5
                                                    lines and approximately 4 km (2.5 mi)                                                                         produce noise levels just above or
                                                                                                            knots). Two vessels with full arrays will
                                                    beyond each of the ends of the receiver                                                                       within the most sensitive hearing range
                                                                                                            be operating simultaneously in an
                                                    lines. The outside dimensions of the                                                                          of seals (10 to 30 kHz; Schusterman
                                                                                                            alternating shot mode; one vessel
                                                    maximum shot area during a patch                                                                              1981) and odontocetes (12 to ∼100 kHz;
                                                                                                            shooting while the other is recharging.
                                                    shoot will be 12 km by 16 m (7.5 mi by                                                                        Wartzok and Ketten 1999), and the
                                                                                                            Shot intervals are expected to be about
                                                    10 mi) or 192 km2 (75 mi2). It is                                                                             functional hearing range of baleen
                                                                                                            16 s for each array resulting in an                   whales (20 Hz to 30 kHz; NRC 2003);
                                                    expected to take three to five days to
                                                                                                            overall shot interval of 8 s considering              although baleen whale hearing is
                                                    shoot a patch, or 49 km2 (18.75 mi2) per
                                                                                                            the two alternating arrays. Operations                probably most sensitive nearer 1 kHz
                                                    day. Shot intervals along each source
                                                    line will be 50 m (165 ft). All shot areas              are expected to occur 24 hrs a day, with              (Richardson et al. 1995). However, given
                                                    will be wholly contained within the                     actual daily shooting to total about 12               the low acoustical output, the range of
                                                    4,562-km2 survey box (see Figure 1–1 in                 hrs.                                                  acoustical harassment to marine
                                                    SAE’s IHA application), and, because of                    Based on manufacturer specifications,              mammals (for the 197 dB transceiver) is
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    the tremendous overlap in shot area                     the 1,240-in3 array has a zero-peak                   about 100 m (328 ft), or significantly
                                                    between adjacent patches, no more than                  estimated sound source of 249 dB re 1                 less than the output from the airgun
                                                    777 km2 (300 mi2) of actual area will be                mPa @1 m (13.8 bar-m), with a root mean               arrays, and is not loud enough to reach
                                                    shot in 2015.                                           square (rms) sound source of 224 dB re                injury levels in marine mammals
                                                       During recording of one patch, nodes                 1 mPa, while for the 620-in3 array the                beyond 9 m (30 ft). Marine mammals are
                                                    from the previously surveyed patch will                 zero-peak is 237 dB re 1 mPa (rms) (6.96              likely to respond to pinger systems
                                                    be retrieved, recharged, and data                       bar-m) with an rms source level of 218                similar to airgun pulses, but only when
                                                    downloaded prior to redeployment of                     dB re 1 mPa.                                          very close (a few meters) to the sources.


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00003   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                    20086                                   Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices

                                                    Vessels                                                                   and housing in the marine and                                              been determined. However, the types of
                                                      Several offshore vessels will be                                        transition zone environments. The exact                                    vessels that will be used to fulfill these
                                                    required to support recording, shooting,                                  vessels that will be used have not yet                                     roles are found in Table 1.

                                                                                        TABLE 1—VESSELS TO BE USED DURING SAE’S 3D OBN SEISMIC SURVEYS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Source level
                                                                         Vessel                                 Size (ft)                                                      Activity and frequency                                                         (dB)

                                                    Source vessel 1 ..................................             120    x    25    Seismic data acquisition; 24 hr operation ......................................................                              179
                                                    Source vessel 2 ..................................              80    x    25    Seismic data acquisition; 24 hr operation ......................................................                              166
                                                    Node equipment vessel 1 ..................                      80    x    20    Deploying and retrieving nodes; 24 hr operation ...........................................                                   165
                                                    Node equipment vessel 2 ..................                      80    x    20    Deploying and retrieving nodes; 24 hr operation ...........................................                                   165
                                                    Mitigation/Housing vessel ...................                   90    x    20    House crew; 24 hr operation ..........................................................................                        200
                                                    Crew transport vessel ........................                  30    x    20    Transport crew; intermittent 8 hrs ..................................................................                         192
                                                    Bow picker 1 .......................................            30    x    20    Deploying and retrieving nodes; intermittent operation ..................................                                     172
                                                    Bow picker 2 .......................................            30    x    20    Deploying and retrieving nodes; intermittent operation ..................................                                     172



                                                       Source Vessels—Source vessels will                                     recording equipment. These vessels will                                    housing vessel to produce the loudest
                                                    have the ability to deploy two arrays off                                 be rigged with hydraulically driven                                        propeller noise of all the vessels in the
                                                    the stern using large A-frames and                                        deployment and retrieval squirters                                         fleet (200.1 dB re 1 mPa [rms]), but this
                                                    winches and have a draft shallow                                          allowing for automated deployment and                                      vessel is mostly anchored up once it
                                                    enough to operate in waters less than                                     retrieval from the bow or stern of the                                     gets on site. The crew transfer vessel
                                                    1.5 m (5 ft) deep. On the source vessels                                  vessel. These vessels will also carry the                                  also travels only infrequently relative to
                                                    the airgun arrays are typically mounted                                   recording equipment on the deck in fish                                    other vessels, and is usually operated at
                                                    on the stern deck with an umbilical that                                  totes. Aerts et al. (2008) found the                                       different speeds. During higher speed
                                                    allow the arrays to be deployed and                                       recording and deployment vessels to                                        runs to shore the vessel produces source
                                                    towed from the stern without having to                                    have a source level of approximately                                       noise levels of about 191.8 dB re 1 mPa
                                                    re-rig or move arrays. A large bow deck                                   165.3 dB re 1 mPa (rms), while the                                         (rms), while during slower on-site
                                                    will allow for sufficient space for source                                smaller bow pickers produce more                                           movements the vessel source levels are
                                                    compressors and additional airgun                                         cavitation resulting in source levels of                                   only 166.4 dB re 1 mPa (rms) (Aerts et
                                                    equipment to be stored. The marine                                        171.8 dB re 1 mPa (rms).
                                                                                                                                                                                                         al. 2008).
                                                    vessels likely to be used will be the                                        Housing and Transfer Vessels—
                                                    same or similar to those that were                                        Housing vessel(s) will be larger with                                      Description of Marine Mammals in the
                                                    acoustically measured by Aerts et al.                                     sufficient berthing to house crews and                                     Area of the Specified Activity
                                                    (2008). The source vessels were found to                                  management. The housing vessel will
                                                    have sound source levels of 179.0 dB re                                   have ample office and bridge space to                                         The Beaufort Sea supports a diverse
                                                    1 mPa (rms) and 165.7 dB re 1 mPa (rms).                                  facilitate the role as the mother ship and                                 assemblage of marine mammals. Table 2
                                                       Recording Deployment and Retrieval                                     central operations. Crew transfer vessels                                  lists the 12 marine mammal species
                                                    Vessels—Jet driven shallow draft vessels                                  will be sufficiently large to safely                                       under NMFS jurisdiction with
                                                    and bow pickers will be used for the                                      transfer crew between vessels as                                           confirmed or possible occurrence in the
                                                    deployment and retrieval of the offshore                                  needed. Aerts et al. (2008) found the                                      proposed project area.

                                                     TABLE 2—MARINE MAMMAL SPECIES WITH CONFIRMED OR POSSIBLE OCCURRENCE IN THE PROPOSED SEISMIC SURVEY
                                                                                                   AREA
                                                            Common name                        Scientific name                           Status                   Occurrence                   Seasonality                         Range                   Abundance

                                                    Odontocetes:
                                                     Beluga whale (Beaufort                  Delphinapterus                     ..............................   Common ......            Mostly spring and               Mostly Beaufort                       39,258
                                                       Sea stock).                             leucas.                                                                                       fall with some                Sea.
                                                                                                                                                                                             in summer.
                                                       Beluga whale (eastern                 ..............................     ..............................   Common ......            Mostly spring and               Mostly Chukchi                         3,710
                                                         Chukchi Sea stock).                                                                                                                 fall with some                Sea.
                                                                                                                                                                                             in summer.
                                                       Killer whale .....................    Orcinus orca ........              ..............................   Occasional/              Mostly summer                   California to Alas-                      552
                                                                                                                                                                    Extralimital.            and early fall.                 ka.
                                                       Harbor porpoise .............         Phocoena                           ..............................   Occasional/              Mostly summer                   California to Alas-                   48,215
                                                                                               phocoena.                                                            Extralimital.            and early fall.                 ka.
                                                       Narwhal ..........................    Monodon                            ..............................   ......................   .............................   ..............................        45,358
                                                                                               monoceros.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    Mysticetes:
                                                      Bowhead whale * ...........            Balaena                           Endangered; De-                   Common ......            Mostly spring and               Russia to Canada                      19,534
                                                                                               mysticetus.                       pleted.                                                   fall with some
                                                                                                                                                                                           in summer.
                                                       Gray whale .....................      Eschrichtius                       ..............................   Somewhat                 Mostly summer ...               Mexico to the U.S.                    19,126
                                                                                               robustus.                                                            common.                                                  Arctic Ocean.
                                                       Minke whale ...................       Balaenoptera                       ..............................   ......................   .............................   ..............................     810–1,003
                                                                                               acutorostrata.




                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014      18:20 Apr 13, 2015      Jkt 235001        PO 00000          Frm 00004       Fmt 4701       Sfmt 4703       E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM               14APN2


                                                                                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices                                                                                  20087

                                                     TABLE 2—MARINE MAMMAL SPECIES WITH CONFIRMED OR POSSIBLE OCCURRENCE IN THE PROPOSED SEISMIC SURVEY
                                                                                              AREA—Continued
                                                           Common name                       Scientific name                 Status                   Occurrence                   Seasonality                         Range                   Abundance

                                                      Humpback whale (Cen-                 Megaptera               Endangered; De-                   ......................   .............................   ..............................        21,063
                                                        tral North Pacific                  novaeangliae.            pleted.
                                                        stock) *.
                                                    Pinnipeds:
                                                      Bearded seal (Beringia               Erigathus barbatus      Candidate ............            Common ......            Spring and sum-                 Bering, Chukchi,                     155,000
                                                        distinct population seg-                                                                                                mer.                            and Beaufort
                                                        ment).                                                                                                                                                  Seas.
                                                      Ringed seal (Arctic                  Phoca hispida ......    Threatened; De-                   Common ......            Year round .........            Bering, Chukchi,                     300,000
                                                        stock) *.                                                    pleted.                                                                                    and Beaufort
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Seas.
                                                       Spotted seal ...................    Phoca largha .......     ..............................   Common ......            Summer ..............           Japan to U.S. Arc-                   141,479
                                                                                                                                                                                                                tic Ocean.
                                                       Ribbon seal ....................    Histriophoca            Species of con-                   Occasional ...           Summer ..............           Russia to U.S.                        49,000
                                                                                             fasciata.               cern.                                                                                      Arctic Ocean.
                                                       * Endangered, threatened, or species of concern under the Endangered Species Act (ESA); Depleted under the MMPA.


                                                       The highlighted (grayed out) species                       not considered further in this Notice of                                   not consider either the specific manner
                                                    in Table 2 are so rarely sighted in the                       Proposed IHA.                                                              in which this activity will be carried out
                                                    proposed project area that take is                               The Beaufort Sea is a main corridor of                                  or the mitigation that will be
                                                    unlikely. Minke whales are relatively                         the bowhead whale migration route. The                                     implemented or how either of those will
                                                    common in the Bering and southern                             main migration periods occur in spring                                     shape the anticipated impacts from this
                                                    Chukchi Seas and have recently also                           from April to June and in fall from late                                   specific activity. The ‘‘Estimated Take
                                                    been sighted in the northeastern                              August/early September through                                             by Incidental Harassment’’ section later
                                                    Chukchi Sea (Aerts et al., 2013; Clarke                       October to early November. During the                                      in this document will include a
                                                                                                                  fall migration, several locations in the                                   quantitative analysis of the number of
                                                    et al., 2013). Minke whales are rare in
                                                                                                                  U.S. Beaufort Sea serve as feeding                                         individuals that are expected to be taken
                                                    the Beaufort Sea. They have not been
                                                                                                                  grounds for bowhead whales. Small                                          by this activity. The ‘‘Negligible Impact
                                                    reported in the Beaufort Sea during the                       numbers of bowhead whales that remain                                      Analysis’’ section will include the
                                                    Bowhead Whale Aerial Survey Project/                          in the U.S. Arctic Ocean during summer                                     analysis of how this specific activity
                                                    Aerial Surveys of Arctic Marine                               also feed in these areas. The U.S.                                         will impact marine mammals and will
                                                    Mammals (BWASP/ASAMM) surveys                                 Beaufort Sea is not a main feeding or                                      consider the content of this section, the
                                                    (Clarke et al., 2011, 2012; 2013; Monnet                      calving area for any other cetacean                                        ‘‘Estimated Take by Incidental
                                                    and Treacy, 2005), and there was only                         species. Ringed seals breed and pup in                                     Harassment’’ section, the ‘‘Mitigation’’
                                                    one observation in 2007 during vessel-                        the Beaufort Sea; however, this does not                                   section, and the ‘‘Anticipated Effects on
                                                    based surveys in the region (Funk et al.,                     occur during the summer or early fall.                                     Marine Mammal Habitat’’ section to
                                                    2010). Humpback whales have not                               Further information on the biology and                                     draw conclusions regarding the likely
                                                    generally been found in the Arctic                            local distribution of these species can be                                 impacts of this activity on the
                                                    Ocean. However, subsistence hunters                           found in SAE’s application (see                                            reproductive success or survivorship of
                                                    have spotted humpback whales in low                           ADDRESSES) and the NMFS Marine                                             individuals and from that on the
                                                    numbers around Barrow, and there have                         Mammal Stock Assessment Reports,                                           affected marine mammal populations or
                                                    been several confirmed sightings of                           which are available online at: http://                                     stocks.
                                                    humpback whales in the northeastern                           www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/species/.
                                                                                                                                                                                             Background on Sound
                                                    Chukchi Sea in recent years (Aerts et al.,                    Potential Effects of the Specified
                                                    2013; Clarke et al., 2013). The first                                                                                                       Sound is a physical phenomenon
                                                                                                                  Activity on Marine Mammals                                                 consisting of minute vibrations that
                                                    confirmed sighting of a humpback
                                                                                                                     This section includes a summary and                                     travel through a medium, such as air or
                                                    whale in the Beaufort Sea was recorded
                                                                                                                  discussion of the ways that the types of                                   water, and is generally characterized by
                                                    in August 2007 (Hashagen et al., 2009),
                                                                                                                  stressors associated with the specified                                    several variables. Frequency describes
                                                    when a cow and calf were observed 54
                                                                                                                  activity (e.g., seismic airgun and pinger                                  the sound’s pitch and is measured in
                                                    mi east of Point Barrow. No additional                        operation, vessel movement) have been                                      hertz (Hz) or kilohertz (kHz), while
                                                    sightings have been documented in the                         observed to or are thought to impact                                       sound level describes the sound’s
                                                    Beaufort Sea. Narwhal are common in                           marine mammals. This section may                                           intensity and is measured in decibels
                                                    the waters of northern Canada, west                           include a discussion of known effects                                      (dB). Sound level increases or decreases
                                                    Greenland, and in the European Arctic,                        that do not rise to the level of an MMPA                                   exponentially with each dB of change.
                                                    but rarely occur in the Beaufort Sea                          take (for example, with acoustics, we                                      The logarithmic nature of the scale
                                                    (COSEWIC, 2004). Only a handful of                            may include a discussion of studies that                                   means that each 10-dB increase is a 10-
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    sightings have occurred in Alaskan                            showed animals not reacting at all to                                      fold increase in acoustic power (and a
                                                    waters (Allen and Angliss, 2013). These                       sound or exhibiting barely measurable                                      20-dB increase is then a 100-fold
                                                    three species are not considered further                      avoidance). The discussion may also                                        increase in power). A 10-fold increase in
                                                    in this proposed IHA notice. Both the                         include reactions that we consider to                                      acoustic power does not mean that the
                                                    walrus and the polar bear could occur                         rise to the level of a take and those that                                 sound is perceived as being 10 times
                                                    in the U.S. Beaufort Sea; however, these                      we do not consider to rise to the level                                    louder, however. Sound levels are
                                                    species are managed by the U.S. Fish                          of a take. This section is intended as a                                   compared to a reference sound pressure
                                                    and Wildlife Service (USFWS) and are                          background of potential effects and does                                   (micro-Pascal) to identify the medium.


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014     18:20 Apr 13, 2015    Jkt 235001   PO 00000     Frm 00005        Fmt 4701      Sfmt 4703        E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM               14APN2


                                                    20088                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices

                                                    For air and water, these reference                      between approximately 100 Hz and 40                   that vessel noise does not seem to
                                                    pressures are ‘‘re: 20 mPa’’ and ‘‘re: 1                kHz.                                                  strongly affect pinnipeds that are
                                                    mPa,’’ respectively. Root mean square                      As mentioned previously in this                    already in the water. Richardson et al.
                                                    (RMS) is the quadratic mean sound                       document, nine marine mammal species                  (1995) went on to explain that seals on
                                                    pressure over the duration of an                        (five cetaceans and four phocid                       haul-outs sometimes respond strongly to
                                                    impulse. RMS is calculated by squaring                  pinnipeds) may occur in the proposed                  the presence of vessels and at other
                                                    all of the sound amplitudes, averaging                  seismic survey area. Of the five cetacean             times appear to show considerable
                                                    the squares, and then taking the square                 species likely to occur in the proposed               tolerance of vessels.
                                                    root of the average (Urick, 1975). RMS                  project area and for which take is
                                                                                                            requested, two are classified as low-       2. Masking
                                                    accounts for both positive and negative
                                                    values; squaring the pressures makes all                frequency cetaceans (i.e., bowhead and         Masking is the obscuring of sounds of
                                                    values positive so that they may be                     gray whales), two are classified as mid-    interest by other sounds, often at similar
                                                    accounted for in the summation of                       frequency cetaceans (i.e., beluga and       frequencies. Marine mammals use
                                                    pressure levels. This measurement is                    killer whales), and one is classified as    acoustic signals for a variety of
                                                    often used in the context of discussing                 a high-frequency cetacean (i.e., harbor     purposes, which differ among species,
                                                    behavioral effects, in part, because                    porpoise) (Southall et al., 2007). A        but include communication between
                                                    behavioral effects, which often result                  species functional hearing group is a       individuals, navigation, foraging,
                                                    from auditory cues, may be better                       consideration when we analyze the           reproduction, avoiding predators, and
                                                    expressed through averaged units rather                 effects of exposure to sound on marine      learning about their environment (Erbe
                                                    than by peak pressures.                                 mammals.                                    and Farmer, 2000). Masking, or auditory
                                                                                                                                                        interference, generally occurs when
                                                    Acoustic Impacts                                        1. Tolerance                                sounds in the environment are louder
                                                       When considering the influence of                       Numerous studies have shown that         than, and of a similar frequency as,
                                                    various kinds of sound on the marine                    underwater sounds from industry             auditory signals an animal is trying to
                                                    environment, it is necessary to                         activities are often readily detectable by receive. Masking is a phenomenon that
                                                    understand that different kinds of                      marine mammals in the water at              affects animals that are trying to receive
                                                                                                            distances of many kilometers.               acoustic information about their
                                                    marine life are sensitive to different
                                                                                                            Numerous studies have also shown that environment, including sounds from
                                                    frequencies of sound. Based on available
                                                                                                            marine mammals at distances more than other members of their species,
                                                    behavioral data, audiograms have been
                                                                                                            a few kilometers away often show no         predators, prey, and sounds that allow
                                                    derived using auditory evoked
                                                                                                            apparent response to industry activities    them to orient in their environment.
                                                    potentials, anatomical modeling, and
                                                                                                            of various types (Miller et al., 2005; Bain Masking these acoustic signals can
                                                    other data, Southall et al. (2007)
                                                                                                            and Williams, 2006). This is often true     disturb the behavior of individual
                                                    designate ‘‘functional hearing groups’’
                                                                                                            even in cases when the sounds must be       animals, groups of animals, or entire
                                                    for marine mammals and estimate the
                                                                                                            readily audible to the animals based on     populations.
                                                    lower and upper frequencies of
                                                                                                            measured received levels and the               Masking occurs when anthropogenic
                                                    functional hearing of the groups. The                   hearing sensitivity of that mammal          sounds and signals (that the animal
                                                    functional groups and the associated                    group. Although various baleen whales, utilizes) overlap at both spectral and
                                                    frequencies are indicated below (though                 toothed whales, and (less frequently)       temporal scales. For the airgun sound
                                                    animals are less sensitive to sounds at                 pinnipeds have been shown to react          generated from the proposed seismic
                                                    the outer edge of their functional range                behaviorally to underwater sound such       survey, sound will consist of low
                                                    and most sensitive to sounds of                         as airgun pulses or vessels under some      frequency (under 500 Hz) pulses with
                                                    frequencies within a smaller range                      conditions, at other times mammals of       extremely short durations (less than one
                                                    somewhere in the middle of their                        all three types have shown no overt         second). Lower frequency man-made
                                                    functional hearing range):                              reactions (e.g., Malme et al., 1986;        sounds are more likely to affect
                                                       • Low frequency cetaceans (13                        Richardson et al., 1995). Weir (2008)       detection of communication calls and
                                                    species of mysticetes): Functional                      observed marine mammal responses to         other potentially important natural
                                                    hearing is estimated to occur between                   seismic pulses from a 24 airgun array       sounds such as surf and prey noise.
                                                    approximately 7 Hz and 30 kHz;                          firing a total volume of either 5,085 in3   There is little concern regarding
                                                       • Mid-frequency cetaceans (32                        or 3,147 in3 in Angolan waters between      masking near the sound source due to
                                                    species of dolphins, six species of larger              August 2004 and May 2005. Weir              the brief duration of these pulses and
                                                    toothed whales, and 19 species of                       recorded a total of 207 sightings of        relatively longer silence between airgun
                                                    beaked and bottlenose whales):                          humpback whales (n = 66), sperm             shots (approximately 5–6 seconds).
                                                    Functional hearing is estimated to occur                whales (n = 124), and Atlantic spotted      However, at long distances (over tens of
                                                    between approximately 150 Hz and 160                    dolphins (n = 17) and reported that         kilometers away), due to multipath
                                                    kHz;                                                    there were no significant differences in    propagation and reverberation, the
                                                       • High frequency cetaceans (eight                    encounter rates (sightings/hr) for          durations of airgun pulses can be
                                                    species of true porpoises, six species of               humpback and sperm whales according ‘‘stretched’’ to seconds with long decays
                                                    river dolphins, Kogia, the franciscana,                 to the airgun array’s operational status    (Madsen et al., 2006), although the
                                                    and four species of cephalorhynchids):                  (i.e., active versus silent). The airgun    intensity of the sound is greatly
                                                    Functional hearing is estimated to occur                arrays used in the Weir (2008) study        reduced.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    between approximately 200 Hz and 180                    were much larger than the array                This could affect communication
                                                    kHz;                                                    proposed for use during this seismic        signals used by low frequency
                                                       • Phocid pinnipeds in Water:                         survey (total discharge volumes of 620      mysticetes when they occur near the
                                                    Functional hearing is estimated to occur                to 1,240 in3). In general, pinnipeds and    noise band and thus reduce the
                                                    between approximately 75 Hz and 100                     small odontocetes seem to be more           communication space of animals (e.g.,
                                                    kHz; and                                                tolerant of exposure to some types of       Clark et al., 2009) and cause increased
                                                       • Otariid pinnipeds in Water:                        underwater sound than are baleen            stress levels (e.g., Foote et al., 2004; Holt
                                                    Functional hearing is estimated to occur                whales. Richardson et al. (1995) found      et al., 2009). Marine mammals are


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00006   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices                                            20089

                                                    thought to be able to compensate for                    higher frequency hearing by the                       or speed; reduced/increased vocal
                                                    masking by adjusting their acoustic                     bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale, and                 activities; changing/cessation of certain
                                                    behavior by shifting call frequencies,                  killer whale, empirical evidence                      behavioral activities (such as socializing
                                                    and/or increasing call volume and                       confirms that masking depends strongly                or feeding); visible startle response or
                                                    vocalization rates. For example, blue                   on the relative directions of arrival of              aggressive behavior (such as tail/fluke
                                                    whales are found to increase call rates                 sound signals and the masking noise                   slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of
                                                    when exposed to seismic survey noise                    (Dubrovskiy, 1990; Bain and Dahlheim,                 areas where sound sources are located;
                                                    in the St. Lawrence Estuary (Di Iorio                   1994). Toothed whales, and probably                   and/or flight responses (e.g., pinnipeds
                                                    and Clark, 2010). The North Atlantic                    other marine mammals as well, have                    flushing into water from haulouts or
                                                    right whales exposed to high shipping                   additional capabilities besides                       rookeries).
                                                    noise increase call frequency (Parks et                 directional hearing that can facilitate                  The biological significance of many of
                                                    al., 2007), while some humpback                         detection of sounds in the presence of                these behavioral disturbances is difficult
                                                    whales respond to low-frequency active                  background noise. There is evidence                   to predict, especially if the detected
                                                    sonar playbacks by increasing song                      that some toothed whales can shift the                disturbances appear minor. However,
                                                    length (Miller el al., 2000). Bowhead                   dominant frequencies of their                         the consequences of behavioral
                                                    whale calls are frequently detected in                  echolocation signals from a frequency                 modification have the potential to be
                                                    the presence of seismic pulses, although                range with a lot of ambient noise toward              biologically significant if the change
                                                    the number of calls detected may                        frequencies with less noise (Moore and                affects growth, survival, or
                                                    sometimes be reduced (Richardson et                     Pawloski, 1990; Thomas and Turl, 1990;                reproduction. Examples of significant
                                                    al., 1986), possibly because animals                    Romanenko and Kitain, 1992; Lesage et                 behavioral modifications include:
                                                    moved away from the sound source or                     al., 1999). A few marine mammal                          • Drastic change in diving/surfacing
                                                    ceased calling (Blackwell et al., 2013).                species are known to increase the source              patterns (such as those thought to be
                                                    Additionally, beluga whales have been                   levels or alter the frequency of their                causing beaked whale stranding due to
                                                    known to change their vocalizations in                  calls in the presence of elevated sound               exposure to military mid-frequency
                                                    the presence of high background noise                   levels (Dahlheim, 1987; Lesage et al.,                tactical sonar);
                                                                                                            1999; Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al.,                  • Habitat abandonment due to loss of
                                                    possibly to avoid masking calls (Lesage
                                                                                                            2007, 2009; Di Iorio and Clark, 2009;                 desirable acoustic environment; and
                                                    et al., 1999; Scheifele et al., 2005).                                                                           • Cessation of feeding or social
                                                    Although some degree of masking is                      Holt et al., 2009).
                                                                                                               These data demonstrating adaptations               interaction.
                                                    inevitable when high levels of manmade                                                                           The onset of behavioral disturbance
                                                    broadband sounds are introduced into                    for reduced masking pertain mainly to
                                                                                                            the very high frequency echolocation                  from anthropogenic noise depends on
                                                    the sea, marine mammals have evolved                                                                          both external factors (characteristics of
                                                    systems and behavior that function to                   signals of toothed whales. There is less
                                                                                                            information about the existence of                    noise sources and their paths) and the
                                                    reduce the impacts of masking.                                                                                receiving animals (hearing, motivation,
                                                    Structured signals, such as the                         corresponding mechanisms at moderate
                                                                                                            or low frequencies or in other types of               experience, demography, current
                                                    echolocation click sequences of small                                                                         activity, reproductive state) and is also
                                                    toothed whales, may be readily detected                 marine mammals. For example, Zaitseva
                                                                                                            et al. (1980) found that, for the                     difficult to predict (Gordon et al., 2004;
                                                    even in the presence of strong                                                                                Southall et al., 2007; Ellison et al.,
                                                    background noise because their                          bottlenose dolphin, the angular
                                                                                                            separation between a sound source and                 2011).
                                                    frequency content and temporal features                                                                          Mysticetes: Baleen whales generally
                                                                                                            a masking noise source had little effect
                                                    usually differ strongly from those of the                                                                     tend to avoid operating airguns, but
                                                                                                            on the degree of masking when the
                                                    background noise (Au and Moore,                                                                               avoidance radii are quite variable.
                                                                                                            sound frequency was 18 kHz, in contrast
                                                    1990). The components of background                                                                           Whales are often reported to show no
                                                                                                            to the pronounced effect at higher
                                                    noise that are similar in frequency to the                                                                    overt reactions to pulses from large
                                                                                                            frequencies. Directional hearing has
                                                    sound signal in question primarily                                                                            arrays of airguns at distances beyond a
                                                                                                            been demonstrated at frequencies as low
                                                    determine the degree of masking of that                                                                       few kilometers, even though the airgun
                                                                                                            as 0.5–2 kHz in several marine
                                                    signal.                                                                                                       pulses remain well above ambient noise
                                                                                                            mammals, including killer whales
                                                       Redundancy and context can also                      (Richardson et al., 1995). This ability               levels out to much greater distances
                                                    facilitate detection of weak signals.                   may be useful in reducing masking at                  (Miller et al., 2005). However, baleen
                                                    These phenomena may help marine                         these frequencies. In summary, high                   whales exposed to strong noise pulses
                                                    mammals detect weak sounds in the                       levels of sound generated by                          often react by deviating from their
                                                    presence of natural or manmade noise.                   anthropogenic activities may act to                   normal migration route (Richardson et
                                                    Most masking studies in marine                          mask the detection of weaker                          al., 1999). Migrating gray and bowhead
                                                    mammals present the test signal and the                 biologically important sounds by some                 whales were observed avoiding the
                                                    masking noise from the same direction.                  marine mammals. This masking may be                   sound source by displacing their
                                                    The sound localization abilities of                     more prominent for lower frequencies.                 migration route to varying degrees but
                                                    marine mammals suggest that, if signal                  For higher frequencies, such as that                  within the natural boundaries of the
                                                    and noise come from different                           used in echolocation by toothed whales,               migration corridors (Schick and Urban,
                                                    directions, masking would not be as                     several mechanisms are available that                 2000; Richardson et al., 1999). Baleen
                                                    severe as the usual types of masking                    may allow them to reduce the effects of               whale responses to pulsed sound,
                                                    studies might suggest (Richardson et al.,                                                                     however, may depend on the type of
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                                                                            such masking.
                                                    1995). The dominant background noise                                                                          activity in which the whales are
                                                    may be highly directional if it comes                   3. Behavioral Disturbance                             engaged. Some evidence suggests that
                                                    from a particular anthropogenic source                     Marine mammals may behaviorally                    feeding bowhead whales may be more
                                                    such as a ship or industrial site.                      react when exposed to anthropogenic                   tolerant of underwater sound than
                                                    Directional hearing may significantly                   sound. These behavioral reactions are                 migrating bowheads (Miller et al., 2005;
                                                    reduce the masking effects of these                     often shown as: Changing durations of                 Lyons et al., 2009; Christie et al., 2010).
                                                    sounds by improving the effective                       surfacing and dives, number of blows                     Results of studies of gray, bowhead,
                                                    signal-to-noise ratio. In the cases of                  per surfacing, or moving direction and/               and humpback whales have determined


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00007   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                    20090                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices

                                                    that received levels of pulses in the                   rate or distribution and habitat use in               proceeded to migrate past the
                                                    160–170 dB re 1 mPa rms range seem to                   subsequent days or years, certain                     transducer. Migrating gray whales did
                                                    cause obvious avoidance behavior in a                   species have continued to use areas                   not react overtly to a Bell 212 helicopter
                                                    substantial fraction of the animals                     ensonified by airguns and have                        at greater than 1,394 ft (425 m) altitude,
                                                    exposed. In many areas, seismic pulses                  continued to increase in number despite               occasionally reacted when the
                                                    from large arrays of airguns diminish to                successive years of anthropogenic                     helicopter was at 1,000–1,198 ft (305–
                                                    those levels at distances ranging from                  activity in the area. Gray whales                     365 m), and usually reacted when it was
                                                    2.8–9 mi (4.5–14.5 km) from the source.                 continued to migrate annually along the               below 825 ft (250 m; Southwest
                                                    For the much smaller airgun array used                  west coast of North America despite                   Research Associates, 1988, cited in
                                                    during SAE’s proposed survey (total                     intermittent seismic exploration and                  Richardson et al., 1995 and Moore and
                                                    discharge volume of 640 in3), distances                 much ship traffic in that area for                    Clarke, 2002). Reactions noted in that
                                                    to received levels in the 160 dB re 1 mPa               decades (Appendix A in Malme et al.,                  study included abrupt turns or dives or
                                                    rms range are estimated to be 0.5–3 mi                  1984). Bowhead whales continued to                    both. Greene et al. (1992, cited in
                                                    (0.8–5 km). Baleen whales within those                  travel to the eastern Beaufort Sea each               Richardson et al., 1995) observed that
                                                    distances may show avoidance or other                   summer despite seismic exploration in                 migrating gray whales rarely exhibited
                                                    strong disturbance reactions to the                     their summer and autumn range for                     noticeable reactions to a straight-line
                                                    airgun array. Subtle behavioral changes                 many years (Richardson et al., 1987).                 overflight by a Twin Otter at 197 ft (60
                                                    sometimes become evident at somewhat                    Populations of both gray whales and                   m) altitude.
                                                    lower received levels, and recent studies               bowhead whales grew substantially                        Odontocetes: Few systematic data are
                                                    have shown that some species of baleen                  during this time. In any event, the                   available describing reactions of toothed
                                                    whales, notably bowhead and                             proposed survey will occur in summer                  whales to noise pulses. However,
                                                    humpback whales, at times show strong                   (July through late August) when most                  systematic work on sperm whales is
                                                    avoidance at received levels lower than                 bowhead whales are commonly feeding                   underway, and there is an increasing
                                                    160–170 dB re 1 mPa rms. Bowhead                        in the Mackenzie River Delta, Canada.                 amount of information about responses
                                                    whales migrating west across the                           During their study, Patenaude et al.               of various odontocetes to seismic
                                                    Alaskan Beaufort Sea in autumn, in                      (2002) observed one bowhead whale                     surveys based on monitoring studies
                                                    particular, are unusually responsive,                   cow-calf pair during four passes totaling             (e.g., Stone, 2003). Miller et al. (2009)
                                                    with avoidance occurring out to                         2.8 hours of the helicopter and two pairs             conducted at-sea experiments where
                                                    distances of 12.4–18.6 mi (20–30 km)                    during Twin Otter overflights. All of the             reactions of sperm whales were
                                                    from a medium-sized airgun source                       helicopter passes were at altitudes of                monitored through the use of controlled
                                                    (Miller et al., 1999; Richardson et al.,                49–98 ft (15–30 m). The mother dove                   sound exposure experiments from large
                                                    1999). However, more recent research                    both times she was at the surface, and                airgun arrays consisting of 20-guns and
                                                    on bowhead whales (Miller et al., 2005)                 the calf dove once out of the four times              31-guns. Of 8 sperm whales observed,
                                                    corroborates earlier evidence that,                     it was at the surface. For the cow-calf               none changed their behavior when
                                                    during the summer feeding season,                       pair sightings during Twin Otter                      exposed to either a ramp-up at 4–8 mi
                                                    bowheads are not as sensitive to seismic                overflights, the authors did not note any             (7–13 km) or full array exposures at 0.6–
                                                    sources. In summer, bowheads typically                  behaviors specific to those pairs. Rather,            8 mi (1–13 km).
                                                                                                            the reactions of the cow-calf pairs were                 Seismic operators and marine
                                                    begin to show avoidance reactions at a
                                                                                                            lumped with the reactions of other                    mammal observers sometimes see
                                                    received level of about 160–170 dB re 1
                                                                                                            groups that did not consist of calves.                dolphins and other small toothed
                                                    mPa rms (Richardson et al., 1986;
                                                                                                               Richardson et al. (1995) and Moore                 whales near operating airgun arrays,
                                                    Ljungblad et al., 1988; Miller et al.,                  and Clarke (2002) reviewed a few                      but, in general, there seems to be a
                                                    2005).                                                  studies that observed responses of gray               tendency for most delphinids to show
                                                       Malme et al. (1986) studied the                      whales to aircraft. Cow-calf pairs were               some limited avoidance of seismic
                                                    responses of feeding eastern gray whales                quite sensitive to a turboprop survey                 vessels operating large airgun systems.
                                                    to pulses from a single 100 in3 airgun off              flown at 1,000 ft (305 m) altitude on the             However, some dolphins seem to be
                                                    St. Lawrence Island in the northern                     Alaskan summering grounds. In that                    attracted to the seismic vessel and
                                                    Bering Sea. They estimated, based on                    survey, adults were seen swimming over                floats, and some ride the bow wave of
                                                    small sample sizes, that 50% of feeding                 the calf, or the calf swam under the                  the seismic vessel even when large
                                                    gray whales ceased feeding at an average                adult (Ljungblad et al., 1983, cited in               arrays of airguns are firing. Nonetheless,
                                                    received pressure level of 173 dB re 1                  Richardson et al., 1995 and Moore and                 there have been indications that small
                                                    mPa on an (approximate) rms basis, and                  Clarke, 2002). However, when the same                 toothed whales sometimes move away
                                                    that 10% of feeding whales interrupted                  aircraft circled for more than 10 minutes             or maintain a somewhat greater distance
                                                    feeding at received levels of 163 dB.                   at 1,050 ft (320 m) altitude over a group             from the vessel when a large array of
                                                    Those findings were generally                           of mating gray whales, no reactions                   airguns is operating than when it is
                                                    consistent with the results of                          were observed (Ljungblad et al., 1987,                silent (e.g., 1998; Stone, 2003). The
                                                    experiments conducted on larger                         cited in Moore and Clarke, 2002).                     beluga may be a species that (at least in
                                                    numbers of gray whales that were                        Malme et al. (1984, cited in Richardson               certain geographic areas) shows long-
                                                    migrating along the California coast and                et al., 1995 and Moore and Clarke, 2002)              distance avoidance of seismic vessels.
                                                    on observations of the distribution of                  conducted playback experiments on                     Aerial surveys during seismic
                                                    feeding Western Pacific gray whales off                 migrating gray whales. They exposed                   operations in the southeastern Beaufort
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    Sakhalin Island, Russia, during a                       the animals to underwater noise                       Sea recorded much lower sighting rates
                                                    seismic survey (Yazvenko et al., 2007).                 recorded from a Bell 212 helicopter                   of beluga whales within 10–20 km (6.2–
                                                    Data on short-term reactions (or lack of                (estimated altitude=328 ft [100 m]), at               12.4 mi) of an active seismic vessel.
                                                    reactions) of cetaceans to impulsive                    an average of three simulated passes per              These results were consistent with the
                                                    noises do not necessarily provide                       minute. The authors observed that                     low number of beluga sightings reported
                                                    information about long-term effects.                    whales changed their swimming course                  by observers aboard the seismic vessel,
                                                    While it is not certain whether                         and sometimes slowed down in                          suggesting that some belugas might have
                                                    impulsive noises affect reproductive                    response to the playback sound but                    been avoiding the seismic operations at


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00008   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices                                          20091

                                                    distances of 10–20 km (6.2–12.4 mi)                     tended to be farther away from the                    occur in specific frequency ranges (i.e.,
                                                    (Miller et al., 2005).                                  seismic vessel when the airguns were                  an animal might only have a temporary
                                                       Captive bottlenose dolphins and (of                  operating than when they were not                     loss of hearing sensitivity between the
                                                    more relevance in this project) beluga                  (Moulton and Lawson, 2002). However,                  frequencies of 1 and 10 kHz), and can
                                                    whales exhibit changes in behavior                      these avoidance movements were                        be of varying amounts (for example, an
                                                    when exposed to strong pulsed sounds                    relatively small, on the order of 100 m               animal’s hearing sensitivity might be
                                                    similar in duration to those typically                  (328 ft) to a few hundreds of meters, and             reduced initially by only 6 dB or
                                                    used in seismic surveys (Finneran et al.,               many seals remained within 100–200 m                  reduced by 30 dB). PTS is permanent,
                                                    2002, 2005). However, the animals                       (328–656 ft) of the trackline as the                  but some recovery is possible. PTS can
                                                    tolerated high received levels of sound                 operating airgun array passed by. Seal                also occur in a specific frequency range
                                                    (pk–pk level >200 dB re 1 mPa) before                   sighting rates at the water surface were              and amount as mentioned above for
                                                    exhibiting aversive behaviors.                          lower during airgun array operations                  TTS.
                                                       Observers stationed on seismic                       than during no-airgun periods in each                    The following physiological
                                                    vessels operating off the United                        survey year except 1997. Similarly, seals             mechanisms are thought to play a role
                                                    Kingdom from 1997–2000 have                             are often very tolerant of pulsed sounds              in inducing auditory TS: effects to
                                                    provided data on the occurrence and                     from seal-scaring devices (Richardson et              sensory hair cells in the inner ear that
                                                    behavior of various toothed whales                      al., 1995). However, initial telemetry                reduce their sensitivity, modification of
                                                    exposed to seismic pulses (Stone, 2003;                 work suggests that avoidance and other                the chemical environment within the
                                                    Gordon et al., 2004). Killer whales were                behavioral reactions by two other                     sensory cells, residual muscular activity
                                                    found to be significantly farther from                  species of seals to small airgun sources              in the middle ear, displacement of
                                                    large airgun arrays during periods of                   may at times be stronger than evident to              certain inner ear membranes, increased
                                                    shooting compared with periods of no                    date from visual studies of pinniped                  blood flow, and post-stimulatory
                                                    shooting. The displacement of the                       reactions to airguns (Thompson et al.,                reduction in both efferent and sensory
                                                    median distance from the array was                      1998). Even if reactions of the species               neural output (Southall et al., 2007).
                                                    approximately 0.5 km (0.3 mi) or more.                  occurring in the present study area are               The amplitude, duration, frequency,
                                                    Killer whales also appear to be more                    as strong as those evident in the                     temporal pattern, and energy
                                                    tolerant of seismic shooting in deeper                  telemetry study, reactions are expected               distribution of sound exposure all can
                                                    water.                                                  to be confined to relatively small                    affect the amount of associated TS and
                                                       Reactions of toothed whales to large                 distances and durations, with no long-                the frequency range in which it occurs.
                                                    arrays of airguns are variable and, at                  term effects on pinniped individuals or               As amplitude and duration of sound
                                                    least for delphinids, seem to be confined               populations.                                          exposure increase, so, generally, does
                                                    to a smaller radius than has been                          Blackwell et al. (2004) observed 12                the amount of TS, along with the
                                                    observed for mysticetes. However, based                 ringed seals during low-altitude                      recovery time. For intermittent sounds,
                                                    on the limited existing evidence,                       overflights of a Bell 212 helicopter at               less TS could occur than compared to a
                                                    belugas should not be grouped with                      Northstar in June and July 2000 (9                    continuous exposure with the same
                                                    delphinids in the ‘‘less responsive’’                   observations took place concurrent with               energy (some recovery could occur
                                                    category.                                               pipe-driving activities). One seal                    between intermittent exposures
                                                       Patenaude et al. (2002) reported that                showed no reaction to the aircraft while              depending on the duty cycle between
                                                    beluga whales appeared to be more                       the remaining 11 (92%) reacted, either                sounds) (Ward, 1997). For example, one
                                                    responsive to aircraft overflights than                 by looking at the helicopter (n=10) or by             short but loud (higher SPL) sound
                                                    bowhead whales. Changes were                            departing from their basking site (n=1).              exposure may induce the same
                                                    observed in diving and respiration                      Blackwell et al. (2004) concluded that                impairment as one longer but softer
                                                    behavior, and some whales veered away                   none of the reactions to helicopters were             sound, which in turn may cause more
                                                    when a helicopter passed at ≤820 ft (250                strong or long lasting, and that seals                impairment than a series of several
                                                    m) lateral distance at altitudes up to 492              near Northstar in June and July 2000                  intermittent softer sounds with the same
                                                    ft (150 m). However, some belugas                       probably had habituated to industrial                 total energy (Ward, 1997). Additionally,
                                                    showed no reaction to the helicopter.                   sounds and visible activities that had                though TTS is temporary, prolonged
                                                    Belugas appeared to show less response                  occurred often during the preceding                   exposure to sounds strong enough to
                                                    to fixed-wing aircraft than to helicopter               winter and spring. There have been few                elicit TTS, or shorter-term exposure to
                                                    overflights.                                            systematic studies of pinniped reactions              sound levels well above the TTS
                                                       Pinnipeds: Pinnipeds are not likely to               to aircraft overflights, and most of the              threshold, can cause PTS, at least in
                                                    show a strong avoidance reaction to the                 available data concern pinnipeds hauled               terrestrial mammals. Although in the
                                                    airgun sources proposed for use. Visual                 out on land or ice rather than pinnipeds              case of the proposed seismic survey,
                                                    monitoring from seismic vessels has                     in the water (Richardson et al., 1995;                animals are not expected to be exposed
                                                    shown only slight (if any) avoidance of                 Born et al., 1999).                                   to sound levels high for a long enough
                                                    airguns by pinnipeds and only slight (if                                                                      period to result in PTS.
                                                    any) changes in behavior. Monitoring                    4. Threshold Shift (Noise-Induced Loss                   PTS is considered auditory injury
                                                    work in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea during                 of Hearing)                                           (Southall et al., 2007). Irreparable
                                                    1996–2001 provided considerable                            When animals exhibit reduced                       damage to the inner or outer cochlear
                                                    information regarding the behavior of                   hearing sensitivity (i.e., sounds must be             hair cells may cause PTS; however,
                                                    Arctic ice seals exposed to seismic                     louder for an animal to detect them)                  other mechanisms are also involved,
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    pulses (Harris et al., 2001; Moulton and                following exposure to an intense sound                such as exceeding the elastic limits of
                                                    Lawson, 2002). These seismic projects                   or sound for long duration, it is referred            certain tissues and membranes in the
                                                    usually involved arrays of 6 to 16                      to as a noise-induced threshold shift                 middle and inner ears and resultant
                                                    airguns with total volumes of 560 to                    (TS). An animal can experience                        changes in the chemical composition of
                                                    1,500 in3. The combined results suggest                 temporary threshold shift (TTS) or                    the inner ear fluids (Southall et al.,
                                                    that some seals avoid the immediate                     permanent threshold shift (PTS). TTS                  2007).
                                                    area around seismic vessels. In most                    can last from minutes or hours to days                   Although the published body of
                                                    survey years, ringed seal sightings                     (i.e., there is complete recovery), can               scientific literature contains numerous


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                    20092                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices

                                                    theoretical studies and discussion                      mammal species (i.e., beaked whales)                     The primary distinction between
                                                    papers on hearing impairments that can                  may be especially susceptible to injury               stress (which is adaptive and does not
                                                    occur with exposure to a loud sound,                    and/or stranding when exposed to                      normally place an animal at risk) and
                                                    only a few studies provide empirical                    strong pulsed sounds.                                 distress is the biotic cost of the
                                                    information on the levels at which                         Classic stress responses begin when                response. During a stress response, an
                                                    noise-induced loss in hearing sensitivity               an animal’s central nervous system                    animal uses glycogen stores that can be
                                                    occurs in nonhuman animals. For                         perceives a potential threat to its                   quickly replenished once the stress is
                                                    marine mammals, published data are                      homeostasis. That perception triggers                 alleviated. In such circumstances, the
                                                    limited to the captive bottlenose                       stress responses regardless of whether a              cost of the stress response would not
                                                    dolphin, beluga, harbor porpoise, and                   stimulus actually threatens the animal;               pose a risk to the animal’s welfare.
                                                    Yangtze finless porpoise (Finneran et                   the mere perception of a threat is                    However, when an animal does not have
                                                    al., 2000, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2007;                      sufficient to trigger a stress response               sufficient energy reserves to satisfy the
                                                    Finneran and Schlundt, 2010; Lucke et                   (Moberg, 2000; Sapolsky et al., 2005;                 energetic costs of a stress response,
                                                    al., 2009; Mooney et al., 2009; Popov et                Seyle, 1950). Once an animal’s central                energy resources must be diverted from
                                                    al., 2011a, 2011b; Kastelein et al., 2012a;             nervous system perceives a threat, it                 other biotic functions, which impair
                                                    Schlundt et al., 2006; Nachtigall et al.,               mounts a biological response or defense               those functions that experience the
                                                    2003, 2004). For pinnipeds in water,                    that consists of a combination of the                 diversion. For example, when mounting
                                                    data are limited to measurements of TTS                 four general biological defense                       a stress response diverts energy away
                                                    in harbor seals, an elephant seal, and                  responses: Behavioral responses;                      from growth in young animals, those
                                                    California sea lions (Kastak et al., 2005;              autonomic nervous system responses;                   animals may experience stunted growth.
                                                    Kastelein et al., 2012b).                               neuroendocrine responses; or immune                   When mounting a stress response
                                                       Marine mammal hearing plays a                        responses.                                            diverts energy from a fetus, an animal’s
                                                    critical role in communication with                        In the case of many stressors, an                  reproductive success and fitness will
                                                    conspecifics, and interpretation of                     animal’s first and most economical (in                suffer. In these cases, the animals will
                                                    environmental cues for purposes such                    terms of biotic costs) response is                    have entered a pre-pathological or
                                                    as predator avoidance and prey capture.                 behavioral avoidance of the potential                 pathological state which is called
                                                    Depending on the degree (elevation of                   stressor or avoidance of continued                    ‘‘distress’’ (sensu Seyle, 1950) or
                                                    threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery              exposure to a stressor. An animal’s                   ‘‘allostatic loading’’ (sensu McEwen and
                                                    time), and frequency range of TTS, and                  second line of defense to stressors                   Wingfield, 2003). This pathological state
                                                    the context in which it is experienced,                 involves the sympathetic part of the                  will last until the animal replenishes its
                                                    TTS can have effects on marine                          autonomic nervous system and the                      biotic reserves sufficient to restore
                                                    mammals ranging from discountable to                    classical ‘‘fight or flight’’ response,               normal function. Note that these
                                                    serious (similar to those discussed in                  which includes the cardiovascular                     examples involved a long-term (days or
                                                    auditory masking, above). For example,                  system, the gastrointestinal system, the              weeks) stress response exposure to
                                                    a marine mammal may be able to readily                  exocrine glands, and the adrenal                      stimuli.
                                                    compensate for a brief, relatively small                medulla to produce changes in heart                      Relationships between these
                                                    amount of TTS in a non-critical                         rate, blood pressure, and gastrointestinal            physiological mechanisms, animal
                                                    frequency range that occurs during a                    activity that humans commonly                         behavior, and the costs of stress
                                                    time where ambient noise is lower and                   associate with ‘‘stress.’’ These responses            responses have also been documented
                                                    there are not as many competing sounds                  have a relatively short duration and may              fairly well through controlled
                                                    present. Alternatively, a larger amount                 or may not have significant long-term                 experiment; because this physiology
                                                    and longer duration of TTS sustained                    effects on an animal’s welfare.                       exists in every vertebrate that has been
                                                    during time when communication is                          An animal’s third line of defense to               studied, it is not surprising that stress
                                                    critical for successful mother/calf                     stressors involves its neuroendocrine or              responses and their costs have been
                                                    interactions could have more serious                    sympathetic nervous systems; the                      documented in both laboratory and free-
                                                    impacts. Also, depending on the degree                  system that has received the most study               living animals (for examples see,
                                                    and frequency range, the effects of PTS                 has been the hypothalmus-pituitary-                   Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998;
                                                    on an animal could range in severity,                   adrenal system (also known as the HPA                 Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et al.,
                                                    although it is considered generally more                axis in mammals or the hypothalamus-                  2004; Lankford et al., 2005; Reneerkens
                                                    serious because it is a permanent                       pituitary-interrenal axis in fish and                 et al., 2002; Thompson and Hamer,
                                                    condition. Of note, reduced hearing                     some reptiles). Unlike stress responses               2000). Although no information has
                                                    sensitivity as a simple function of aging               associated with the autonomic nervous                 been collected on the physiological
                                                    has been observed in marine mammals,                    system, virtually all neuroendocrine                  responses of marine mammals to
                                                    as well as humans and other taxa                        functions that are affected by stress—                anthropogenic sound exposure, studies
                                                    (Southall et al., 2007), so we can infer                including immune competence,                          of other marine animals and terrestrial
                                                    that strategies exist for coping with this              reproduction, metabolism, and                         animals would lead us to expect some
                                                    condition to some degree, though likely                 behavior—are regulated by pituitary                   marine mammals experience
                                                    not without cost.                                       hormones. Stress-induced changes in                   physiological stress responses and,
                                                                                                            the secretion of pituitary hormones have              perhaps, physiological responses that
                                                    5. Non-Auditory Physical Effects                        been implicated in failed reproduction                would be classified as ‘‘distress’’ upon
                                                       Non-auditory physical effects might                  (Moberg, 1987), altered metabolism
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                                                                                                                                  exposure to anthropogenic sounds.
                                                    occur in marine mammals exposed to                      (Elasser et al., 2000), reduced immune                   For example, Jansen (1998) reported
                                                    strong underwater sound. Possible types                 competence (Blecha, 2000), and                        on the relationship between acoustic
                                                    of non-auditory physiological effects or                behavioral disturbance. Increases in the              exposures and physiological responses
                                                    injuries that theoretically might occur in              circulation of glucocorticosteroids                   that are indicative of stress responses in
                                                    mammals close to a strong sound source                  (cortisol, corticosterone, and                        humans (e.g., elevated respiration and
                                                    include stress, neurological effects,                   aldosterone in marine mammals; see                    increased heart rates). Jones (1998)
                                                    bubble formation, and other types of                    Romano et al., 2004) have been equated                reported on reductions in human
                                                    organ or tissue damage. Some marine                     with stress for many years.                           performance when faced with acute,


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices                                           20093

                                                    repetitive exposures to acoustic                        underwater sounds to cause non-                       addition, source vessels will be
                                                    disturbance. Trimper et al. (1998)                      auditory physical effects in marine                   operating at slow speed (4–5 knots)
                                                    reported on the physiological stress                    mammals. Such effects, if they occur at               when conducting surveys. Marine
                                                    responses of osprey to low-level aircraft               all, would presumably be limited to                   mammal monitoring observers will alert
                                                    noise while Krausman et al. (2004)                      short distances and to activities that                vessel captains as animals are detected
                                                    reported on the auditory and physiology                 extend over a prolonged period. The                   to ensure safe and effective measures are
                                                    stress responses of endangered Sonoran                  available data do not allow                           applied to avoid coming into direct
                                                    pronghorn to military overflights. Smith                identification of a specific exposure                 contact with marine mammals.
                                                    et al. (2004a, 2004b) identified noise-                 level above which non-auditory effects                Therefore, NMFS neither anticipates nor
                                                    induced physiological transient stress                  can be expected (Southall et al., 2007)               authorizes takes of marine mammals
                                                    responses in hearing-specialist fish (i.e.,             or any meaningful quantitative                        from ship strikes.
                                                    goldfish) that accompanied short- and                   predictions of the numbers (if any) of                   McCauley et al. (1996) reported
                                                    long-term hearing losses. Welch and                     marine mammals that might be affected                 several cases of humpback whales
                                                    Welch (1970) reported physiological                     in those ways. There is no definitive                 responding to vessels in Hervey Bay,
                                                    and behavioral stress responses that                    evidence that any of these effects occur              Australia. Results indicated clear
                                                    accompanied damage to the inner ears                    even for marine mammals in close                      avoidance at received levels between
                                                    of fish and several mammals.                            proximity to large arrays of airguns,                 118 to 124 dB in three cases for which
                                                       Hearing is one of the primary senses                 which are not proposed for use during                 response and received levels were
                                                    marine mammals use to gather                            this program. In addition, marine                     observed/measured.
                                                    information about their environment                     mammals that show behavioral                             Palka and Hammond (2001) analyzed
                                                    and communicate with conspecifics.                      avoidance of industry activities,                     line transect census data in which the
                                                    Although empirical information on the                   including bowheads, belugas, and some                 orientation and distance off transect line
                                                    relationship between sensory                            pinnipeds, are especially unlikely to                 were reported for large numbers of
                                                    impairment (TTS, PTS, and acoustic                      incur non-auditory impairment or other                minke whales. The authors developed a
                                                    masking) on marine mammals remains                      physical effects.                                     method to account for effects of animal
                                                    limited, we assume that reducing a                                                                            movement in response to sighting
                                                    marine mammal’s ability to gather                       6. Stranding and Mortality                            platforms. Minor changes in locomotion
                                                    information about its environment and                      Marine mammals close to underwater                 speed, direction, and/or diving profile
                                                    communicate with other members of its                   detonations of high explosive can be                  were reported at ranges from 1,847 to
                                                    species would induce stress, based on                   killed or severely injured, and the                   2,352 ft (563 to 717 m) at received levels
                                                    data that terrestrial animals exhibit                   auditory organs are especially                        of 110 to 120 dB.
                                                    those responses under similar                           susceptible to injury (Ketten et al., 1993;              Odontocetes, such as beluga whales,
                                                    conditions (NRC, 2003) and because                      Ketten, 1995). Airgun pulses are less                 killer whales, and harbor porpoises,
                                                    marine mammals use hearing as their                     energetic and their peak amplitudes                   often show tolerance to vessel activity;
                                                    primary sensory mechanism. Therefore,                   have slower rise times. To date, there is             however, they may react at long
                                                    we assume that acoustic exposures                       no evidence that serious injury, death,               distances if they are confined by ice,
                                                    sufficient to trigger onset PTS or TTS                  or stranding by marine mammals can                    shallow water, or were previously
                                                    would be accompanied by physiological                   occur from exposure to airgun pulses,                 harassed by vessels (Richardson et al.,
                                                    stress responses. More importantly,                     even in the case of large airgun arrays.              1995). Beluga whale response to vessel
                                                    marine mammals might experience                         Additionally, SAE’s project will use                  noise varies greatly from tolerance to
                                                    stress responses at received levels lower               small and medium sized airgun arrays                  extreme sensitivity depending on the
                                                    than those necessary to trigger onset                   in shallow water. NMFS does not expect                activity of the whale and previous
                                                    TTS. Based on empirical studies of the                  any marine mammals will incur serious                 experience with vessels (Richardson et
                                                    time required to recover from stress                    injury or mortality in the shallow waters             al., 1995). Reactions to vessels depend
                                                    responses (Moberg, 2000), NMFS also                     off Beaufort Sea or strand as a result of             on whale activities and experience,
                                                    assumes that stress responses could                     the proposed seismic survey.                          habitat, boat type, and boat behavior
                                                    persist beyond the time interval                                                                              (Richardson et al., 1995) and may
                                                    required for animals to recover from                    7. Potential Effects From Pingers on                  include behavioral responses, such as
                                                    TTS and might result in pathological                    Marine Mammals                                        altered headings or avoidance (Blane
                                                    and pre-pathological states that would                     Active acoustic sources other than the             and Jaakson, 1994; Erbe and Farmer,
                                                    be as significant as behavioral responses               airguns have been proposed for SAE’s                  2000); fast swimming; changes in
                                                    to TTS.                                                 2015 seismic survey in Beaufort Sea,                  vocalizations (Lesage et al., 1999;
                                                       Resonance effects (Gentry, 2002) and                 Alaska. In general, the potential effects             Scheifele et al., 2005); and changes in
                                                    direct noise-induced bubble formations                  of this equipment on marine mammals                   dive, surfacing, and respiration patterns.
                                                    (Crum et al., 2005) are implausible in                  are similar to those from the airguns,                   There are few data published on
                                                    the case of exposure to an impulsive                    except the magnitude of the impacts is                pinniped responses to vessel activity,
                                                    broadband source like an airgun array.                  expected to be much less due to the                   and most of the information is anecdotal
                                                    If seismic surveys disrupt diving                       lower intensity of the source.                        (Richardson et al., 1995). Generally, sea
                                                    patterns of deep-diving species, this                                                                         lions in water show tolerance to close
                                                    might result in bubble formation and a                  Vessel Impacts                                        and frequently approaching vessels and
                                                    form of the bends, as speculated to                       Vessel activity and noise associated                sometimes show interest in fishing
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    occur in beaked whales exposed to                       with vessel activity will temporarily                 vessels. They are less tolerant when
                                                    sonar. However, there is no specific                    increase in the action area during SAE’s              hauled out on land; however, they
                                                    evidence of this upon exposure to                       seismic survey as a result of the                     rarely react unless the vessel approaches
                                                    airgun pulses. Additionally, no beaked                  operation of about 8 vessels. To                      within 100–200 m (330–660 ft; reviewed
                                                    whale species occur in the proposed                     minimize the effects of vessels and                   in Richardson et al., 1995).
                                                    project area.                                           noise associated with vessel activity,                   The addition of the vessels and noise
                                                       In general, very little is known about               SAE will alter speed if a marine                      due to vessel operations associated with
                                                    the potential for strong, anthropogenic                 mammal gets too close to a vessel. In                 the seismic survey is not expected to


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                    20094                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices

                                                    have effects that could cause significant               the Beaufort Sea (Thomson and                         offshore. Like several of the other
                                                    or long-term consequences for                           Richardson, 1987; Richardson and                      species in the area, harbor porpoise feed
                                                    individual marine mammals or their                      Thomson [eds.], 2002).                                on demersal and benthic species,
                                                    populations.                                               Recent articles and reports have noted             mainly schooling fish and cephalopods.
                                                                                                            bowhead whales feeding in several areas               Depending on the type of killer whale
                                                    Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal                    of the U.S. Beaufort Sea. The Barrow                  (transient or resident), they feed on fish
                                                    Habitat                                                 area is commonly used as a feeding area               and/or marine mammals. However,
                                                       The primary potential impacts to                     during spring and fall, with a higher                 harbor porpoises and killer whales are
                                                    marine mammal habitat and other                         proportion of photographed individuals                not commonly found in Prudhoe Bay.
                                                    marine species are associated with                      displaying evidence of feeding in fall                   Gray whales are primarily bottom
                                                    elevated sound levels produced by                       rather than spring (Mocklin, 2009). A                 feeders, and benthic amphipods and
                                                    airguns and other active acoustic                       bowhead whale feeding ‘‘hotspot’’                     isopods form the majority of their
                                                    sources. However, other potential                       (Okkonen et al., 2011) commonly forms                 summer diet, at least in the main
                                                    impacts to the surrounding habitat from                 on the western Beaufort Sea shelf off                 summering areas west of Alaska (Oliver
                                                    physical disturbance are also possible.                 Point Barrow in late summer and fall.                 et al., 1983; Oliver and Slattery, 1985).
                                                    This section describes the potential                    Favorable conditions concentrate                      Farther south, gray whales have also
                                                    impacts to marine mammal habitat from                   euphausiids and copepods, and                         been observed feeding around kelp
                                                    the specified activity. Because the                     bowhead whales congregate to exploit                  beds, presumably on mysid crustaceans,
                                                    marine mammals in the area feed on                      the dense prey (Ashjian et al., 2010,                 and on pelagic prey such as small
                                                    fish and/or invertebrates there is also                 Moore et al., 2010; Okkonen et al.,                   schooling fish and crab larvae (Hatler
                                                    information on the species typically                    2011). Surveys have also noted bowhead                and Darling, 1974). However, the central
                                                    preyed upon by the marine mammals in                    whales feeding in the Camden Bay area                 Beaufort Sea is not known to be a
                                                    the area.                                               during the fall (Koski and Miller, 2009;              primary feeding ground for gray whales.
                                                                                                            Quakenbush et al., 2010).                                Two kinds of fish inhabit marine
                                                    Common Marine Mammal Prey in the
                                                                                                               The 2006–2008 BWASP Final Report                   waters in the study area: (1) True marine
                                                    Project Area
                                                                                                            (Clarke et al., 2011a) and the 2009                   fish that spend all of their lives in salt
                                                       All of the marine mammal species                     BWASP Final Report (Clarke et al.,                    water, and (2) anadromous species that
                                                    that may occur in the proposed project                  2011b) note sightings of feeding                      reproduce in fresh water and spend
                                                    area prey on either marine fish or                      bowhead whales in the Beaufort Sea                    parts of their life cycles in salt water.
                                                    invertebrates. The ringed seal feeds on                 during the fall season. During that 4                    Most arctic marine fish species are
                                                    fish and a variety of benthic species,                  year period, the largest groups of                    small, benthic forms that do not feed
                                                    including crabs and shrimp. Bearded                     feeding whales were sighted between                   high in the water column. The majority
                                                    seals feed mainly on benthic organisms,                 Smith Bay and Point Barrow (hundreds                  of these species are circumpolar and are
                                                    primarily crabs, shrimp, and clams.                     of miles to the west of Prudhoe Bay),                 found in habitats ranging from deep
                                                    Spotted seals feed on pelagic and                       and none were sighted feeding in                      offshore water to water as shallow as
                                                    demersal fish, as well as shrimp and                    Camden Bay (Clarke et al., 2011a,b).                  16.4–33 ft (5–10 m; Fechhelm et al.,
                                                    cephalopods. They are known to feed on                  Clarke and Ferguson (undated)                         1995). The most important pelagic
                                                    a variety of fish including herring,                    examined the raw BWASP data from the                  species, and the only abundant pelagic
                                                    capelin, sand lance, Arctic cod, saffron                years 2000–2009. They noted that                      species, is the Arctic cod. The Arctic
                                                    cod, and sculpins. Ribbon seals feed                    feeding behavior was noted more often                 cod is a major vector for the transfer of
                                                    primarily on pelagic fish and                           in September than October and that                    energy from lower to higher trophic
                                                    invertebrates, such as shrimp, crabs,                   while bowheads were observed feeding                  levels (Bradstreet et al., 1986). In
                                                    squid, octopus, cod, sculpin, pollack,                  throughout the study area (which                      summer, Arctic cod can form very large
                                                    and capelin. Juveniles feed mostly on                   includes the entire U.S. Beaufort Sea),               schools in both nearshore and offshore
                                                    krill and shrimp.                                       sightings were less frequent in the                   waters (Craig et al., 1982; Bradstreet et
                                                       Bowhead whales feed in the eastern                   central Alaskan Beaufort than they were               al., 1986). Locations and areas
                                                    Beaufort Sea during summer and early                    east of Kaktovik and west of Smith Bay.               frequented by large schools of Arctic
                                                    autumn but continue feeding to varying                  Additionally, Clarke and Ferguson                     cod cannot be predicted but can be
                                                    degrees while on their migration                        (undated) and Clarke et al. (2011b) refer             almost anywhere. The Arctic cod is a
                                                    through the central and western                         to information from Ashjian et al.                    major food source for beluga whales,
                                                    Beaufort Sea in the late summer and fall                (2010), which describes the importance                ringed seals, and numerous species of
                                                    (Richardson and Thomson [eds.], 2002).                  of wind-driven currents that produce                  seabirds (Frost and Lowry, 1984;
                                                    When feeding in relatively shallow                      favorable feeding conditions for                      Bradstreet et al., 1986).
                                                    areas, bowheads feed throughout the                     bowhead whales in the area between                       Anadromous Dolly Varden char and
                                                    water column. However, feeding is                       Smith Bay and Point Barrow. Increased                 some species of whitefish winter in
                                                    concentrated at depths where                            winds in that area may be increasing the              rivers and lakes, migrate to the sea in
                                                    zooplankton is concentrated (Wursig et                  incidence of upwelling, which in turn                 spring and summer, and return to fresh
                                                    al., 1984, 1989; Richardson [ed.], 1987;                may be the reason for increased                       water in autumn. Anadromous fish form
                                                    Griffiths et al., 2002). Lowry and                      sightings of feeding bowheads in the                  the basis of subsistence, commercial,
                                                    Sheffield (2002) found that copepods                    area. Clarke and Ferguson (undated)                   and small regional sport fisheries. Dolly
                                                    and euphausiids were the most common                    also note that the incidence of feeding               Varden char migrate to the sea from May
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    prey found in stomach samples from                      bowheads in the eastern Alaskan                       through mid-June (Johnson, 1980) and
                                                    bowhead whales harvested in the                         Beaufort Sea has decreased since the                  spend about 1.5–2.5 months there
                                                    Kaktovik area from 1979 to 2000. Areas                  early 1980s.                                          (Craig, 1989). They return to rivers
                                                    to the east of Barter Island (which is                     Beluga whales feed on a variety of                 beginning in late July or early August
                                                    approximately 120 mi east of SAE’s                      fish, shrimp, squid and octopus (Burns                with the peak return migration
                                                    proposed seismic area) appear to be                     and Seaman, 1985). Very few beluga                    occurring between mid-August and
                                                    used regularly for feeding as bowhead                   whales occur nearshore; their main                    early September (Johnson, 1980). At sea,
                                                    whales migrate slowly westward across                   migration route is much further                       most anadromous corregonids


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices                                            20095

                                                    (whitefish) remain in nearshore waters                  Potential Impacts From Sound                          range, the thresholds at these higher
                                                    within several kilometers of shore                      Generation                                            frequencies tend to be considerably
                                                    (Craig, 1984, 1989). They are often                        With regard to fish as a prey source               higher than those at the lower end of the
                                                    termed ‘‘amphidromous’’ fish in that                    for odontocetes and seals, fish are                   auditory frequency range.
                                                    they make repeated annual migrations                                                                             Literature relating to the impacts of
                                                                                                            known to hear and react to sounds and
                                                    into marine waters to feed, returning                                                                         sound on marine fish species can be
                                                                                                            to use sound to communicate (Tavolga
                                                    each fall to overwinter in fresh water.                                                                       divided into the following categories: (1)
                                                                                                            et al., 1981) and possibly avoid
                                                                                                                                                                  Pathological effects; (2) physiological
                                                       Benthic organisms are defined as                     predators (Wilson and Dill, 2002).
                                                                                                                                                                  effects; and (3) behavioral effects.
                                                    bottom dwelling creatures. Infaunal                     Experiments have shown that fish can
                                                                                                                                                                  Pathological effects include lethal and
                                                    organisms are benthic organisms that                    sense both the strength and direction of
                                                                                                                                                                  sub-lethal physical damage to fish;
                                                    live within the substrate and are often                 sound (Hawkins, 1981). Primary factors
                                                                                                                                                                  physiological effects include primary
                                                    sedentary or sessile (bivalves,                         determining whether a fish can sense a
                                                                                                                                                                  and secondary stress responses; and
                                                    polychaetes). Epibenthic organisms live                 sound signal, and potentially react to it,            behavioral effects include changes in
                                                    on or near the bottom surface sediments                 are the frequency of the signal and the               exhibited behaviors of fish. Behavioral
                                                    and are mobile (amphipods, isopods,                     strength of the signal in relation to the             changes might be a direct reaction to a
                                                    mysids, and some polychaetes).                          natural background noise level.                       detected sound or a result of the
                                                    Epifauna, which live attached to hard                      Fishes produce sounds that are
                                                                                                                                                                  anthropogenic sound masking natural
                                                    substrates, are rare in the Beaufort Sea                associated with behaviors that include                sounds that the fish normally detect and
                                                    because hard substrates are scarce there.               territoriality, mate search, courtship,               to which they respond. The three types
                                                    A small community of epifauna, the                      and aggression. It has also been                      of effects are often interrelated in
                                                    Boulder Patch, occurs in Stefansson                     speculated that sound production may                  complex ways. For example, some
                                                    Sound.                                                  provide the means for long distance                   physiological and behavioral effects
                                                                                                            communication and communication                       could potentially lead to the ultimate
                                                       Many of the nearshore benthic marine                 under poor underwater visibility
                                                    invertebrates of the Arctic are                                                                               pathological effect of mortality. Hastings
                                                                                                            conditions (Zelick et al., 1999), although            and Popper (2005) reviewed what is
                                                    circumpolar and are found over a wide                   the fact that fish communicate at low-
                                                    range of water depths (Carey et al.,                                                                          known about the effects of sound on
                                                                                                            frequency sound levels where the                      fishes and identified studies needed to
                                                    1975). Species identified include                       masking effects of ambient noise are                  address areas of uncertainty relative to
                                                    polychaetes (Spio filicornis, Chaetozone                naturally highest suggests that very long             measurement of sound and the
                                                    setosa, Eteone longa), bivalves                         distance communication would rarely                   responses of fishes. Popper et al. (2003/
                                                    (Cryrtodaria kurriana, Nucula tenuis,                   be possible. Fishes have evolved a                    2004) also published a paper that
                                                    Liocyma fluctuosa), an isopod (Saduria                  diversity of sound generating organs and              reviews the effects of anthropogenic
                                                    entomon), and amphipods (Pontoporeia                    acoustic signals of various temporal and              sound on the behavior and physiology
                                                    femorata, P. affinis).                                  spectral contents. Fish sounds vary in                of fishes.
                                                       Nearshore benthic fauna have been                    structure, depending on the mechanism                    Potential effects of exposure to sound
                                                    studied in Beaufort Sea lagoons and                     used to produce them (Hawkins, 1993).                 on marine fish include TTS, physical
                                                    near the mouth of the Colville River                    Generally, fish sounds are                            damage to the ear region, physiological
                                                    (Kinney et al., 1971, 1972; Crane and                   predominantly composed of low                         stress responses, and behavioral
                                                    Cooney, 1975). The waters of Simpson                    frequencies (less than 3 kHz).                        responses such as startle response,
                                                    Lagoon, Harrison Bay, and the nearshore                    Since objects in the water scatter                 alarm response, avoidance, and perhaps
                                                    region support a number of infaunal                     sound, fish are able to detect these                  lack of response due to masking of
                                                                                                            objects through monitoring the ambient                acoustic cues. Most of these effects
                                                    species including crustaceans, mollusks,
                                                                                                            noise. Therefore, fish are probably able              appear to be either temporary or
                                                    and polychaetes. In areas influenced by
                                                                                                            to detect prey, predators, conspecifics,              intermittent and therefore probably do
                                                    river discharge, seasonal changes in
                                                                                                            and physical features by listening to                 not significantly impact the fish at a
                                                    salinity can greatly influence the
                                                                                                            environmental sounds (Hawkins, 1981).                 population level. The studies that
                                                    distribution and abundance of benthic
                                                                                                            There are two sensory systems that                    resulted in physical damage to the fish
                                                    organisms. Large fluctuations in salinity               enable fish to monitor the vibration-                 ears used noise exposure levels and
                                                    and temperature that occur over a very                  based information of their surroundings.              durations that were far more extreme
                                                    short time period, or on a seasonal basis,              The two sensory systems, the inner ear                than would be encountered under
                                                    allow only very adaptable, opportunistic                and the lateral line, constitute the                  conditions similar to those expected
                                                    species to survive (Alexander et al.,                   acoustico-lateralis system.                           during SAE’s proposed survey.
                                                    1974). Since shorefast ice is present for                  Although the hearing sensitivities of                 The level of sound at which a fish
                                                    many months, the distribution and                       very few fish species have been studied               will react or alter its behavior is usually
                                                    abundance of most species depends on                    to date, it is becoming obvious that the              well above the detection level. Fish
                                                    annual (or more frequent) recolonization                intra- and inter-specific variability is              have been found to react to sounds
                                                    from deeper offshore waters (Woodward                   considerable (Coombs, 1981). Nedwell                  when the sound level increased to about
                                                    Clyde Consultants, 1995). Due to ice                    et al. (2004) compiled and published                  20 dB above the detection level of 120
                                                    scouring, particularly in water depths of               available fish audiogram information. A               dB (Ona, 1988); however, the response
                                                    less than 8 ft (2.4 m), infaunal                        noninvasive electrophysiological                      threshold can depend on the time of
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    communities tend to be patchily                         recording method known as auditory                    year and the fish’s physiological
                                                    distributed. Diversity increases with                   brainstem response is now commonly                    condition (Engas et al., 1993). In
                                                    water depth until the shear zone is                     used in the production of fish                        general, fish react more strongly to
                                                    reached at 49–82 ft (15–25 m; Carey,                    audiograms (Yan, 2004). Generally, most               pulses of sound rather than a
                                                    1978). Biodiversity then declines due to                fish have their best hearing in the low-              continuous signal (Blaxter et al., 1981),
                                                    ice gouging between the landfast ice and                frequency range (i.e., less than 1 kHz).              such as the type of sound that will be
                                                    the polar pack ice (Woodward Clyde                      Even though some fish are able to detect              produced by the drillship, and a quicker
                                                    Consultants, 1995).                                     sounds in the ultrasonic frequency                    alarm response is elicited when the


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00013   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                    20096                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices

                                                    sound signal intensity rises rapidly                    habituate to repeated strong sounds                   other means of effecting the least
                                                    compared to sound rising more slowly                    rather rapidly, on time scales of minutes             practicable impact on such species or
                                                    to the same level.                                      to an hour. However, the habituation                  stock and its habitat, paying particular
                                                       Investigations of fish behavior in                   does not endure, and resumption of the                attention to rookeries, mating grounds,
                                                    relation to vessel noise (Olsen et al.,                 strong sound source may again elicit                  and areas of similar significance, and on
                                                    1983; Ona, 1988; Ona and Godo, 1990)                    disturbance responses from the same                   the availability of such species or stock
                                                    have shown that fish react when the                     fish.                                                 for taking for certain subsistence uses
                                                    sound from the engines and propeller                       Some of the fish species found in the              (where relevant).
                                                    exceeds a certain level. Avoidance                      Arctic are prey sources for odontocetes                  For the proposed SAE open-water 3D
                                                    reactions have been observed in fish                    and pinnipeds. A reaction by fish to                  OBN seismic surveys in the Beaufort
                                                    such as cod and herring when vessels                    sounds produced by SAEs proposed                      Sea, NMFS worked with SAE to propose
                                                    approached close enough that received                   survey would only be relevant to marine               the following mitigation measures to
                                                    sound levels are 110 dB to 130 dB                       mammals if it caused concentrations of                minimize the potential impacts to
                                                    (Nakken, 1992; Olsen, 1979; Ona and                     fish to vacate the area. Pressure changes             marine mammals in the project vicinity
                                                    Godo, 1990; Ona and Toresen, 1988).                     of sufficient magnitude to cause that                 as a result of SAE’s survey activities.
                                                    However, other researchers have found                   type of reaction would probably occur                 The primary purpose of these mitigation
                                                    that fish such as polar cod, herring, and               only very close to the sound source, if               measures is to detect marine mammals
                                                    capeline are often attracted to vessels                 any would occur at all. Impacts on fish               within, or about to enter, designated
                                                    (apparently by the noise) and swim                      behavior are predicted to be                          exclusion zones and to initiate
                                                    toward the vessel (Rostad et al., 2006).                inconsequential. Thus, feeding                        immediate shutdown or power down of
                                                    Typical sound source levels of vessel                   odontocetes and pinnipeds would not                   the airgun(s).
                                                    noise in the audible range for fish are                 be adversely affected by this minimal
                                                                                                                                                                  (1) Establishing Exclusion and
                                                    150 dB to 170 dB (Richardson et al.,                    loss or scattering, if any, of reduced prey
                                                                                                                                                                  Disturbance Zones
                                                    1995a). In calm weather, ambient noise                  abundance.
                                                    levels in audible parts of the spectrum                    Some mysticetes, including bowhead                    Under current NMFS guidelines, the
                                                    lie between 60 dB to 100 dB.                            whales, feed on concentrations of                     ‘‘exclusion zone’’ for marine mammal
                                                       Short, sharp sounds can cause overt                  zooplankton. Some feeding bowhead                     exposure to impulse sources is
                                                    or subtle changes in fish behavior.                     whales may occur in the Alaskan                       customarily defined as the area within
                                                    Chapman and Hawkins (1969) tested the                   Beaufort Sea in July and August, but                  which received sound levels are ≥180
                                                    reactions of whiting (hake) in the field                feeding bowheads are more likely to                   dB (rms) re 1 mPa for cetaceans and ≥190
                                                    to an airgun. When the airgun was fired,                occur in the area after the cessation of              dB (rms) re 1 mPa for pinnipeds. These
                                                    the fish dove from 82 to 180 ft (25 to 55               airgun operations. Reactions of                       safety criteria are based on an
                                                    m) depth and formed a compact layer.                    zooplankton to sound are, for the most                assumption that SPL received at levels
                                                    The whiting dove when received sound                    part, not known. Their ability to move                lower than these will not injure these
                                                    levels were higher than 178 dB re 1 mPa                 significant distances is limited or nil,              animals or impair their hearing abilities,
                                                    (Pearson et al., 1992).                                 depending on the type of zooplankton.                 but at higher levels might have some
                                                       Pearson et al. (1992) conducted a                    Behavior of zooplankters is not expected              such effects. Disturbance or behavioral
                                                    controlled experiment to determine                      to be affected by the survey. These                   effects to marine mammals from
                                                    effects of strong noise pulses on several               animals have exoskeletons and no air                  underwater sound may occur after
                                                    species of rockfish off the California                  bladders. Many crustaceans can make                   exposure to sound at distances greater
                                                    coast. They used an airgun with a                       sounds, and some crustacea and other                  than the exclusion zones (Richardson et
                                                    source level of 223 dB re 1 mPa. They                   invertebrates have some type of sound                 al. 1995). Currently, NMFS uses 160 dB
                                                    noted:                                                  receptor. A reaction by zooplankton to                (rms) re 1 mPa as the threshold for Level
                                                       • Startle responses at received levels               sounds produced by the seismic survey                 B behavioral harassment from impulse
                                                    of 200–205 dB re 1 mPa and above for                    would only be relevant to whales if it                noise.
                                                    two sensitive species, but not for two                  caused concentrations of zooplankton to                  In 2014, Heath et al. (2014) conducted
                                                    other species exposed to levels up to                   scatter. Pressure changes of sufficient               a sound source verification (SSV) of the
                                                    207 dB;                                                 magnitude to cause that type of reaction              very same 620-in3 array SAE plans to
                                                       • Alarm responses at 177–180 dB for                  would probably occur only very close to               use in 2015. The SSV was conducted in
                                                    the two sensitive species, and at 186 to                the sound source, if any would occur at               generally the same survey area of SAE’s
                                                    199 dB for other species;                               all. Impacts on zooplankton behavior                  planned 2015 work. They empirically
                                                       • An overall threshold for the above                 are predicted to be inconsequential.                  determined that the distances to the
                                                    behavioral response at about 180 dB;                    Thus, feeding mysticetes would not be                 190, 180, and 160 dB isopleths for
                                                       • An extrapolated threshold of about                 adversely affected by this minimal loss               sound pressure levels emanating from
                                                    161 dB for subtle changes in the                        or scattering, if any, of reduced                     the 620-in3 array was 195, 635, and
                                                    behavior of rockfish; and                               zooplankton abundance.                                1,820 m, respectively (Table 3). Heath et
                                                       • A return to pre-exposure behaviors                    Based on the preceding discussion,                 al. (2014) also measured sound pressure
                                                    within the 20–60 minute exposure                        the proposed activity is not expected to              levels from an active 10-in3 gun during
                                                    period.                                                 have any habitat-related effects that                 SAE’s 2014 Beaufort operations and
                                                       In summary, fish often react to                      could cause significant or long-term                  found noise levels exceeding 190 dB
                                                    sounds, especially strong and/or                                                                              extended out 54 m, exceeding 180 dB
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                                                                            consequences for individual marine
                                                    intermittent sounds of low frequency.                   mammals or their populations.                         out to 188 m, and exceeding 160 dB out
                                                    Sound pulses at received levels of 160                                                                        to 1,050 m (Table 3).
                                                    dB re 1 mPa may cause subtle changes                    Proposed Mitigation                                      Sound source studies have not been
                                                    in behavior. Pulses at levels of 180 dB                   In order to issue an incidental take                done for the 1,240-in3 array; however,
                                                    may cause noticeable changes in                         authorization (ITA) under section                     Austin and Warner (2013) conducted a
                                                    behavior (Chapman and Hawkins, 1969;                    101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must                   sound source verification of a 1,200-in3
                                                    Pearson et al., 1992; Skalski et al.,                   set forth the permissible methods of                  array operated by SAE in Cook Inlet
                                                    1992). It also appears that fish often                  taking pursuant to such activity, and                 found the radius to the 190 dB isopleth


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices                                                                  20097

                                                    to be 250 m, to the 180 dB isopleth to                                       SSV for the 1,240 in3 airgun arrays are                         measured before the 2015 open-water
                                                    be 910 m, and to the 160 dB isopleth to                                      obtained before the survey. If SAE plans                        seismic survey for monitoring and
                                                    be 5,200 m. These are the distance                                           to use the 1,240 in3 airgun arrays, SSV                         mitigation measures.
                                                    values SAE intends to use before the                                         of these zones will be empirically

                                                       TABLE 3—SUMMARY OF AIRGUN ARRAY SOURCE LEVELS AND PROPOSED EXCLUSION ZONE AND ZONES OF INFLUENCE
                                                                                                    RADII
                                                                                                        Array size                                                             Source level    190 dB radius       180 dB radius   160 dB radius
                                                                                                           (in3)                                                                  (dB)              (m)                 (m)             (m)

                                                    10 .....................................................................................................................             195                54               188           1,050
                                                    620 ...................................................................................................................              218               195               635           1,820
                                                    1,240 * ..............................................................................................................               224               250               910           5,200
                                                       * Denotes modelled source level that need to be empirically measured before the seismic survey.


                                                    (2) Vessel Related Mitigation Measures                                       described below. During the seismic                             (including beluga and killer whales and
                                                       These mitigation measures apply to                                        surveys, PSOs will monitor the pre-                             narwhal).
                                                    all vessels that are part of SAE’s                                           established exclusion zones for the
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Use of a Small-Volume Airgun During
                                                    Beaufort Sea seismic survey activities,                                      presence of marine mammals. When
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Turns and Transits
                                                    including supporting vessels.                                                marine mammals are observed within,
                                                       • Avoid concentrations or groups of                                       or about to enter, designated safety                               Throughout the seismic survey,
                                                    whales. Operators of vessels should, at                                      zones, PSOs have the authority to call                          during turning movements and short
                                                    all times, conduct their activities at the                                   for immediate power down (or                                    transits, SAE will employ the use of the
                                                    maximum distance possible from such                                          shutdown) of airgun operations, as                              smallest-volume airgun (i.e., ‘‘mitigation
                                                    concentrations or groups of whales.                                          required by the situation. A summary of                         airgun’’) to deter marine mammals from
                                                       • If any vessel approaches within 1.6                                     the procedures associated with each                             being within the immediate area of the
                                                    km (1 mi) of observed whales, except                                         mitigation measure is provided below.                           seismic operations. The mitigation
                                                    when providing emergency assistance to                                                                                                       airgun will be operated at
                                                                                                                                 Ramp Up Procedure                                               approximately one shot per minute and
                                                    whalers or in other emergency
                                                    situations, the vessel operator will take                                       A ramp up of an airgun array provides                        will not be operated for longer than
                                                    reasonable precautions to avoid                                              a gradual increase in sound levels, and                         three hours in duration (turns may last
                                                    potential interaction with the whales by                                     involves a step-wise increase in the                            two to three hours for the project).
                                                    taking one or more of the following                                          number and total volume of airguns                                 During turns or brief transits (i.e., less
                                                    actions, as appropriate:                                                     firing until the full volume is achieved.                       than three hours) between seismic
                                                       Æ Reducing vessel speed to less than                                      The purpose of a ramp up (or ‘‘soft                             tracklines, one mitigation airgun will
                                                    5 knots within 300 yards (900 feet or                                        start’’) is to ‘‘warn’’ cetaceans and                           continue operating. The ramp up
                                                    274 m) of the whale(s);                                                      pinnipeds in the vicinity of the airguns                        procedures described above will be
                                                       Æ Steering around the whale(s) if                                         and to provide time for them to leave                           followed when increasing the source
                                                    possible;                                                                    the area and thus avoid any potential                           levels from the one mitigation airgun to
                                                       Æ Operating the vessel(s) in such a                                       injury or impairment of their hearing                           the full airgun array. However, keeping
                                                    way as to avoid separating members of                                        abilities.                                                      one airgun firing during turns and brief
                                                    a group of whales from other members                                            During the open-water survey                                 transits will allow SAE to resume
                                                    of the group;                                                                program, the seismic operator will ramp                         seismic surveys using the full array
                                                       Æ Operating the vessel(s) to avoid                                        up the airgun arrays slowly. Full ramp                          without having to ramp up from a ‘‘cold
                                                    causing a whale to make multiple                                             ups (i.e., from a cold start after a                            start,’’ which requires a 30-minute
                                                    changes in direction; and                                                    shutdown, when no airguns have been                             observation period of the full exclusion
                                                       Æ Checking the waters immediately                                         firing) will begin by firing a single                           zone and is prohibited during darkness
                                                    adjacent to the vessel(s) to ensure that                                     airgun in the array (i.e., the mitigation                       or other periods of poor visibility. PSOs
                                                    no whales will be injured when the                                           airgun). A full ramp up, after a                                will be on duty whenever the airguns
                                                    propellers are engaged.                                                      shutdown, will not begin until there has                        are firing during daylight and during the
                                                       • Reduce vessel speed, not to exceed                                      been a minimum of 30 minutes of                                 30-minute periods prior to ramp-ups
                                                    5 knots, when weather conditions                                             observation of the safety zone by PSOs                          from a ‘‘cold start.’’
                                                    require, such as when visibility drops,                                      to assure that no marine mammals are
                                                                                                                                 present. The entire exclusion zone must                         Power Down and Shutdown Procedures
                                                    to avoid the likelihood of injury to
                                                    whales.                                                                      be visible during the 30-minute lead-in                           A power down is the immediate
                                                                                                                                 to a full ramp up. If the entire exclusion                      reduction in the number of operating
                                                    (3) Mitigation Measures for Airgun                                           zone is not visible, then ramp up from                          energy sources from all firing to some
                                                    Operations                                                                   a cold start cannot begin. If a marine                          smaller number (e.g., a single mitigation
                                                      The primary requirements for airgun                                        mammal is sighted within the exclusion                          airgun). A shutdown is the immediate
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    mitigation during the seismic surveys                                        zone during the 30-minute watch prior                           cessation of firing of all energy sources.
                                                    are to monitor marine mammals near                                           to ramp up, ramp up will be delayed                             The array will be immediately powered
                                                    the airgun array during all daylight                                         until the marine mammal is sighted                              down whenever a marine mammal is
                                                    airgun operations and during any                                             outside of the exclusion zone or the                            sighted approaching close to or within
                                                    nighttime start-up of the airguns and, if                                    animal is not sighted for at least 15                           the applicable exclusion zone of the full
                                                    any marine mammals are observed, to                                          minutes, for small odontocetes (harbor                          array, but is outside the applicable
                                                    adjust airgun operations, as necessary,                                      porpoise) and pinnipeds, or 30 minutes,                         exclusion zone of the single mitigation
                                                    according to the mitigation measures                                         for baleen whales and large odontocetes                         airgun. If a marine mammal is sighted


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014          18:20 Apr 13, 2015         Jkt 235001       PO 00000        Frm 00015        Fmt 4701       Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                    20098                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices

                                                    within or about to enter the applicable                 science), or contribute to the                        Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
                                                    exclusion zone of the single mitigation                 accomplishment of one or more of the                     In order to issue an ITA for an
                                                    airgun, the entire array will be shut                   general goals listed below:                           activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
                                                    down (i.e., no sources firing). In                         1. Avoidance or minimization of                    MMPA states that NMFS must set forth,
                                                    addition, SAE will implement                            injury or death of marine mammals                     ‘‘requirements pertaining to the
                                                    shutdown measures when aggregations                     wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may              monitoring and reporting of such
                                                    of bowhead whales or gray whales that                   contribute to this goal).                             taking.’’ The MMPA implementing
                                                    appear to be engaged in non-migratory                                                                         regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13)
                                                    significant biological behavior (e.g.,                     2. A reduction in the numbers of
                                                                                                            marine mammals (total number or                       indicate that requests for ITAs must
                                                    feeding, socializing) are observed within                                                                     include the suggested means of
                                                    the 160-dB harassment zone around the                   number at biologically important time
                                                                                                            or location) exposed to received levels               accomplishing the necessary monitoring
                                                    seismic operations.                                                                                           and reporting that will result in
                                                                                                            of seismic airguns, or other activities
                                                    Poor Visibility Conditions                              expected to result in the take of marine              increased knowledge of the species and
                                                                                                            mammals (this goal may contribute to 1,               of the level of taking or impacts on
                                                       SAE plans to conduct 24-hour
                                                                                                            above, or to reducing harassment takes                populations of marine mammals that are
                                                    operations. PSOs will not be on duty
                                                                                                            only).                                                expected to be present in the proposed
                                                    during ongoing seismic operations
                                                                                                                                                                  action area. SAE submitted a marine
                                                    during darkness, given the very limited                    3. A reduction in the number of times              mammal monitoring plan as part of the
                                                    effectiveness of visual observation at                  (total number or number at biologically               IHA application. The plan may be
                                                    night (there will be no periods of                      important time or location) individuals               modified or supplemented based on
                                                    darkness in the survey area until mid-                  would be exposed to received levels of                comments or new information received
                                                    August). The provisions associated with                 seismic airguns or other activities                   from the public during the public
                                                    operations at night or in periods of poor               expected to result in the take of marine              comment period or from the peer review
                                                    visibility include the following:                       mammals (this goal may contribute to 1,
                                                       • If during foggy conditions, heavy                                                                        panel (see the ‘‘Monitoring Plan Peer
                                                                                                            above, or to reducing harassment takes                Review’’ section later in this document).
                                                    snow or rain, or darkness (which may be                 only).
                                                    encountered starting in late August), the                                                                        Monitoring measures prescribed by
                                                                                                               4. A reduction in the intensity of                 NMFS should accomplish one or more
                                                    full 180 dB exclusion zone is not
                                                                                                            exposures (either total number or                     of the following general goals:
                                                    visible, the airguns cannot commence a
                                                                                                            number at biologically important time                    1. An increase in our understanding
                                                    ramp-up procedure from a full shut-
                                                                                                            or location) to received levels of seismic            of the likely occurrence of marine
                                                    down.
                                                       • If one or more airguns have been                   airguns or other activities expected to               mammal species in the vicinity of the
                                                    operational before nightfall or before the              result in the take of marine mammals                  action, i.e., presence, abundance,
                                                    onset of poor visibility conditions, they               (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or             distribution, and/or density of species.
                                                    can remain operational throughout the                   to reducing the severity of harassment                   2. An increase in our understanding
                                                    night or poor visibility conditions. In                 takes only).                                          of the nature, scope, or context of the
                                                    this case ramp-up procedures can be                        5. Avoidance or minimization of                    likely exposure of marine mammal
                                                    initiated, even though the exclusion                    adverse effects to marine mammal                      species to any of the potential stressor(s)
                                                    zone may not be visible, on the                         habitat, paying special attention to the              associated with the action (e.g. sound or
                                                    assumption that marine mammals will                     food base, activities that block or limit             visual stimuli), through better
                                                    be alerted by the sounds from the single                passage to or from biologically                       understanding of one or more of the
                                                    airgun and have moved away.                             important areas, permanent destruction                following: the action itself and its
                                                                                                            of habitat, or temporary destruction/                 environment (e.g. sound source
                                                    Mitigation Conclusions                                  disturbance of habitat during a                       characterization, propagation, and
                                                      NMFS has carefully evaluated SAE’s                    biologically important time.                          ambient noise levels); the affected
                                                    proposed mitigation measures and                                                                              species (e.g. life history or dive pattern);
                                                                                                               6. For monitoring directly related to              the likely co-occurrence of marine
                                                    considered a range of other measures in                 mitigation—an increase in the
                                                    the context of ensuring that NMFS                                                                             mammal species with the action (in
                                                                                                            probability of detecting marine                       whole or part) associated with specific
                                                    prescribes the means of effecting the                   mammals, thus allowing for more
                                                    least practicable impact on the affected                                                                      adverse effects; and/or the likely
                                                                                                            effective implementation of the                       biological or behavioral context of
                                                    marine mammal species and stocks and                    mitigation.
                                                    their habitat. Our evaluation of potential                                                                    exposure to the stressor for the marine
                                                    measures included consideration of the                     Based on our evaluation of the                     mammal (e.g. age class of exposed
                                                    following factors in relation to one                    applicant’s proposed measures, as well                animals or known pupping, calving or
                                                    another:                                                as other measures considered by NMFS,                 feeding areas).
                                                      • The manner in which, and the                        NMFS has preliminarily determined                        3. An increase in our understanding
                                                    degree to which, the successful                         that the proposed mitigation measures                 of how individual marine mammals
                                                    implementation of the measures are                      provide the means of effecting the least              respond (behaviorally or
                                                    expected to minimize adverse impacts                    practicable impact on marine mammals                  physiologically) to the specific stressors
                                                    to marine mammals;                                      species or stocks and their habitat,                  associated with the action (in specific
                                                      • The proven or likely efficacy of the                paying particular attention to rookeries,             contexts, where possible, e.g., at what
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    specific measure to minimize adverse                    mating grounds, and areas of similar                  distance or received level).
                                                    impacts as planned; and                                 significance. Proposed measures to                       4. An increase in our understanding
                                                      • The practicability of the measure                   ensure availability of such species or                of how anticipated individual
                                                    for applicant implementation.                           stock for taking for certain subsistence              responses, to individual stressors or
                                                      Any mitigation measure(s) prescribed                  uses are discussed later in this                      anticipated combinations of stressors,
                                                    by NMFS should be able to accomplish,                   document (see ‘‘Impact on Availability                may impact either: the long-term fitness
                                                    have a reasonable likelihood of                         of Affected Species or Stock for Taking               and survival of an individual; or the
                                                    accomplishing (based on current                         for Subsistence Uses’’ section).                      population, species, or stock (e.g.


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices                                            20099

                                                    through effects on annual rates of                      mammal monitoring will provide the                    down, power down and speed/course
                                                    recruitment or survival).                               basis for real-time mitigation measures               alteration mitigation procedures when
                                                       5. An increase in our understanding                  as discussed in the Mitigation Measures               applicable. Advise marine crew of
                                                    of how the activity affects marine                      section. In addition, monitoring results              mitigation procedures.
                                                    mammal habitat, such as through effects                 of the vessel-based monitoring program                   • Monitoring: Observe for marine
                                                    on prey sources or acoustic habitat (e.g.,              will include the estimation of the                    mammals and determine numbers of
                                                    through characterization of longer-term                 number of ‘‘takes’’ as stipulated in the              marine mammals exposed to sound
                                                    contributions of multiple sound sources                 IHA.                                                  pulses and their reactions (where
                                                    to rising ambient noise levels and                                                                            applicable) and document those as
                                                    assessment of the potential chronic                     (1) PSOs
                                                                                                                                                                  required.
                                                    effects on marine mammals).                                Vessel-based monitoring for marine
                                                       6. An increase in understanding of the               mammals will be done by trained PSOs                  (3) Observer Qualifications and Training
                                                    impacts of the activity on marine                       throughout the period of survey                          Crew leaders and most PSOs will be
                                                    mammals in combination with the                         activities. The observers will monitor                individuals with experience as
                                                    impacts of other anthropogenic                          the occurrence of marine mammals near                 observers during recent seismic, site
                                                    activities or natural factors occurring in              the survey vessel during all daylight                 clearance and shallow hazards, and
                                                    the region.                                             periods during operation, and during                  other monitoring projects in Alaska or
                                                       7. An increase in our understanding                  most daylight periods when operations                 other offshore areas in recent years. New
                                                    of the effectiveness of mitigation and                  are not occurring. PSO duties will                    or inexperienced PSOs will be paired
                                                    monitoring measures.                                    include watching for and identifying                  with an experienced PSO or
                                                       8. An increase in the probability of                 marine mammals; recording their                       experienced field biologist so that the
                                                    detecting marine mammals (through                       numbers, distances, and reactions to the              quality of marine mammal observations
                                                    improved technology or methodology),                    survey operations; and documenting                    and data recording is kept consistent.
                                                    both specifically within the safety zone                ‘‘take by harassment.’’                                  Biologist-observers will have previous
                                                    (thus allowing for more effective                          A sufficient number of PSOs will be                marine mammal observation experience,
                                                    implementation of the mitigation) and                   required onboard each survey vessel to                and field crew leaders will be highly
                                                    in general, to better achieve the above                 meet the following criteria:                          experienced with previous vessel-based
                                                    goals.                                                     • 100% Monitoring coverage during                  marine mammal monitoring and
                                                    Proposed Monitoring Measures                            all periods of survey operations in                   mitigation projects. Resumes for those
                                                                                                            daylight;                                             individuals will be provided to NMFS
                                                       Monitoring will provide information                     • Maximum of 4 consecutive hours                   for review and acceptance of their
                                                    on the numbers of marine mammals                        on watch per PSO; and                                 qualifications. Inupiat observers will be
                                                    potentially affected by the exploration                    • Maximum of 12 hours of watch
                                                    operations and facilitate real-time                                                                           experienced in the region and familiar
                                                                                                            time per day per PSO.
                                                    mitigation to prevent injury of marine                                                                        with the marine mammals of the area.
                                                                                                               PSO teams will consist of Inupiat
                                                    mammals by industrial sounds or                                                                               All observers will complete a NMFS-
                                                                                                            observers and experienced field
                                                    activities. These goals will be                                                                               approved observer training course
                                                                                                            biologists. Each vessel will have an
                                                    accomplished in the Beaufort Sea                                                                              designed to familiarize individuals with
                                                                                                            experienced field crew leader to
                                                    during 2015 by conducting vessel-based                                                                        monitoring and data collection
                                                                                                            supervise the PSO team. The total
                                                    monitoring and passive acoustic                                                                               procedures.
                                                                                                            number of PSOs may decrease later in
                                                    monitoring to document marine                           the season as the duration of daylight                   PSOs will complete a 2-day or 3-day
                                                    mammal presence and distribution in                     decreases.                                            training and refresher session on marine
                                                    the vicinity of the survey area.                                                                              mammal monitoring, to be conducted
                                                       Visual monitoring by Protected                       (2) PSO Role and Responsibilities                     shortly before the anticipated start of the
                                                    Species Observers (PSOs) during                           When onboard the seismic and                        2015 open-water season. Any
                                                    seismic survey operations, and periods                  support vessels, there are three major                exceptions will have or receive
                                                    when these surveys are not occurring,                   parts to the PSO position:                            equivalent experience or training. The
                                                    will provide information on the                           • Observe and record sensitive                      training session(s) will be conducted by
                                                    numbers of marine mammals potentially                   wildlife species;                                     qualified marine mammalogists with
                                                    affected by these activities and facilitate               • Ensure mitigation procedures are                  extensive crew-leader experience during
                                                    real-time mitigation to prevent impacts                 followed accordingly; and                             previous vessel-based seismic
                                                    to marine mammals by industrial                           • Follow monitoring and data                        monitoring programs.
                                                    sounds or operations. Vessel-based                      collection procedures.                                (4) Marine Mammal Observer Protocol
                                                    PSOs onboard the survey vessels and                       The main roles of the PSO and the
                                                    mitigation vessel will record the                       monitoring program are to ensure                        Source vessels will employ PSOs to
                                                    numbers and species of marine                           compliance with regulations set in place              identify marine mammals during all
                                                    mammals observed in the area and any                    by NMFS to ensure that disturbance of                 hours of airgun operations. To better
                                                    observable reaction of marine mammals                   marine mammals is minimized, and                      observe the exclusion zone, a lead PSO,
                                                    to the survey activities in the Beaufort                potential effects on marine mammals are               one or two PSOs, and an Inupiaq
                                                    Sea.                                                    documented. The PSOs will implement                   communicator will be on primary
                                                                                                            the monitoring and mitigation measures                source vessel and two PSOs will be
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    Visual-Based PSOs                                       specified in the IHA (if issued). The                 stationed aboard the secondary source
                                                      The visual-based marine mammal                        primary purposes of the PSOs on board                 vessel. (The total number of observers is
                                                    monitoring will be implemented by a                     of the vessels are:                                   limited by available berthing space
                                                    team of experienced PSOs, including                       • Mitigation: Implement mitigation                  aboard the vessels.) The three to four
                                                    both biologists and Inupiat personnel.                  clearing and ramp up measures, observe                total observers aboard the primary
                                                    PSOs will be stationed aboard both                      for and detect marine mammals within,                 source vessel will allow two observers
                                                    survey vessels through the duration of                  or about to enter the applicable safety               simultaneously on watch during
                                                    the project. The vessel-based marine                    zone and implement necessary shut                     daylight hours.


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                    20100                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices

                                                       The PSOs will watch for marine                       etc.), closest point of approach, and                 Particular attention will be given to the
                                                    mammals during all periods of source                    behavioral pace;                                      detection of bowhead whale
                                                    operations and for a minimum of 30                        • Time, location, speed, and activity               vocalizations since this is a species of
                                                    minutes prior to the planned start of                   of the source and mitigation vessels, sea             particular concern due to its importance
                                                    airgun or pinger operations after an                    state, ice cover, visibility, and sun glare;          for local subsistence hunting.
                                                    extended shutdown. Marine mammal                        and                                                     PAM recordings will also be used to
                                                    monitoring shall continue throughout                      • Positions of other vessel(s) in the               detect and quantify airgun pulses from
                                                    airgun operations and last for 30                       vicinity.                                             the survey as recorded on the PAM
                                                    minutes after the finish of airgun firing.              Acoustic Monitoring                                   recorders, to provide information about
                                                    SAE vessel crew and operations                                                                                the long-range propagation of the survey
                                                    personnel will also watch for marine                    (1) Sound Source Measurements                         noise.
                                                    mammals, as practical, to assist and                       Since the same airgun array of 620 in3             Monitoring Plan Peer Review
                                                    alert the PSOs for the airgun(s) to be                  and a single mitigation airgun of 10 in3
                                                    shut down if marine mammals are                         to be used were empirically measured in                  The MMPA requires that monitoring
                                                    observed in or about to enter the                       the generally same seismic survey                     plans be independently peer reviewed
                                                    exclusion zone.                                         vicinity in 2014 (Heath 2014), NMFS                   ‘‘where the proposed activity may affect
                                                       The PSOs will watch for marine                       does not think additional SSV tests for               the availability of a species or stock for
                                                    mammals from the best available                         this array and a single airgun is                     taking for subsistence uses’’ (16 U.S.C.
                                                    vantage point on the survey vessels,                    necessary for the 2015 seismic survey.                1371(a)(5)(D)(ii)(III)). Regarding this
                                                    typically the bridge. The PSOs will scan                However, if SAE decides to use the                    requirement, NMFS’ implementing
                                                    the area around the vessel                              1,240 in3 airgun arrays for deeper water,             regulations state, ‘‘Upon receipt of a
                                                    systematically with reticle binoculars                  SSV on these arrays is required before                complete monitoring plan, and at its
                                                    (e.g., 7 × 50 and 16–40 × 80) and with                  the commencement of the surveys.                      discretion, [NMFS] will either submit
                                                    the naked eye. Laser range finders (Leica               Results of the acoustic characterization              the plan to members of a peer review
                                                    LRF 1200 laser rangefinder or                           and SSV will be used to establish the                 panel for review or within 60 days of
                                                    equivalent) will be available to assist                 190 dB, 180 dB, 170 dB, and 160 dB                    receipt of the proposed monitoring plan,
                                                    with distance estimation.                               isopleths for the 1,240 in3 airgun arrays.            schedule a workshop to review the
                                                       The observers will give particular                      The results of the SSV will be                     plan’’ (50 CFR 216.108(d)).
                                                    attention to the areas within the marine                submitted to NMFS within five days                       NMFS has established an
                                                    mammal exclusion zones around the                       after completing the measurements,                    independent peer review panel to
                                                    source vessels. These zones are the                     followed by a report to be submitted                  review SAE’s 4MP for the proposed
                                                    maximum distances within which                          within 14 days after completion of the                seismic survey in the Beaufort Sea. The
                                                    received levels may exceed 180 dB (rms)                 measurements. A more detailed report                  panel has met in early March 2015, and
                                                    re 1 mPa (rms) for cetaceans, or 190 dB                 will be provided to NMFS as part of the               will provide comments to NMFS in
                                                    (rms) re 1 mPa for pinnipeds.                           required 90-day report following                      April 2015. After completion of the peer
                                                       When a marine mammal is seen                         completion of the acoustic program.                   review, NMFS will consider all
                                                    approaching or within the exclusion                                                                           recommendations made by the panel,
                                                                                                            (2) Passive Acoustic Monitoring
                                                    zone applicable to that species, the                                                                          incorporate appropriate changes into the
                                                    seismic survey crew will be notified                       SAE proposes to conduct Passive                    monitoring requirements of the IHA (if
                                                    immediately so that mitigation measures                 Acoustical Monitoring (PAM) using                     issued), and publish the panel’s findings
                                                    called for in the applicable                            specialized autonomous passive                        and recommendations in the final IHA
                                                    authorization(s) can be implemented.                    acoustical recorders. These recorders                 notice of issuance or denial document.
                                                       Night-vision equipment (Generation 3                 will be deployed on the seabed and will
                                                    binocular image intensifiers or                         record continuously. The recorders will               Reporting Measures
                                                    equivalent units) will be available for                 sit directly on the seabed and will be                (1) Sound Source Verification Report
                                                    use if and when needed. Past experience                 attached to a ground line with a small
                                                    with night-vision devices (NVDs) in the                 weight at its end. Each recorder will be                As discussed earlier, if SAE plans to
                                                    Beaufort Sea and elsewhere has                          retrieved by using a grapple to catch the             use the 1,240 in3 airgun arrays, SSV
                                                    indicated that NVDs are not nearly as                   ground line and recover the unit.                     tests on these arrays will be required. A
                                                    effective as visual observation during                                                                        report on the preliminary results of the
                                                                                                            PAM Deployment                                        sound source verification
                                                    daylight hours (e.g., Harris et al. 1997,
                                                    1998; Moulton and Lawson 2002).                           Passive acoustic recorders will be                  measurements, including the measured
                                                                                                            deployed in an arrangement                            190, 180, 170, and 160 dB (rms) radii of
                                                    (5) Field Data-Recording                                surrounding the survey area for the                   the 1,240 in3 airgun array, would be
                                                       The PSOs will record field                           purposes of PAM. The data collected                   submitted within 14 days after
                                                    observation data and information about                  will be used for post-season analysis of              collection of those measurements at the
                                                    marine mammal sightings that include:                   marine mammal vocalization detections                 start of the field season. This report will
                                                       • Species, group size, age/size/sex                  to help inform an assessment of                       specify the distances of the exclusion
                                                    categories (if determinable);                           potential disturbance effects. The PAM                zones that were adopted for the survey.
                                                       • Physical description of features that              data will also provide information about              (2) Weekly Reports
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    were observed or determined not to be                   the long-range propagation of the airgun
                                                    present in the case of unknown or                       noise.                                                  SAE will submit weekly reports to
                                                    unidentified animals;                                                                                         NMFS no later than the close of
                                                       • Behavior when first sighted and                    Data Analysis                                         business (Alaska Time) each Thursday
                                                    after initial sighting, heading (if                       PAM recordings will be processed at                 during the weeks when seismic surveys
                                                    consistent);                                            the end of the season using marine                    take place. The field reports will
                                                       • Bearing and distance from observer,                mammal detection and classification                   summarize species detected, in-water
                                                    apparent reaction to activities (e.g.,                  software capable of detecting                         activity occurring at the time of the
                                                    none, avoidance, approach, paralleling,                 vocalizations from marine mammals.                    sighting, behavioral reactions to in-


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices                                            20101

                                                    water activities, and the number of                     and when it is not, to better assess                     • Species identification or
                                                    marine mammals exposed to harassment                    impacts to marine mammals—the final                   description of the animal(s) involved;
                                                    level noise.                                            and comprehensive report to NMFS                         • Fate of the animal(s); and
                                                                                                            should summarize and plot:                               • Photographs or video footage of the
                                                    (3) Monthly Reports
                                                                                                               • Data for periods when a seismic                  animal(s) (if equipment is available).
                                                       SAE will submit monthly reports to                   array is active and when it is not; and                  Activities would not resume until
                                                    NMFS for all months during which                           • The respective predicted received                NMFS is able to review the
                                                    seismic surveys take place. The monthly                 sound conditions over fairly large areas              circumstances of the prohibited take.
                                                    reports will contain and summarize the                  (tens of km) around operations;                       NMFS would work with SAE to
                                                    following information:                                     (e) Sighting rates of marine mammals               determine what is necessary to
                                                       • Dates, times, locations, heading,                  during periods with and without airgun                minimize the likelihood of further
                                                    speed, weather, sea conditions                          activities (and other variables that could            prohibited take and ensure MMPA
                                                    (including Beaufort Sea state and wind                  affect detectability), such as:                       compliance. SAE would not be able to
                                                    force), and associated activities during                   • Initial sighting distances versus                resume its activities until notified by
                                                    the seismic survey and marine mammal                    airgun activity state;                                NMFS via letter, email, or telephone.
                                                    sightings.                                                 • Closest point of approach versus                    In the event that SAE discovers a dead
                                                       • Species, number, location, distance                airgun activity state;                                marine mammal, and the lead PSO
                                                    from the vessel, and behavior of any                       • Observed behaviors and types of                  determines that the cause of the death
                                                    sighted marine mammals, as well as                      movements versus airgun activity state;               is unknown and the death is relatively
                                                    associated surveys (number of                              • Numbers of sightings/individuals                 recent (i.e., in less than a moderate state
                                                    shutdowns), observed throughout all                     seen versus airgun activity state;                    of decomposition as described in the
                                                    monitoring activities.                                     • Distribution around the survey                   next paragraph), SAE would
                                                       • An estimate of the number (by                      vessel versus airgun activity state; and              immediately report the incident to the
                                                    species) of: (i) Pinnipeds that have been                  • Estimates of take by harassment;                 Chief of the Permits and Conservation
                                                    exposed to the seismic surveys (based                      (f) Results from all hypothesis tests,             Division, Office of Protected Resources,
                                                    on visual observation) at received levels               including estimates of the associated                 NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding
                                                    greater than or equal to 160 dB re 1 mPa                statistical power, when practicable;                  Hotline and/or by email to the Alaska
                                                    (rms) and/or 190 dB re 1 mPa (rms) with                    (g) Estimates of uncertainty in all take           Regional Stranding Coordinators. The
                                                    a discussion of any specific behaviors                  estimates, with uncertainty expressed                 report would include the same
                                                    those individuals exhibited; and (ii)                   by the presentation of confidence limits,             information identified in the paragraph
                                                    cetaceans that have been exposed to the                 a minimum-maximum, posterior                          above. Activities would be able to
                                                    geophysical activity (based on visual                   probability distribution, or another                  continue while NMFS reviews the
                                                    observation) at received levels greater                 applicable method, with the exact                     circumstances of the incident. NMFS
                                                    than or equal to 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms)                  approach to be selected based on the                  would work with SAE to determine
                                                    and/or 180 dB re 1 mPa (rms) with a                     sampling method and data available;                   whether modifications in the activities
                                                    discussion of any specific behaviors                       (h) A clear comparison of authorized               are appropriate.
                                                    those individuals exhibited.                            takes and the level of actual estimated                  In the event that SAE discovers a dead
                                                                                                            takes; and                                            marine mammal, and the lead PSO
                                                    (4) Technical Report                                       (5) Notification of Injured or Dead                determines that the death is not
                                                       The results of SAE’s 2015 vessel-                    Marine Mammals                                        associated with or related to the
                                                    based monitoring, including estimates                      In the unanticipated event that the                activities authorized in the IHA (e.g.,
                                                    of ‘‘take’’ by harassment, will be                      specified activity clearly causes the take            previously wounded animal, carcass
                                                    presented first in a ‘‘90-day’’ draft                   of a marine mammal in a manner                        with moderate to advanced
                                                    Technical Report, to be submitted to                    prohibited by the IHA, such as a serious              decomposition, or scavenger damage),
                                                    NMFS within 90 days after the end of                    injury, or mortality (e.g., ship-strike,              SAE would report the incident to the
                                                    the seismic survey, and then in a final                 gear interaction, and/or entanglement),               Chief of the Permits and Conservation
                                                    Technical Report, which will address                    SAE would immediately cease the                       Division, Office of Protected Resources,
                                                    any comments NMFS had on the draft.                     specified activities and immediately                  NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding
                                                    The Technical Report will include:                      report the incident to the Chief of the               Hotline and/or by email to the Alaska
                                                       (a) Summaries of monitoring effort                   Permits and Conservation Division,                    Regional Stranding Coordinators, within
                                                    (e.g., total hours, total distances, and                Office of Protected Resources, NMFS,                  24 hours of the discovery. SAE would
                                                    marine mammal distribution through                      and the Alaska Regional Stranding                     provide photographs or video footage (if
                                                    the study period, accounting for sea                    Coordinators. The report would include                available) or other documentation of the
                                                    state and other factors affecting                       the following information:                            stranded animal sighting to NMFS and
                                                    visibility and detectability of marine                     • Time, date, and location (latitude/              the Marine Mammal Stranding Network.
                                                    mammals);                                               longitude) of the incident;                           SAE can continue its operations under
                                                       (b) Analyses of the effects of various                  • Name and type of vessel involved;                such a case.
                                                    factors influencing detectability of                       • Vessel’s speed during and leading
                                                    marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number                                                                       Monitoring Results From Previously
                                                                                                            up to the incident;
                                                    of observers, and fog/glare);                              • Description of the incident;                     Authorized Activities
                                                       (c) Species composition, occurrence,                    • Status of all sound source use in the              SAE was issued an IHA for a 3D OBN
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    and distribution of marine mammal                       24 hours preceding the incident;                      seismic survey in the same area of the
                                                    sightings, including date, water depth,                    • Water depth;                                     proposed 2015 seismic survey in the
                                                    numbers, age/size/gender categories (if                    • Environmental conditions (e.g.,                  Beaufort Sea during the 2014 Arctic
                                                    determinable), group sizes, and ice                     wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea                open-water season. SAE conducted the
                                                    cover;                                                  state, cloud cover, and visibility);                  seismic survey between August 25 and
                                                       (d) Data analysis separated into                        • Description of all marine mammal                 September 30, 2014. The technical
                                                    periods when a seismic airgun array (or                 observations in the 24 hours preceding                report (90-day report) submitted by SAE
                                                    a single mitigation airgun) is operating                the incident;                                         indicates that one beluga whale and 2


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00019   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                    20102                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices

                                                    spotted seals were observed within the                  180-, and 160-dB isopleths expected to                extralimital species such as humpback
                                                    180-dB exclusion zones during the                       be produced by the proposed seismic                   whales, narwhals, and ribbon seals.
                                                    survey that prompted immediate                          surveys and then used those isopleths to              Encountering these animals during the
                                                    shutdown. Two additional spotted seals                  estimate takes by harassment. NMFS                    seismic program would be unexpected.
                                                    were detected within the zone of                        used those calculations to make the                   The density derivations for the five
                                                    influence when the airgun arrays were                   necessary MMPA findings. SAE                          species presented in Table 4 are
                                                    firing. Post-activity analysis based on                 provided a full description of the                    provided in the discussions below.
                                                    total sighting data concluded that up to                methodology used to estimate takes by
                                                    approximately 5 beluga whales and 264                   harassment in its IHA application,                     TABLE 4—MARINE MAMMAL DENSITIES
                                                    pinnipeds (likely all spotted seals due to              which is also provided in the following                   (#/km2) IN THE BEAUFORT SEA
                                                    their large numbers) could be exposed                   sections.
                                                    to received levels above 160-dB re 1                                                                                     Species                 Summer    Fall
                                                                                                            Acoustic Footprint
                                                    mPa. Some of these could be exposed to
                                                    levels that may have Level A                               The acoustical footprint that could                 Bowhead whale ............         0.0049   0.0066
                                                    harassment which was not authorized                     cause harassment (Levels A and B) was                  Beluga whale ................      0.0020   0.0057
                                                    under the previous IHA. Nevertheless,                   determined by placing a 160-dB isopleth                Ringed seal ...................    0.3547   0.2510
                                                                                                            buffer around the area that would be                   Spotted seal ..................    0.0177   0.0125
                                                    take of Level B harassment were under
                                                                                                            surveyed (shot) during the 2015 open                   Bearded seal ................      0.0177   0.0125
                                                    the take limits allowed by the IHA
                                                    issued to SAE.                                          water season (777 km2). SAE stated that
                                                                                                            for the majority of its proposed 2015                    Bowhead Whale: The summer density
                                                       Based on the monitoring results from
                                                                                                            seismic survey, a 620 in3 airgun array                estimate for bowhead whales was
                                                    SAE’s 2014 seismic survey, NMFS is re-
                                                                                                            would be used. However, to make                       derived from July and August aerial
                                                    evaluating the potential effects on
                                                                                                            conservative impact analysis, SAE uses                survey data collected in the Beaufort
                                                    marine mammals and requested SAE to
                                                                                                            the acoustic footprint of a large 1,240               Sea during the Aerial Surveys of Arctic
                                                    conduct analysis on potential Level A
                                                                                                            in3 array for this analysis.                          Marine Mammals (ASAMM) program in
                                                    takes (see ‘‘Estimated Take by Incidental
                                                    Harassment’’ section below).                               There are no precise estimates for the             2012 and 2013. During this period, 276
                                                                                                            1,240-in3 array. The estimated distances              bowhead whales were record along
                                                    Estimated Take by Incidental                            to the 160 dB isopleth for the 1,240-in3              24,560 km of transect line, or 0.0112
                                                    Harassment                                              array is based on the sound source                    whales per km of transect line.
                                                      Except with respect to certain                        measurements from Austin and Warner                   Applying an effective strip half-width
                                                    activities not pertinent here, the MMPA                 (2012) for a 1,200-in3 array in Cook                  (ESW) of 1.15 (Ferguson and Clarke
                                                    defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: Any act of                   Inlet. The results showed a measured                  2013), results in an uncorrected density
                                                    pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)                distance of 5.2 km to the 160 dB                      of 0.0049. This is a much higher density
                                                    has the potential to injure a marine                    isopleths (Table 3). Placing a 5.2-km                 than previous estimates (e.g., Brandon et
                                                    mammal or marine mammal stock in the                    buffer around the 777 km2 maximum                     al. 2011) due to relatively high numbers
                                                    wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has                  shot area results in an estimated annual              of whales recorded in the Beaufort Sea
                                                    the potential to disturb a marine                       ZOI of 1,463 km2 (565 mi2), which is the              in August 2013. In 2013, 205 whales
                                                    mammal or marine mammal stock in the                    ZOI value used in the exposure estimate               were recorded along 9,758 km of
                                                    wild by causing disruption of behavioral                calculations.                                         transect line, with 78% of the sightings
                                                    patterns, including, but not limited to,                   Because the exact location of the 2015             (160 whales) recorded the eastern most
                                                    migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,                shoot area is currently unknown, the                  blocks 4, 5, 6, and 7. In contrast, 26 of
                                                    feeding, or sheltering [Level B                         distribution of marine mammal habitat                 the 71 whales (37%) recorded on-
                                                    harassment].                                            within the shoot area is unknown.                     transect during summer 2012 were at or
                                                      Takes by Level A and Level B                          However, within the 4,562 km2                         near Barrow Canyon (Block 12), or the
                                                    harassments of some species are                         potential survey box, 18% (860 km2)                   western extreme of the Alaskan Beaufort
                                                    anticipated as a result of SAE’s                        falls within the 0 to 1.5 m water depth               Sea, while another 26 (37%) were
                                                    proposed 3D seismic survey. NMFS                        range, 17% (753 km2) falls within the                 recorded at the eastern extreme (Blocks
                                                    expects marine mammal takes could                       1.5 to 5 m range, 36% (1,635 km2)                     4, 5, 6, and 7). During these years lesser
                                                    result from noise propagation from                      within the 5 to 15 m range, and 30                    numbers were observed in Blocks 1 and
                                                    operation of seismic airguns. NMFS                      percent% (1,348 km2) within waters                    3 where the actual seismic survey is
                                                    does not expect marine mammals would                    greater than 15 m deep (bowhead                       planned.
                                                    be taken by collision with seismic and                  migration corridor). Thus, not all the                   Fall density estimate was determined
                                                    support vessels, because the vessels will               area that could be surveyed in 2015                   from September and October ASAMM
                                                    be moving at low speeds, and PSOs on                    constitutes bowhead summer (>5 m                      data collected from 2006 to 2013. The
                                                    the survey vessels and the mitigation                   depth) or fall migrating (>15 m depth)                Western Arctic stock of bowhead whale
                                                    vessel will be monitoring for marine                    habitat. Further, few of the lease areas              has grown considerably since the late
                                                    mammals and will be able to alert the                   that could be shot in 2015 extend into                1970s; thus, data collected prior to 2006
                                                    vessels to avoid any marine mammals in                  the deeper waters of the potential                    probably does not well represent current
                                                    the area.                                               survey box. The distribution of these                 whale densities. From 2006 to 2013,
                                                      For impulse sounds, such as those                     depth ranges is found in Figure 6–1 of                1,286 bowhead whales were recorded
                                                    produced by the airguns proposed to be                                                                        along 84,400 km of transect line, or
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                                                                            SAE’s IHA application.
                                                    used in SAE’s 3D OBN seismic surveys,                                                                         0.1524 per km. Using an ESW of 1.15
                                                    NMFS uses the 180 and 190 dB (rms) re                   Marine Mammal Densities                               results in an uncorrected density of
                                                    1 mPa isopleth to indicate the onset of                   Density estimates were derived for                  0.0066.
                                                    Level A harassment for cetaceans and                    bowhead whales, beluga whales, ringed                    ASAMM aerial survey data was
                                                    pinnipeds, respectively; and the 160 dB                 seals, spotted seals, and bearded seals as            collected during summer and fall 2014,
                                                    (rms) re 1 mPa isopleth for Level B                     described below and shown in Table 4.                 and is available to view as daily reports
                                                    harassment of all marine mammals. SAE                   There are no available Beaufort Sea                   (http://www.afsc.noaa.gov/NMML/
                                                    provided calculations of the 190-,                      density estimates for gray whales, or                 cetacean/bwasp/flights_2014.php), but


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00020   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices                                                 20103

                                                    because this data has not yet been fully                              not yet been checked for accuracy and,                 densities from Moulton and Lawson
                                                    vetted, it is not yet appropriate for use                             therefore, is not yet appropriate for                  (2002) and Kingsley (1986) by 0.05.
                                                    in estimating bowhead densities in the                                estimating density (SAE, 2015).                        However, monitoring conducted by
                                                    Beaufort Sea (SAE, 2015). Nevertheless,                               Regardless, the data that is available                 Lomac-MacNair et al. (2014a) of SAE’s
                                                    the daily reports do indicate unusual                                 from online daily reports (http://                     2014 seismic program near the Colville
                                                    nearshore concentrations of (Beaufort                                 www.afsc.noaa.gov/NMML/cetacean/                       River Delta showed higher than
                                                    Sea) bowheads in both late August and                                 bwasp/flights_2014.php) indicates that a               expected spotted seal use of the
                                                    late September of 2014.                                               number of belugas were observed near                   potential seismic survey area, probably
                                                       Beluga Whale: There is little                                      shore in 2014, especially during the                   due to repeated sightings of local
                                                    information on summer use by beluga                                   summer.                                                spotted seals closer to the Delta haul out
                                                    whales in the Beaufort Sea. Moore et al.                                 Spotted Seal: Surveys for ringed seals              sites. This information was used to
                                                    (2000) reported that only nine beluga                                 have been recently conducted in the                    adjust the take requests.
                                                    whales were recorded in waters less                                   Beaufort Sea by Kingsley (1986), Frost et
                                                                                                                                                                                    Bearded Seal: Bearded seals were also
                                                    than 50 m deep during 11,985 km of                                    al. (2002), Moulton and Lawson (2002),
                                                                                                                                                                                 recorded in Harrison Bay and the
                                                    transect survey effort, or about 0.00057                              Green and Negri (2005), and Green et al.
                                                                                                                                                                                 Colville River Delta by Green and Negri
                                                    whales per km. Assuming an ESW of                                     (2006, 2007). The shipboard monitoring
                                                                                                                          surveys by Green and Negri (2005) and                  (2005) and Green et al. (2006, 2007), but
                                                    0.614, the derived corrected density
                                                                                                                          Green et al. (2006, 2007) were not                     at lower proportions to ringed seals than
                                                    would be 0.00046 whales per square
                                                                                                                          systematically based, but are useful in                spotted seals. However, estimating
                                                    mile. The same data did show much
                                                                                                                          estimating the general composition of                  bearded seal densities based on the
                                                    higher beluga numbers in deeper waters.
                                                                                                                          pinnipeds in the Beaufort nearshore,                   proportion of bearded seals observed
                                                       During the summer aerial surveys
                                                                                                                          including the Colville River Delta. Frost              during the barge-based surveys results
                                                    conducted during the 2012 and 2013
                                                                                                                          et al.’s aerial surveys were conducted                 in densities estimates that appear
                                                    ASAMM program (Clarke et al. 2013,
                                                                                                                          during ice coverage and do not fully                   unrealistically low given density
                                                    2014), six beluga whales were observed
                                                                                                                          represent the summer and fall                          estimates from other studies, especially
                                                    along 2,497 km of transect in waters less
                                                                                                                          conditions under which the Beaufort                    given that nearby Thetis Island is used
                                                    than 20 m deep and between longitudes
                                                                                                                                                                                 as a base for annually hunting this seal
                                                    140 °W and 154 °W (the area within                                    surveys will occur. Moulton and
                                                                                                                          Lawson (2002) conducted summer                         (densities are seasonally high enough
                                                    which the seismic survey would fall).
                                                                                                                          shipboard-based surveys for pinnipeds                  for focused hunting). For conservative
                                                    This equates to 0.0024 whales per km of
                                                                                                                          along the nearshore Beaufort Sea coast                 purposes, the bearded seal density
                                                    trackline and an uncorrected density of
                                                                                                                          and developed seasonal average and                     values used in this application are
                                                    0.0020 assuming an ESW of 0.614.
                                                       Calculated fall beluga densities are                               maximum densities representative of                    derived from Stirling et al.’s (1982)
                                                    approximately twice as high as summer.                                SAE’s Beaufort summer seismic project,                 observations that the proportion of
                                                    Between 2006 and 2013, 2,356 beluga                                   while the Kingsley (1986) conducted                    eastern Beaufort Sea bearded seals is 5%
                                                    were recorded along 83,631 km of                                      surveys along the ice margin                           that of ringed seals, similar as was done
                                                    transect line flown during September                                  representing fall conditions.                          for spotted seals.
                                                    and October, or 0.0281 beluga per km of                                  Green and Negri (2005) and Green et                 Level B Exposure Calculations
                                                    transect. Assuming an ESW of 0.614                                    al. (2006, 2007) recorded pinnipeds
                                                    gives an uncorrected density of 0.0229.                               during barging activity between West                     The estimated potential harassment
                                                    However, unlike in summer, almost                                     Dock and Cape Simpson, and found                       take of local marine mammals by the
                                                    none of the fall migrating belugas were                               high numbers of ringed seal in Harrison                SAE’s Beaufort seismic project was
                                                    recorded in waters less than 20 m deep.                               Bay, and peaks in spotted seal numbers                 determined by multiplying the seasonal
                                                    For years where depth data is available                               off the Colville River Delta where                     animal densities in Table 4 with the
                                                    (2006, 2009–2013), only 11 of 1,605                                   haulout sites are located. Approximately               seasonal area that would be ensonified
                                                    (1%) recorded belugas were found in                                   5% of all phocid sightings recorded by                 by seismic-generated noise greater than
                                                    waters less than 20 m during the fall. To                             Green and Negri (2005) and Green et al.                160 dB re 1 mPa (rms). The total area
                                                    take into account this bias in                                        (2006, 2007) were spotted seals, which                 that would be ensonified during 2015 is
                                                    distribution, but to remain conservative,                             provide a estimate of the proportion of                1,463 km2 (565 mi2). Assuming that half
                                                    the corrected density estimate is                                     ringed seals versus spotted seals in the               this area would be ensonified in
                                                    reduced to 25%, or 0.0057.                                            Colville River Delta and Harrison Bay.                 summer and half in fall, the seasonal
                                                       Summer and fall beluga data was also                               Thus, the estimated densities of spotted               ZOI would be half 1,463 km2, or 731.5
                                                    collected in 2014, but as with the                                    seals in the seismic survey area were                  km2 (282.5 mi2). The resulting exposure
                                                    bowhead data mentioned above, it has                                  derived by multiplying the ringed seal                 calculations are found in Table 5.

                                                            TABLE 5—THE ESTIMATED NUMBER OF MARINE MAMMALS POTENTIALLY EXPOSED TO RECEIVED SOUND LEVELS
                                                                                               GREATER THAN 160 dB
                                                                                                                                        Seasonal         Summer          Summer            Fall        Fall
                                                                                      Species                                             ZOI                                                                      Total
                                                                                                                                                         density         exposure         density    exposure
                                                                                                                                         (km2)
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    Bowhead Whale ...............................................................             731.5          0.0049               4         0.0066           5               9
                                                    Beluga Whale ...................................................................          731.5          0.0020               1         0.0057           4               7
                                                    Ringed Seal .....................................................................         731.5          0.3547             259         0.2510         184             443
                                                    Spotted Seal ....................................................................         731.5          0.0177              13         0.0125           9              22
                                                    Bearded Seal ...................................................................          731.5          0.0177              13         0.0125           9              22




                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014        18:20 Apr 13, 2015       Jkt 235001     PO 00000       Frm 00021   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                    20104                                    Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices

                                                       The requested take authorization is                                   operation planned in 2015. If 80% of the                     precaution NMFS takes for its effect
                                                    found in Table 6, and includes                                           ringed/spotted seal sightings were                           analysis.
                                                    requested authorization for gray whales                                  actually spotted seals, then an                                The methods used in estimate Level A
                                                    in which the estimated take is zero, but                                 additional 200 spotted seals would be                        exposure is the same for Level B
                                                    for which records for the Alaskan                                        observed and an additional 28 observed                       estimates, i.e., multiplying the total
                                                    Beaufort Sea occur. The requested take                                   during seismic activity. Given the                           amount of area that could be seasonally
                                                    authorization for ringed seals and                                       nearshore location of the planned
                                                                                                                                                                                          ensonified by noise levels exceeding
                                                    spotted seals has also been adjusted                                     seismic activities and proximity to
                                                                                                                                                                                          190 and 180 dB by density of each
                                                    based on observations during SAE’s                                       Colville River Delta spotted seal haulout
                                                                                                                                                                                          species. Because the radii to both the
                                                    2014 seismic operations immediately                                      sites, and likelihood that a number of
                                                    east of the Colville River Delta (Lomac-                                                                                              190 dB (250 m) and 180 dB (910 m) are
                                                                                                                             seals that were exposed to seismic noise
                                                    MacNair et al. 2014a). Lomac-MacNair                                                                                                  essentially equal to or larger than the
                                                                                                                             exceeding 160 dB were not observed,
                                                    et al. (2014a) only observed 5 confirmed                                 the requested take authorization for                         mid-point (250 m) between the seismic
                                                    sightings of ringed seals, none of which                                 spotted seals has been increased to 500.                     source lines, the entire 777-km2 seismic
                                                    were observed during active seismic                                                                                                   maximum source area would be
                                                    activity. But they also observed 40                                      Level A Exposure Calculations                                ensonified, plus protective buffers of
                                                    spotted seals (4 during active seismic)                                     As discussed earlier in this section,                     250 m and 910 m around the source
                                                    and an additional 28 seals (also 4 during                                NMFS considers that exposures to                             area. Thus, the 190 dB ZOI relative to
                                                    active seismic) that were either a ringed                                pinnipeds at noise levels above 190 dB                       pinnipeds would be 805 km2, or 402.5
                                                    or spotted seal. Given only 88 km2 (34                                   and cetaceans at noise levels above 180                      km2 for each the summer and fall
                                                    mi2) were shot in 2014, this would                                       dB constitute Level A takes under the                        season, while the 180 dB ZOI would be
                                                    extrapolate to about 353 spotted seals                                   MMPA. Although brief exposure of                             883 km2, or 441.5 km2 each season.
                                                    potential observed and 35 spotted seals                                  marine mammals at these levels are not                       Multiplying these values by the animal
                                                    observed during seismic activity, during                                 likely to cause TTS or PTS (Southall et                      densities provides the Level A exposure
                                                    the planned 777 km2 (300 mi2) of                                         al. 2007), this consideration is a                           estimates shown in Table 6.

                                                             TABLE 6—THE ESTIMATED LEVEL A AND LEVEL B HARASSMENTS AND REQUESTED TAKE OF MARINE MAMMALS
                                                                                                                                                                                  Estimated         Level B    Estimated   Percent of
                                                                                                                                                                   Stock
                                                                                                   Species                                                                         level B            take      level A     take by
                                                                                                                                                                 abundance        exposures        requested   exposure      stock

                                                    Bowhead whale .......................................................................................             19,534               9              15           5         0.10
                                                    Beluga whale (Beaufort Sea stock) .........................................................                       39,258               7              15           4         0.05
                                                    Beluga whale (E. Chukchi Sea stock) .....................................................                          3,710               7              15           4         0.51
                                                    Gray whale ...............................................................................................        19,126               0               2           0         0.00
                                                    Ringed seal ..............................................................................................       300,000             443             500         246         0.25
                                                    Spotted seal .............................................................................................       141,479              22             500          12         0.36
                                                    Bearded seal ............................................................................................        155,000              22              25          12         0.02



                                                       The estimated Level A and Level B                                     estimated numbers of Level A                                 adverse effects on annual rates of
                                                    takes as a percentage of the marine                                      harassment do not take into                                  recruitment or survival (i.e., population-
                                                    mammal stock are 0.11% and 0.40% or                                      consideration either avoidance or                            level effects). An estimate of the number
                                                    less, respectively, in all cases (Table 6).                              mitigation effectiveness. The actual                         of Level B harassment takes, alone, is
                                                    The highest percent of population                                        takes are expected to be lower as                            not enough information on which to
                                                    estimated to be taken is 0.11% for Level                                 animals will avoid areas where noise is                      base an impact determination. In
                                                    A and 0.40% for Level B harassments                                      intense. In addition, the prescribed                         addition to considering estimates of the
                                                    for the East Chukchi Sea stock of beluga                                 mitigation measure will further reduce                       number of marine mammals that might
                                                    whale. However, that percentage                                          the number of animals being exposed to                       be ‘‘taken’’ through behavioral
                                                    assumes that all beluga whales taken are                                 noise levels that constitute a Level A,                      harassment, NMFS must consider other
                                                    from that population. Similarly, the                                     thus further reducing Level A                                factors, such as the likely nature of any
                                                    0.01% potential Level A and 0.04%                                        harassment.                                                  responses (their intensity, duration,
                                                    Level B take percentage for the Beaufort                                   The total takes represent less than                        etc.), the context of any responses
                                                    Sea stock of beluga whale assumes that                                   0.51% of any stocks of marine mammals                        (critical reproductive time or location,
                                                    all 15 beluga whales are taken from the                                  in the vicinity of the action area (Table                    migration, etc.), as well as the number
                                                    Beaufort Sea stock. Most likely, some                                    6).                                                          and nature of estimated Level A
                                                    beluga whales would be taken from each                                                                                                harassment takes, the number of
                                                    stock, meaning fewer than 15 beluga                                      Analysis and Preliminary                                     estimated mortalities, effects on habitat,
                                                    whales would be taken from either                                        Determinations                                               and the status of the species.
                                                    individual stock. Therefore, the Level A                                 Negligible Impact                                              No serious injuries or mortalities are
                                                    take of beluga whales as a percentage of                                                                                              anticipated to occur as a result of SAE’s
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    populations would likely be below 0.11                                      Negligible impact is ‘‘an impact                          proposed 3D seismic survey, and none
                                                    and 0.01% for the Beaufort Sea and East                                  resulting from the specified activity that                   are proposed to be authorized. The takes
                                                    Chukchi Sea stocks, respectively. The                                    cannot be reasonably expected to, and is                     that are anticipated and authorized are
                                                    Level B takes of beluga whales as a                                      not reasonably likely to, adversely affect                   expected to be limited to short-term
                                                    percentage of populations would likely                                   the species or stock through effects on                      Level B behavioral harassment, and
                                                    be below 0.40 and 0.04% for the                                          annual rates of recruitment or survival’’                    limited Level A harassment in terms of
                                                    Beaufort Sea and East Chukchi Sea                                        (50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact                        potential hearing threshold shifts. While
                                                    stocks, respectively. However, the                                       finding is based on the lack of likely                       the airguns are expected to be operated


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014        18:20 Apr 13, 2015        Jkt 235001      PO 00000       Frm 00022       Fmt 4701      Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM    14APN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices                                           20105

                                                    for approximately 49 days within a 70-                  Avoidance varies among individuals                    are not expected to be biologically
                                                    day period, the project timeframe will                  and depends on their activities or                    significant for the population or species.
                                                    occur when cetacean species are                         reasons for being in the area, and                       Taking into account the mitigation
                                                    typically not found in the project area                 occasionally a few individual Arctic                  measures that are planned, effects on
                                                    or are found only in low numbers.                       cetaceans will tolerate sound levels                  marine mammals are generally expected
                                                    While pinnipeds are likely to be found                  above 160 dB. Tolerance of levels above               to be restricted to avoidance of a limited
                                                    in the proposed project area more                       180 dB is infrequent regardless of the                area around SAE’s proposed open-water
                                                    frequently, their distribution is                       circumstances, and marine mammals                     activities and short-term changes in
                                                    dispersed enough that they likely will                  exposed to levels this high are expected              behavior, falling within the MMPA
                                                    not be in the Level A or Level B                        to avoid the source, thereby minimizing               definition of ‘‘Level A and Level B
                                                    harassment zone continuously. As                        the probability of TTS. Therefore, a                  harassments.’’ The many reported cases
                                                    mentioned previously in this document,                  calculation of the number of cetaceans                of apparent tolerance by cetaceans to
                                                    pinnipeds appear to be more tolerant of                 potentially exposed to >180 dB that is                seismic exploration, vessel traffic, and
                                                    anthropogenic sound than mysticetes.                    based simply on density would be a                    some other human activities show that
                                                       Most of the bowhead whales                           gross overestimate of the numbers                     co-existence is possible. Mitigation
                                                    encountered will likely show overt                      expected to be exposed to 180 dB. Such                measures, such as controlled vessel
                                                    disturbance (avoidance) only if they                    calculations would be misleading unless               speed, dedicated marine mammal
                                                    receive airgun sounds with levels ≥ 160                 avoidance response behaviors were                     observers, non-pursuit, ramp up
                                                    dB re 1 mPa. Odontocete reactions to                    taken into account to estimate what                   procedures, and shut downs or power
                                                    seismic airgun pulses are generally                     fraction of those originally present                  downs when marine mammals are seen
                                                    assumed to be limited to shorter                        within the soon-to-be ensonified to >180              within defined ranges, will further
                                                    distances from the airgun than are those                dB zone (as estimated from density)                   reduce short-term reactions and
                                                    of mysticetes, in part because                          would still be there by the time levels               minimize any effects on hearing
                                                    odontocete low-frequency hearing is                     reach 180 dB.                                         sensitivity. In all cases, the effects are
                                                    assumed to be less sensitive than that of                  It is estimated that up to 5 bowhead               expected to be short-term, with no
                                                    mysticetes. However, at least when in                   whales and 4 beluga whales could be                   lasting biological consequence.
                                                    the Canadian Beaufort Sea in summer,                    exposed to received noise levels above                   Of the marine mammal species or
                                                    belugas appear to be fairly responsive to               180 dB re 1 mPa (rms), and 246 ringed                 stocks likely to occur in the proposed
                                                    seismic energy, with few being sighted                  seals and 12 bearded and spotted seals                seismic survey area, two are listed
                                                    within 6–12 mi (10–20 km) of seismic                    could be exposed to received noise                    under the ESA: The bowhead whale and
                                                    vessels during aerial surveys (Miller et                levels above 190 dB re 1 mPa (rms) for                ringed seal. Those two species are also
                                                    al. 2005). Belugas will likely occur in                 durations long enough to cause TTS if                 designated as ‘‘depleted’’ under the
                                                    small numbers in the Beaufort Sea                       the animals do not avoid are area for                 MMPA. Despite these designations, the
                                                    during the survey period and few will                   some reason and are not detected in                   Bering-Chukchi-Beaufort stock of
                                                    likely be affected by the survey activity.              time to have mitigation measures                      bowheads has been increasing at a rate
                                                       As noted, elevated background noise                  implemented (or even PTS if such                      of 3.4% annually for nearly a decade
                                                    level from the seismic airgun                           exposures occurred repeatedly). None of               (Allen and Angliss, 2011), even in the
                                                    reverberant field could cause acoustic                  the other species are expected to be                  face of ongoing industrial activity.
                                                    masking to marine mammals and reduce                    exposed to received sound levels                      Additionally, during the 2001 census,
                                                    their communication space. However,                     anticipated to cause TTS or PTS.                      121 calves were counted, which was the
                                                    even though the decay of the signal is                  However, the actual Level A takes are                 highest yet recorded. The calf count
                                                    extended, the fact that pulses are                      likely to be lower due to animals                     provides corroborating evidence for a
                                                    separated by approximately 8 to 10                      avoiding the injury zone and the                      healthy and increasing population
                                                    seconds for each individual source                      mitigation implementation. The Level A                (Allen and Angliss, 2011). Certain
                                                    vessel (or 4 to 5 seconds when taking                   takes estimated do not take into                      stocks or populations of gray and beluga
                                                    into account the two separate source                    consideration either avoidance or                     whales and spotted seals are listed as
                                                    vessels stationed 300 to 335 m apart)                   mitigation effectiveness.                             endangered or are proposed for listing
                                                    means that overall received levels at                      Marine mammals that are taken by                   under the ESA; however, none of those
                                                    distance are expected to be much lower,                 TTS are expected to receive minor (in                 stocks or populations occur in the
                                                    thus resulting in less acoustic masking.                the order of several dBs) and brief                   proposed activity area. Ringed seals
                                                       Most cetaceans (and particularly                     (minutes to hours) temporary hearing                  were recently listed under the ESA as
                                                    Arctic cetaceans) show relatively high                  impairment because (1) animals are not                threatened species, and are considered
                                                    levels of avoidance when received                       likely to remain for prolonged periods                depleted under the MMPA. On July 25,
                                                    sound pulse levels exceed 160 dB re 1                   within high intensity sound fields, and               2014, the U.S. District Court for the
                                                    mPa (rms), and it is uncommon to sight                  (2) both the seismic vessel and the                   District of Alaska vacated NMFS’ rule
                                                    Arctic cetaceans within the 180 dB                      animals are constantly moving, and it is              listing the Beringia bearded seal DPS as
                                                    radius, especially for prolonged                        unlikely that the animal will be moving               threatened and remanded the rule to
                                                    duration. Results from monitoring                       along with the vessel during the survey.              NMFS to correct the deficiencies
                                                    programs associated with seismic                        Although repeated experience to TTS                   identified in the opinion. None of the
                                                    activities in the Arctic indicate that                  could result in PTS (Level A                          other species that may occur in the
                                                    cetaceans respond in different ways to                  harassment), for the same reasons                     project area is listed as threatened or
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    sound levels lower than 180 dB. These                   discussed above, even if marine                       endangered under the ESA or
                                                    results have been used by agencies to                   mammals experience PTS, the degree of                 designated as depleted under the
                                                    support monitoring requirements within                  PTS is expected to be mild, resulting in              MMPA. There is currently no
                                                    distances where received levels fall                    a few dB elevation of hearing threshold.              established critical habitat in the
                                                    below 160 dB and even 120 dB. Thus,                     Therefore, even if a few marine                       proposed project area for any of these
                                                    very few animals would be exposed to                    mammals receive TTS or PTS, the                       species.
                                                    sound levels of 180 dB re 1 mPa (rms)                   degree of these effects are expected to be               Potential impacts to marine mammal
                                                    regardless of detectability by PSOs.                    minor and, in the case of TTS, brief, and             habitat were discussed previously in


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00023   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                    20106                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices

                                                    this document (see the ‘‘Anticipated                    Impact on Availability of Affected                    along the ice edge from Harrison Bay to
                                                    Effects on Habitat’’ section). Although                 Species or Stock for Taking for                       Thetis Island in a route called ‘‘round
                                                    some disturbance of food sources of                     Subsistence Uses                                      the world.’’ Thetis Island is important as
                                                    marine mammals is possible, any                                                                               it provides a weather refuge and a base
                                                                                                            Relevant Subsistence Uses
                                                    impacts are anticipated to be minor                                                                           for hunting bearded seals. During July
                                                    enough as to not affect rates of                           The proposed seismic activities will               and August, ringed and spotted seals are
                                                    recruitment or survival of marine                       occur within the marine subsistence                   hunted in the lower 65 km (40 mi) of the
                                                    mammals in the area. The marine                         area used by the village of Nuiqsut.                  Colville River proper.
                                                    survey activities would occur in a                      Nuiqsut was established in 1973 at a                     In terms of pounds, approximately
                                                    localized area, and given the vast area                 traditional location on the Colville River            one-third of the village of Nuiqsut’s
                                                    of the Arctic Ocean where feeding by                    providing equal access to upland (e.g.,               annual subsistence harvest is marine
                                                    marine mammals occurs, any missed                       caribou, Dall sheep) and marine (e.g.,                mammals (fish and caribou dominate
                                                    feeding opportunities in the direct                     whales, seals, and eiders) resources                  the rest), of which bowhead whales
                                                    project area could be offset by feeding                 (Brown 1979). Although Nuiqsut is                     contribute by far the most (Fuller and
                                                    opportunities in other available feeding                located 40 km (25 mi) inland, bowhead                 George 1999). Seals contribute only 2 to
                                                    areas.                                                  whales are still a major fall subsistence             3% of annual subsistence harvest
                                                                                                            resource. Although bowhead whales                     (Brower and Opie 1997, Brower and
                                                      In addition, no important feeding or                  have been harvested in the past all along             Hepa 1998, Fuller and George 1999).
                                                    reproductive areas are known in the                     the barrier islands, Cross Island is the              Fuller and George (1999) estimated that
                                                    vicinity of SAE’s proposed seismic                      site currently used as the fall whaling               46 seals were harvested in 1992. The
                                                    surveys at the time the proposed                        base, as it includes cabins and                       more common ringed seals appear to
                                                    surveys are to take place. No critical                  equipment for butchering whales.                      dominate the harvest, although the
                                                    habitat of ESA-listed marine mammal                     However, whalers must travel about 160                larger and thicker-skinned bearded seals
                                                    species occurs in the Beaufort Sea.                     km (100 mi) to annually reach the Cross               are probably preferred. Spotted seals
                                                      Based on the analysis contained                       Island whaling camp, which is located                 occur in the Colville River Delta in
                                                    herein of the likely effects of the                     in a direct line over 110 direct km (70               small numbers, which is reflected in the
                                                    specified activity on marine mammals                    mi) from Nuiqsut. Whaling activity                    harvest.
                                                    and their habitat, and taking into                      usually begins in late August with the                   Available harvest records suggest that
                                                    consideration the implementation of the                 arrival whales migrating from the                     most seal harvest occurs in the months
                                                    proposed monitoring and mitigation                      Canadian Beaufort Sea, and may occur                  preceding the proposed August start of
                                                    measures, NMFS preliminarily finds                      as late as early October, depending on                the seismic survey, when waning ice
                                                    that the total marine mammal take from                  ice conditions and quota fulfillment.                 conditions provide the best opportunity
                                                    SAE’s proposed 3D seismic survey in                     Most whaling occurs relatively near                   to approach and kill hauled out seals.
                                                    the Beaufort Sea, Alaska, will have a                   (<16 km or <10 mi) the island, largely                Much of the late summer seal harvest
                                                    negligible impact on the affected marine                to prevent meat spoilage that can occur               occurs in the Colville River as the seals
                                                    mammal species or stocks.                               with a longer tow back to Cross Island.               follow fish runs upstream. Still, open-
                                                                                                            Since 1993, Cross Island hunters have                 water seal hunting could occur
                                                    Small Numbers                                           harvested one to four whales annually,                coincident with the seismic surveys,
                                                       The requested takes proposed to be                   averaging three.                                      especially bearded seal hunts based
                                                    authorized represent less than 0.4% for                    Cross Island is located 70 km (44 mi)              from Thetis Island. In general, however,
                                                    Level B harassment and 0.11% for Level                  east of the eastern boundary of the                   given the relatively low contribution of
                                                    A harassment of all populations or                      seismic survey box. (Point Barrow is                  seals to the Nuiqsut subsistence, and the
                                                    stocks potentially impacted (see Table 6                over 180 km [110 mi] outside the                      greater opportunity to hunt seals earlier
                                                    in this document). These take estimates                 potential survey box.) Seismic activities             in the season, any potential impact by
                                                    represent the percentage of each species                are unlikely to affect Barrow or Cross                the seismic survey on seal hunting is
                                                    or stock that could be taken by Level B                 Island based whaling, especially if the               likely remote.
                                                    behavioral harassment if each animal is                 seismic operations temporarily cease
                                                                                                                                                                  Potential Impacts to Subsistence Uses
                                                    taken only once. The numbers of marine                  during the fall bowhead whale hunt.
                                                                                                               Although Nuiqsut whalers may                          NMFS has defined ‘‘unmitigable
                                                    mammals estimated to be taken are                                                                             adverse impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as:
                                                                                                            incidentally harvest beluga whales
                                                    small proportions of the total                                                                                ‘‘an impact resulting from the specified
                                                                                                            while hunting bowheads, these whales
                                                    populations of the affected species or                                                                        activity: (1) That is likely to reduce the
                                                                                                            are rarely seen and are not actively
                                                    stocks. In addition, the mitigation and                                                                       availability of the species to a level
                                                                                                            pursued. Any harvest that would occur
                                                    monitoring measures (described                                                                                insufficient for a harvest to meet
                                                                                                            would most likely be in association with
                                                    previously in this document) proposed                                                                         subsistence needs by: (i) Causing the
                                                                                                            Cross Island.
                                                    for inclusion in the IHA (if issued) are                   The potential seismic survey area is               marine mammals to abandon or avoid
                                                    expected to reduce even further any                     also used by Nuiqsut villagers for                    hunting areas; (ii) Directly displacing
                                                    potential disturbance and injuries to                   hunting seals. All three seal species that            subsistence users; or (iii) Placing
                                                    marine mammals.                                         are likely to be taken—ringed, spotted,               physical barriers between the marine
                                                       Based on the analysis contained                      and bearded—are hunted. Sealing                       mammals and the subsistence hunters;
                                                    herein of the likely effects of the                     begins in April and May when villagers                and (2) That cannot be sufficiently
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    specified activity on marine mammals                    hunt seals at breathing holes in Harrison             mitigated by other measures to increase
                                                    and their habitat, and taking into                      Bay. In early June, hunting is                        the availability of marine mammals to
                                                    consideration the implementation of the                 concentrated at the mouth of the                      allow subsistence needs to be met.
                                                    mitigation and monitoring measures,                     Colville River, where ice breakup                        Noise and general activity during
                                                    NMFS preliminarily finds that small                     flooding results in the ice thinning and              SAE’s proposed 3D OBN seismic survey
                                                    numbers of marine mammals will be                       seals becoming more visible.                          have the potential to impact marine
                                                    taken relative to the populations of the                   Once the ice is clear of the Delta (late           mammals hunted by Native Alaskans. In
                                                    affected species or stocks.                             June), hunters will hunt in open boats                the case of cetaceans, the most common


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00024   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices                                            20107

                                                    reaction to anthropogenic sounds (as                    will be developed that will include such              the issue and to plan an alternative
                                                    noted previously) is avoidance of the                   measures.                                             course of action (which may include
                                                    ensonified area. In the case of bowhead                    SAE adopted a three-stage process to               ceasing operations during the whale
                                                    whales, this often means that the                       develop its POC:                                      hunt).
                                                    animals divert from their normal                           Stage 1: To open communications                       In addition, the following mitigation
                                                    migratory path by several kilometers.                   SAE has presented the program                         measures will be imposed in order to
                                                    Additionally, general vessel presence in                description to the AEWC during their                  effect the least practicable adverse
                                                    the vicinity of traditional hunting areas               quarterly meeting in December, 2014.                  impact on the availability of marine
                                                    could negatively impact a hunt. Native                  SAE will also be presenting the project               mammal species for subsistence uses:
                                                    knowledge indicates that bowhead                        at the open water meeting in March                       (i) Establishment and operations of
                                                    whales become increasingly ‘‘skittish’’                 2015 in Anchorage. Collaboration                      Communication and Call Centers (Com-
                                                    in the presence of seismic noise. Whales                meetings will be held in March and                    Center) Program
                                                    are more wary around the hunters and                    April 2015 with Kuukpik Corporation                      • For the purposes of reducing or
                                                    tend to expose a much smaller portion                   leaders. Kuukpik Corporation is a joint               eliminating conflicts between
                                                    of their back when surfacing, which                     venture partner in the project. Permits               subsistence whaling activities and
                                                    makes harvesting more difficult.                        to all federal, state and local government            SAE’s survey program, SAE will
                                                    Additionally, natives report that                       agencies will be submitted in the spring              participate with other operators in the
                                                    bowheads exhibit angry behaviors, such                  of 2015. Ongoing discussions and                      Com-Center Program. Com-Centers will
                                                    as tail-slapping, in the presence of                    meeting with these agencies have been                 be operated to facilitate communication
                                                    seismic activity, which translate to                    occurring in order to meet our                        of information between SAE and
                                                    danger for nearby subsistence                           operational window in the project area.               subsistence whalers. The Com-Centers
                                                    harvesters.                                                Prior to offshore activities, SAE will             will be operated 24 hours/day during
                                                      Responses of seals to seismic airguns                 meet and consult with nearby                          the 2015 fall subsistence bowhead
                                                    are expected to be negligible. Bain and                 communities, namely the North Slope                   whale hunt.
                                                    Williams (2006) studied the responses                   Borough (NSB) planning department                        • All vessels shall report to the
                                                    of harbor seals, California sea lions, and              and the NSB Fish and Wildlife division.               appropriate Com-Center at least once
                                                    Steller sea lions to seismic airguns and                SAE will also present its project during              every six hours, commencing each day
                                                    found that seals at exposure levels                     a community meeting in the villages of                with a call at approximately 06:00
                                                    above 170 dB re 1 mPa (peak-peak) often                 Nuiqsut, and Kaktovik to discuss the                  hours.
                                                    showed avoidance behavior, including                    planned activities. The discussions will                 • The appropriate Com-Center shall
                                                    generally staying at the surface and                    include the project description, the Plan             be notified if there is any significant
                                                    keeping their heads out of the water, but               of Cooperation, resolution of potential               change in plans, such as an
                                                    that the responses were not overt, and                  conflicts, and proposed operational                   unannounced start-up of operations or
                                                    there were no detectable responses at                   window. These meetings will help to                   significant deviations from announced
                                                    low exposure levels.                                    identify any subsistence conflicts. These             course, and that Com-Center shall notify
                                                                                                            meetings will allow SAE to understand                 all whalers of such changes. The
                                                    Plan of Cooperation or Measures to                      community concerns, and requests for                  appropriate Com-Center also shall be
                                                    Minimize Impacts to Subsistence Hunts                   communication or mitigation.                          called regarding any unsafe or
                                                      Regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(12)                  Additional communications will                        unanticipated ice conditions.
                                                    require IHA applicants for activities that              continue throughout the project.                         (ii) SAE shall monitor the positions of
                                                    take place in Arctic waters to provide a                   Stage 2: SAE will document results of              all of its vessels and exercise due care
                                                    Plan of Cooperation (POC) or                            all meetings and incorporate to mitigate              in avoiding any areas where subsistence
                                                    information that identifies what                        concerns into the POC. There shall be a               activity is active.
                                                    measures have been taken and/or will                    review of permit stipulations and a                      (iii) Routing barge and transit vessels:
                                                    be taken to minimize adverse effects on                 permit matrix developed for the crews.                   • Vessels transiting in the Beaufort
                                                    the availability of marine mammals for                  The means of communications and                       Sea east of Bullen Point to the Canadian
                                                    subsistence purposes.                                   contacts list will be developed and                   border shall remain at least 5 miles
                                                      SAE has prepared a draft POC, which                   implemented into operations. The use of               offshore during transit along the coast,
                                                    was developed by identifying and                        scientific and Inupiat PSOs/                          provided ice and sea conditions allow.
                                                    evaluating any potential effects the                    Communicators on board the vessels                    During transit in the Chukchi Sea,
                                                    proposed seismic survey might have on                   will ensure that appropriate precautions              vessels shall remain as far offshore as
                                                    seasonal abundance that is relied upon                  are taken to avoid harassment of marine               weather and ice conditions allow, and at
                                                    for subsistence use. For the proposed                   mammals, including whales, seals,                     all times at least 5 miles offshore.
                                                    project, SAE states that it is working                  walruses, or polar bears. SAE will                       • From August 31 to October 31,
                                                    closely with the North Slope Borough                    coordinate the timing and location of                 vessels in the Chukchi Sea or Beaufort
                                                    (NSB) and its partner Kuukpik                           operations with the Com-Centers in                    Sea shall remain at least 20 miles
                                                    Corporation, to identify subsistence                    Deadhorse and Kaktovik to minimize                    offshore of the coast of Alaska from Icy
                                                    communities and activities that may                     impact to the subsistence activities or               Cape in the Chukchi Sea to Pitt Point on
                                                    take place within or near the project                   the Nuiqsut/Kaktovik bowhead whale                    the east side of Smith Bay in the
                                                    area. The draft POC is attached to SAE’s                hunt.                                                 Beaufort Sea, unless ice conditions or an
                                                    IHA application.                                           Stage 3: If a conflict does occur with             emergency that threatens the safety of
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                      As a joint venture partner with                       project activities and subsistence                    the vessel or crew prevents compliance
                                                    Kuukpik, SAE will be working closely                    hunting, the SAs will immediately                     with this requirement. This condition
                                                    with them and the communities on the                    contact the project manager and the                   shall not apply to vessels actively
                                                    North Slope to plan operations that will                Com Center. If avoidance is not                       engaged in transit to or from a coastal
                                                    include measures that are                               possible, the project manager will                    community to conduct crew changes or
                                                    environmentally suitable and that do                    initiate communication with a                         logistical support operations.
                                                    not impact local subsistence use. A                     representative from the impacted                         • Vessels shall be operated at speeds
                                                    Conflict Avoidance Agreement (CAA)                      subsistence hunter group(s) to resolve                necessary to ensure no physical contact


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                    20108                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices

                                                    with whales occurs, and to make any                     no later than November 15, 2015. Any                  under section 7 of the ESA on the
                                                    other potential conflicts with bowheads                 vessel that encounters weather or ice                 issuance of an IHA to SAE under section
                                                    or whalers unlikely. Vessel speeds shall                that will prevent compliance with this                101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for this
                                                    be less than 10 knots in the proximity                  date shall coordinate its transit through             activity. Consultation will be concluded
                                                    of feeding whales or whale aggregations.                the Bering Strait to a point south of 59              prior to a determination on the issuance
                                                       • If any vessel inadvertently                        degrees North latitude with the                       of an IHA.
                                                    approaches within 1.6 kilometers                        appropriate Com-Centers. SAE vessels
                                                    (1 mile) of observed bowhead whales,                    shall, weather and ice permitting, transit            National Environmental Policy Act
                                                    except when providing emergency                         east of St. Lawrence Island and no                    (NEPA)
                                                    assistance to whalers or in other                       closer than 10 miles from the shore of                  NMFS is preparing an Environmental
                                                    emergency situations, the vessel                        St. Lawrence Island.                                  Assessment (EA), pursuant to NEPA, to
                                                    operator will take reasonable                             Finally, SAE plans to sign a Conflict               determine whether the issuance of an
                                                    precautions to avoid potential                          Avoidance Agreement (CAA) with the                    IHA to SAE for its 3D seismic survey in
                                                    interaction with the bowhead whales by                  Alaska whaling communities to further                 the Beaufort Sea during the 2015 Arctic
                                                    taking one or more of the following                     ensure that its proposed open-water                   open-water season may have a
                                                    actions, as appropriate:                                seismic survey activities in the Beaufort             significant impact on the human
                                                       Æ reducing vessel speed to less than                 Sea will not have unmitigable impacts                 environment. NMFS has released a draft
                                                    5 knots within 900 feet of the whale(s);                to subsistence activities.                            of the EA for public comment along
                                                       Æ steering around the whale(s) if                    Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis                   with this proposed IHA.
                                                    possible;                                               and Preliminary Determination
                                                       Æ operating the vessel(s) in such a                                                                        Proposed Authorization
                                                    way as to avoid separating members of                     SAE has adopted a spatial and                         As a result of these preliminary
                                                    a group of whales from other members                    temporal strategy for its 3D OBN seismic              determinations, NMFS proposes to issue
                                                    of the group;                                           survey that should minimize impacts to                an IHA to SAE for conducting a 3D OBN
                                                       Æ operating the vessel(s) to avoid                   subsistence hunters and ensure the                    seismic survey in Beaufort Sea during
                                                    causing a whale to make multiple                        sufficient availability of species for                the 2015 Arctic open-water season,
                                                    changes in direction; and                               hunters to meet subsistence needs. SAE                provided the previously mentioned
                                                       Æ checking the waters immediately                    will temporarily cease seismic activities             mitigation, monitoring, and reporting
                                                    adjacent to the vessel(s) to ensure that                during the fall bowhead whale hunt,                   requirements are incorporated. The
                                                    no whales will be injured when the                      which will allow the hunt to occur                    proposed IHA language is provided
                                                    propellers are engaged.                                 without any adverse impact from SAE’s                 next.
                                                       (iv) Limitation on seismic surveys in                activities. Although some seal hunting                  This section contains a draft of the
                                                    the Beaufort Sea                                        co-occurs temporally with SAE’s                       IHA itself. The wording contained in
                                                       • Kaktovik: No seismic survey from                   proposed seismic survey, the locations                this section is proposed for inclusion in
                                                    the Canadian Border to the Canning                      do not overlap, so SAE’s activities will              the IHA (if issued).
                                                    River from around August 25 to close of                 not impact the hunting areas and will                   (1) This Authorization is valid from
                                                    the fall bowhead whale hunt in                          not directly displace sealers or place                July 1, 2015, through October 15, 2015.
                                                    Kaktovik and Nuiqsut, based on the                      physical barriers between the sealers                   (2) This Authorization is valid only
                                                    actual hunt dates. From around August                   and the seals. In addition, SAE is                    for activities associated with open-water
                                                    10 to August 25, based on the actual                    conducting the seismic surveys in a                   3D seismic surveys and related activities
                                                    hunt dates, SAE will communicate and                    joint partnership agreement with                      in the Beaufort Sea. The specific areas
                                                    collaborate with the Alaska Eskimo                      Kuukpik Corporation, which allows                     where SAE’s surveys will be conducted
                                                    Whaling Commission (AEWC) on any                        SAE to work closely with the native                   are within the Beaufort Sea, Alaska, as
                                                    planned vessel movement in and                          communities on the North Slope to plan                shown in Figure 1–1 of SAE’s IHA
                                                    around Kaktovik and Cross Island to                     operations that include measures that                 application.
                                                    avoid impacts to whale hunting.                         are environmentally suitable and that do                (3)(a) The species authorized for
                                                       • Nuiqsut:                                           not impact local subsistence use, and to              incidental harassment takings, Level A
                                                       Æ Pt. Storkerson to Thetis Island: No                adjust the operations, if necessary, to               and Level B harassment, are: beluga
                                                    seismic survey prior to July 25 inside                  minimize any potential impacts that                   whales (Delphinapterus leucas);
                                                    the Barrier Islands. No seismic survey                  might arise. Based on the description of              bowhead whales (Balaena mysticetus);
                                                    from around August 25 to close of fall                  the specified activity, the measures                  gray whales (Eschrichtius robustus),
                                                    bowhead whale hunting outside the                       described to minimize adverse effects                 bearded seals (Erignathus barbatus);
                                                    Barrier Island in Nuiqsut, based on the                 on the availability of marine mammals                 spotted seals (Phoca largha); and ringed
                                                    actual hunt dates.                                      for subsistence purposes, and the                     seals (P. hispida) (Table 6).
                                                       Æ Canning River to Pt. Storkerson: No                proposed mitigation and monitoring                      (3)(b) The authorization for taking by
                                                    seismic survey from around August 25                    measures, NMFS has preliminarily                      harassment is limited to the following
                                                    to the close of bowhead whale                           determined that there will not be an                  acoustic sources and from the following
                                                    subsistence hunting in Nuiqsut, based                   unmitigable adverse impact on                         activities:
                                                    on the actual hunt dates.                               subsistence uses from SAE’s proposed                    (i) 620-in3 and 1,240-in3 airgun arrays
                                                       • Barrow: No seismic survey from Pitt                activities.                                           and other acoustic sources for 3D open-
                                                    Point on the east side of Smith Bay to
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                                                                                                                                  water seismic surveys; and
                                                    a location about half way between                       Endangered Species Act (ESA)                            (ii) Vessel activities related to open-
                                                    Barrow and Peard Bay from September                       Within the project area, the bowhead                water seismic surveys listed in (i).
                                                    15 to the close of the fall bowhead                     whale is listed as endangered and the                   (3)(c) The taking of any marine
                                                    whale hunt in Barrow.                                   ringed seal is listed as threatened under             mammal in a manner prohibited under
                                                       (v) SAE shall complete operations in                 the ESA. NMFS’ Permits and                            this Authorization must be reported
                                                    time to allow such vessels to complete                  Conservation Division has initiated                   within 24 hours of the taking to the
                                                    transit through the Bering Strait to a                  consultation with staff in NMFS’ Alaska               Alaska Regional Administrator (907–
                                                    point south of 59 degrees North latitude                Region Protected Resources Division                   586–7221) or his designee in Anchorage


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00026   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices                                            20109

                                                    (907–271–3023), National Marine                         7(e)(i), the zone is estimated to be 5,200               (C) If, for any reason, electrical power
                                                    Fisheries Service (NMFS) and the Chief                  m from the source.                                    to the airgun array has been
                                                    of the Permits and Conservation                           (v) Immediately upon completion of                  discontinued for a period of 10 minutes
                                                    Division, Office of Protected Resources,                data analysis of the field verification               or more, ramp-up procedures shall be
                                                    NMFS, at (301) 427–8401, or her                         measurements required under condition                 implemented. If the PSO watch has been
                                                    designee (301–427–8418).                                7(e)(i) below, the new 160-dB, 180-dB,                suspended during that time, a 30-
                                                       (4) The holder of this Authorization                 and 190-dB marine mammal ZOI and                      minute clearance of the exclusion zone
                                                    must notify the Chief of the Permits and                exclusion zones for the 1,240 in3 airgun              is required prior to commencing ramp-
                                                    Conservation Division, Office of                        array shall be established based on the               up. Discontinuation of airgun activity
                                                    Protected Resources, at least 48 hours                  sound source verification.                            for less than 10 minutes does not
                                                    prior to the start of collecting seismic                  (b) Vessel Movement Mitigation:                     require a ramp-up.
                                                    data (unless constrained by the date of                   (i) Avoid concentrations or groups of                  (D) The seismic operator and PSOs
                                                    issuance of this Authorization in which                 whales by all vessels under the                       shall maintain records of the times
                                                    case notification shall be made as soon                 direction of SAE. Operators of support                when ramp-ups start and when the
                                                    as possible).                                           vessels should, at all times, conduct                 airgun arrays reach full power.
                                                       (5) Prohibitions                                     their activities at the maximum distance                 (ii) Power-down/Shutdown:
                                                       (a) The taking, by incidental                        possible from such concentrations or                     (A) The airgun array shall be
                                                    harassment only, is limited to the                      groups of whales.                                     immediately powered down whenever a
                                                    species listed under condition 3(a)                       (ii) If any vessel approaches within                marine mammal is sighted approaching
                                                    above and by the numbers listed in                      1.6 km (1 mi) of observed bowhead                     close to or within the applicable
                                                    Table 6. The taking by serious injury or                whales, except when providing                         exclusion zone of the full array, but is
                                                    death of these species or the taking by                 emergency assistance to whalers or in                 outside the applicable exclusion zone of
                                                    harassment, injury or death of any other                other emergency situations, the vessel                the single mitigation airgun.
                                                    species of marine mammal is prohibited                  operator will take reasonable                            (B) If a marine mammal is already
                                                    and may result in the modification,                     precautions to avoid potential                        within or is about to enter the exclusion
                                                    suspension, or revocation of this                       interaction with the bowhead whales by                zone when first detected, the airguns
                                                    Authorization.                                          taking one or more of the following                   shall be powered down immediately.
                                                       (b) The taking of any marine mammal                                                                           (C) Following a power-down, firing of
                                                                                                            actions, as appropriate:
                                                    is prohibited whenever the required                                                                           the full airgun array shall not resume
                                                                                                              (A) Reducing vessel speed to less than
                                                    source vessel protected species                                                                               until the marine mammal has cleared
                                                                                                            5 knots within 300 yards (900 feet or
                                                    observers (PSOs), required by condition                                                                       the exclusion zone. The animal will be
                                                                                                            274 m) of the whale(s);
                                                    7(a)(i), are not onboard in conformance                                                                       considered to have cleared the
                                                                                                              (B) Steering around the whale(s) if
                                                    with condition 7(a)(i) of this                                                                                exclusion zone if it is visually observed
                                                                                                            possible;
                                                    Authorization.                                                                                                to have left the exclusion zone of the
                                                                                                              (C) Operating the vessel(s) in such a
                                                       (6) Mitigation                                                                                             full array, or has not been seen within
                                                       (a) Establishing Exclusion and                       way as to avoid separating members of
                                                                                                                                                                  the zone for 15 minutes for pinnipeds,
                                                    Disturbance Zones                                       a group of whales from other members
                                                                                                                                                                  or 30 minutes for cetaceans.
                                                       (i) Establish and monitor with trained               of the group;                                            (D) If a marine mammal is sighted
                                                    PSOs exclusion zones surrounding the                      (D) Operating the vessel(s) to avoid                within or about to enter the 190 or 180
                                                    10 in3 and 620 in3 airgun arrays on the                 causing a whale to make multiple                      dB (rms) applicable exclusion zone of
                                                    source vessel where the received level                  changes in direction; and                             the single mitigation airgun, the airgun
                                                    would be 180 and 190 dB (rms) re 1 mPa                    (E) Checking the waters immediately                 array shall be shutdown.
                                                    for cetaceans and pinnipeds,                            adjacent to the vessel(s) to ensure that                 (E) Firing of the full airgun array or
                                                    respectively. The sizes of these zones                  no whales will be injured when the                    the mitigation gun shall not resume
                                                    are provided in Table 3.                                propellers are engaged.                               until the marine mammal has cleared
                                                       (ii) Establish and monitor with trained                (iii) When weather conditions require,              the exclusion zone of the full array or
                                                    PSOs preliminary exclusion zones                        such as when visibility drops, adjust                 mitigation gun, respectively. The animal
                                                    surrounding the 1,240 in3 airgun arrays                 vessel speed accordingly, but not to                  will be considered to have cleared the
                                                    on the source vessel where the received                 exceed 5 knots, to avoid the likelihood               exclusion zone as described above
                                                    level would be 180 and 190 dB (rms) re                  of injury to whales.                                  under ramp up procedures.
                                                    1 mPa for cetaceans and pinnipeds,                        (c) Mitigation Measures for Airgun                     (iii) Poor Visibility Conditions:
                                                    respectively. For purposes of the field                 Operations                                               (A) If during foggy conditions, heavy
                                                    verification test, described in condition                 (i) Ramp-up:                                        snow or rain, or darkness, the full 180
                                                    7(e)(i), these zones are estimated to be                  (A) A ramp up, following a cold start,              dB exclusion zone is not visible, the
                                                    250 m and 910 m from the seismic                        can be applied if the exclusion zone has              airguns cannot commence a ramp-up
                                                    source for 190 and 180 dB (rms) re 1                    been free of marine mammals for a                     procedure from a full shut-down.
                                                    mPa, respectively.                                      consecutive 30-minute period. The                        (B) If one or more airguns have been
                                                       (iii) Establish zones of influence                   entire exclusion zone must have been                  operational before nightfall or before the
                                                    (ZOIs) surrounding the 10 in3 and 620                   visible during these 30 minutes. If the               onset of poor visibility conditions, they
                                                    in3 airgun arrays on the source vessel                  entire exclusion zone is not visible, then            can remain operational throughout the
                                                    where the received level would be 160                   ramp up from a cold start cannot begin.               night or poor visibility conditions. In
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    (rms) re 1 mPa. The sizes of these zones                  (B) If a marine mammal(s) is sighted                this case ramp-up procedures can be
                                                    are provided in Table 3.                                within the exclusion zone during the                  initiated, even though the exclusion
                                                       (iv) Establish the ZOI surrounding the               30-minute watch prior to ramp up, ramp                zone may not be visible, on the
                                                    1,240 in3 airgun arrays on the source                   up will be delayed until the marine                   assumption that marine mammals will
                                                    vessel where the received level would                   mammal(s) is sighted outside of the                   be alerted by the sounds from the single
                                                    be 160 dB (rms) re 1 mPa for marine                     exclusion zone or the animal(s) is not                airgun and have moved away.
                                                    mammals. For purposes of the field                      sighted for at least 15 minutes for                      (iv) Use of a Small-volume Airgun
                                                    verification test, described in condition               pinnipeds, or 30 minutes for cetaceans.               During Turns and Transits


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                    20110                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices

                                                       (A) Throughout the seismic survey,                      (vi) Routing barge and transit vessels:            around Kaktovik and Cross Island to
                                                    during turning movements and short                         (A) Vessels transiting in the Beaufort             avoid impacts to whale hunting.
                                                    transits, SAE will employ the use of the                Sea east of Bullen Point to the Canadian                 (B) Nuiqsut:
                                                    smallest-volume airgun (i.e., ‘‘mitigation              border shall remain at least 5 miles                     • Pt. Storkerson to Thetis Island: No
                                                    airgun’’) to deter marine mammals from                  offshore during transit along the coast,              seismic survey prior to July 25 inside
                                                    being within the immediate area of the                  provided ice and sea conditions allow.                the Barrier Islands. No seismic survey
                                                    seismic operations. The mitigation                      During transit in the Chukchi Sea,                    from around August 25 to close of fall
                                                    airgun would be operated at                             vessels shall remain as far offshore as               bowhead whale hunting outside the
                                                    approximately one shot per minute and                   weather and ice conditions allow, and at              Barrier Island in Nuiqsut, based on
                                                    would not be operated for longer than                   all times at least 5 miles offshore.                  actual hunt dates.
                                                    three hours in duration (turns may last                    (B) From August 31 to October 31,                     • Canning River to Pt. Storkerson: No
                                                    two to three hours for the proposed                     vessels in the Chukchi Sea or Beaufort                seismic survey from around August 25
                                                    project).                                               Sea shall remain at least 20 miles                    to the close of bowhead whale
                                                       (B) During turns or brief transits (i.e.,            offshore of the coast of Alaska from Icy              subsistence hunting in Nuiqsut, based
                                                    less than three hours) between seismic                  Cape in the Chukchi Sea to Pitt Point on              on actual hunt dates.
                                                    tracklines, one mitigation airgun will                  the east side of Smith Bay in the                        (C) Barrow: No seismic survey from
                                                    continue operating. The ramp up                         Beaufort Sea, unless ice conditions or an             Pitt Point on the east side of Smith Bay
                                                    procedures described above will be                      emergency that threatens the safety of                to a location about half way between
                                                    followed when increasing the source                     the vessel or crew prevents compliance                Barrow and Peard Bay from September
                                                    levels from the one mitigation airgun to                with this requirement. This condition                 15 to the close of the fall bowhead
                                                    the full airgun array. However, keeping                 shall not apply to vessels actively                   whale hunt in Barrow.
                                                    one airgun firing during turns and brief                engaged in transit to or from a coastal                  (viii) SAE shall complete operations
                                                    transits allow SAE to resume seismic                    community to conduct crew changes or                  in time to allow such vessels to
                                                    surveys using the full array without                    logistical support operations.                        complete transit through the Bering
                                                    having to ramp up from a ‘‘cold start,’’                   (C) Vessels shall be operated at speeds            Strait to a point south of 59 degrees
                                                    which requires a 30-minute observation                  necessary to ensure no physical contact               North latitude no later than November
                                                    period of the full exclusion zone and is                with whales occurs, and to make any                   15, 2015. Any vessel that encounters
                                                    prohibited during darkness or other                     other potential conflicts with bowheads               weather or ice that will prevent
                                                    periods of poor visibility. PSOs will be                or whalers unlikely. Vessel speeds shall              compliance with this date shall
                                                    on duty whenever the airguns are firing                 be less than 10 knots in the proximity                coordinate its transit through the Bering
                                                    during daylight and during the 30-                      of feeding whales or whale aggregations.              Strait to a point south of 59 degrees
                                                    minute periods prior to ramp-ups from                      (D) If any vessel inadvertently                    North latitude with the appropriate
                                                    a ‘‘cold start.’’                                       approaches within 1.6 kilometers (1                   Com-Centers. SAE vessels shall, weather
                                                       (d) Mitigation Measures for                          mile) of observed bowhead whales,                     and ice permitting, transit east of St.
                                                    Subsistence Activities:                                 except when providing emergency                       Lawrence Island and no closer than 10
                                                       (i) For the purposes of reducing or                  assistance to whalers or in other                     miles from the shore of St. Lawrence
                                                    eliminating conflicts between                           emergency situations, the vessel                      Island.
                                                    subsistence whaling activities and                      operator will take reasonable                            (7) Monitoring:
                                                    SAE’s survey program, the holder of this                precautions to avoid potential                           (a) Vessel-based Visual Monitoring:
                                                    Authorization will participate with                     interaction with the bowhead whales by                   (i) Vessel-based visual monitoring for
                                                    other operators in the Communication                    taking one or more of the following                   marine mammals shall be conducted by
                                                    and Call Centers (Com-Center) Program.                  actions, as appropriate:                              NMFS-approved PSOs throughout the
                                                    Com-Centers will be operated to                            • Reducing vessel speed to less than               period of survey activities.
                                                    facilitate communication of information                 5 knots within 900 feet of the whale(s);                 (ii) PSOs shall be stationed aboard the
                                                    between SAE and subsistence whalers.                       • Steering around the whale(s) if                  seismic survey vessels and mitigation
                                                    The Com-Centers will be operated 24                     possible;                                             vessel through the duration of the
                                                    hours/day during the 2015 fall                             • Operating the vessel(s) in such a                surveys.
                                                    subsistence bowhead whale hunt.                         way as to avoid separating members of                    (iii) A sufficient number of PSOs shall
                                                       (ii) All vessels shall report to the                 a group of whales from other members                  be onboard the survey vessel to meet the
                                                    appropriate Com-Center at least once                    of the group;                                         following criteria:
                                                    every six hours, commencing each day                       • Operating the vessel(s) to avoid                    (A) 100% monitoring coverage during
                                                    with a call at approximately 06:00                      causing a whale to make multiple                      all periods of survey operations in
                                                    hours.                                                  changes in direction; and                             daylight;
                                                       (iii) The appropriate Com-Center shall                  • Checking the waters immediately                     (B) maximum of 4 consecutive hours
                                                    be notified if there is any significant                 adjacent to the vessel(s) to ensure that              on watch per PSO; and
                                                    change in plans. The appropriate Com-                   no whales will be injured when the                       (C) maximum of 12 hours of watch
                                                    Center also shall be called regarding any               propellers are engaged.                               time per day per PSO.
                                                    unsafe or unanticipated ice conditions.                    (vii) Limitation on seismic surveys in                (iv) The vessel-based marine mammal
                                                       (iv) Upon notification by a Com-                     the Beaufort Sea                                      monitoring shall provide the basis for
                                                    Center operator of an at-sea emergency,                    (A) Kaktovik: No seismic survey from               real-time mitigation measures as
                                                    the holder of this Authorization shall                  the Canadian Border to the Canning
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                                                                                                                                  described in (6)(c) above.
                                                    provide such assistance as necessary to                 River from August 25 to close of the fall                (v) Results of the vessel-based marine
                                                    prevent the loss of life, if conditions                 bowhead whale hunt in Kaktovik and                    mammal monitoring shall be used to
                                                    allow the holder of this Authorization to               Nuiqsut. From around August 10 to                     calculate the estimation of the number
                                                    safely do so.                                           August 25, based on the actual hunt                   of ‘‘takes’’ from the marine surveys and
                                                       (v) SAE shall monitor the positions of               date, SAE will communicate and                        equipment recovery and maintenance
                                                    all of its vessels and exercise due care                collaborate with the Alaska Eskimo                    program.
                                                    in avoiding any areas where subsistence                 Whaling Commission (AEWC) on any                         (b) Protected Species Observers and
                                                    activity is active.                                     planned vessel movement in and                        Training


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices                                             20111

                                                       (i) PSO teams shall consist of Inupiat                  (xi) PSOs shall be trained in                         (C) The identification of all vessels
                                                    observers and NMFS-approved field                       documenting the behaviors of marine                   that are visible within 5 km of the
                                                    biologists.                                             mammals. PSOs should record the                       seismic vessel whenever a marine
                                                       (ii) Experienced field crew leaders                  primary behavioral state (i.e., traveling,            mammal is sighted and the time
                                                    shall supervise the PSO teams in the                    socializing, feeding, resting,                        observed;
                                                    field. New PSOs shall be paired with                    approaching or moving away from                          (D) Any identifiable marine mammal
                                                    experienced observers to avoid                          vessels) and relative location of the                 behavioral response (sighting data
                                                    situations where lack of experience                     observed marine mammals.                              should be collected in a manner that
                                                    impairs the quality of observations.                       (c) Marine Mammal Observation                      will not detract from the PSO’s ability
                                                       (iii) Crew leaders and most other                    Protocol                                              to detect marine mammals);
                                                    biologists serving as observers in 2015                    (i) PSOs shall watch for marine                       (E) Any adjustments made to
                                                    shall be individuals with experience as                 mammals from the best available                       operating procedures; and
                                                    observers during recent seismic or                      vantage point on the survey vessels,                     (F) Visibility during observation
                                                    shallow hazards monitoring projects in                  typically the bridge.                                 periods so that total estimates of take
                                                    Alaska, the Canadian Beaufort, or other                    (ii) Observations by the PSOs on                   can be corrected accordingly.
                                                    offshore areas in recent years.                         marine mammal presence and activity                      (vii) Distances to nearby marine
                                                       (iv) Resumes for PSO candidates shall                shall begin a minimum of 30 minutes                   mammals will be estimated with
                                                    be provided to NMFS for review and                      prior to the estimated time that the                  binoculars (7 × 50 binoculars)
                                                    acceptance of their qualifications.                     seismic source is to be turned on and/                containing a reticle to measure the
                                                    Inupiat observers shall be experienced                  or ramped-up. Monitoring shall                        vertical angle of the line of sight to the
                                                    in the region and familiar with the                     continue during the airgun operations                 animal relative to the horizon.
                                                    marine mammals of the area.                             and last until 30 minutes after airgun                Observers may use a laser rangefinder to
                                                       (v) All observers shall complete a
                                                                                                            array stops firing.                                   test and improve their abilities for
                                                    NMFS-approved observer training
                                                                                                               (iii) For comparison purposes, PSOs                visually estimating distances to objects
                                                    course designed to familiarize
                                                                                                            shall also document marine mammal                     in the water.
                                                    individuals with monitoring and data
                                                                                                            occurrence, density, and behavior                        (viii) PSOs shall understand the
                                                    collection procedures. The training
                                                                                                            during at least some periods when                     importance of classifying marine
                                                    course shall be completed before the
                                                                                                            airguns are not operating                             mammals as ‘‘unknown’’ or
                                                    anticipated start of the 2015 open-water
                                                                                                               (iv) PSOs shall scan systematically                ‘‘unidentified’’ if they cannot identify
                                                    season. The training session(s) shall be
                                                                                                            with the unaided eye and 7 × 50 reticle               the animals to species with confidence.
                                                    conducted by qualified marine
                                                                                                            binoculars, supplemented with 20 × 60                 In those cases, they shall note any
                                                    mammalogists with extensive crew-
                                                                                                            image-stabilized binoculars or 25 × 150               information that might aid in the
                                                    leader experience during previous
                                                                                                            binoculars, and night-vision equipment                identification of the marine mammal
                                                    vessel-based monitoring programs.
                                                       (vi) Training for both Alaska native                 when needed.                                          sighted. For example, for an
                                                    PSOs and biologist PSOs shall be                           (v) Personnel on the bridge shall assist           unidentified mysticete whale, the
                                                    conducted at the same time in the same                  the marine mammal observer(s) in                      observers should record whether the
                                                    room. There shall not be separate                       watching for marine mammals.                          animal had a dorsal fin.
                                                    training courses for the different PSOs.                   (vi) PSOs aboard the marine survey                    (ix) Additional details about
                                                       (vii) Crew members should not be                     vessel shall give particular attention to             unidentified marine mammal sightings,
                                                    used as primary PSOs because they have                  the areas within the marine mammal                    such as ‘‘blow only,’’ mysticete with (or
                                                    other duties and generally do not have                  exclusion zones around the source                     without) a dorsal fin, ‘‘seal splash,’’ etc.,
                                                    the same level of expertise, experience,                vessel, as noted in (6)(a)(i) and (ii). They          shall be recorded.
                                                    or training as PSOs, but they could be                  shall avoid the tendency to spend too                    (x) When a marine mammal is seen
                                                    stationed on the fantail of the vessel to               much time evaluating animal behavior                  approaching or within the exclusion
                                                    observe the near field, especially the                  or entering data on forms, both of which              zone applicable to that species, the
                                                    area around the airgun array, and                       detract from their primary purpose of                 marine survey crew shall be notified
                                                    implement a power-down or shutdown                      monitoring the exclusion zone.                        immediately so that mitigation measures
                                                    if a marine mammal enters the safety                       (vii) Monitoring shall consist of                  described in (6) can be promptly
                                                    zone (or exclusion zone).                               recording of the following information:               implemented.
                                                       (viii) If crew members are to be used                   (A) The species, group size, age/size/                (xi) SAE shall use the best available
                                                    as PSOs, they shall go through some                     sex categories (if determinable), the                 technology to improve detection
                                                    basic training consistent with the                      general behavioral activity, heading (if              capability during periods of fog and
                                                    functions they will be asked to perform.                consistent), bearing and distance from                other types of inclement weather. Such
                                                    The best approach would be for crew                     seismic vessel, sighting cue, behavioral              technology might include night-vision
                                                    members and PSOs to go through the                      pace, and apparent reaction of all                    goggles or binoculars as well as other
                                                    same training together.                                 marine mammals seen near the seismic                  instruments that incorporate infrared
                                                       (ix) PSOs shall be trained using visual              vessel and/or its airgun array (e.g., none,           technology.
                                                    aids (e.g., videos, photos), to help them               avoidance, approach, paralleling, etc);                  (d) Field Data-Recording and
                                                    identify the species that they are likely                  (B) The time, location, heading,                   Verification
                                                    to encounter in the conditions under                    speed, and activity of the vessel                        (i) PSOs aboard the vessels shall
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    which the animals will likely be seen.                  (shooting or not), along with sea state,              maintain a digital log of seismic
                                                       (x) SAE shall train its PSOs to follow               visibility, cloud cover and sun glare at              surveys, noting the date and time of all
                                                    a scanning schedule that consistently                   (I) any time a marine mammal is sighted               changes in seismic activity (ramp-up,
                                                    distributes scanning effort according to                (including pinnipeds hauled out on                    power-down, changes in the active
                                                    the purpose and need for observations.                  barrier islands), (II) at the start and end           seismic source, shutdowns, etc.) and
                                                    All PSOs should follow the same                         of each watch, and (III) during a watch               any corresponding changes in
                                                    schedule to ensure consistency in their                 (whenever there is a change in one or                 monitoring radii in a software
                                                    scanning efforts.                                       more variable);                                       spreadsheet.


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                    20112                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices

                                                       (ii) PSOs shall utilize a standardized               document their relative abundance,                    results as much as possible (such as
                                                    format to record all marine mammal                      habitat use, and migratory patterns; and              submitting ‘‘sightings’’ from their
                                                    observations and mitigation actions                        (B) Measure the ambient soundscape                 monitoring projects to an online data
                                                    (seismic source power-downs, shut-                      throughout the Beaufort Sea coast and to              archive, such as OBIS–SEAMAP) and
                                                    downs, and ramp-ups).                                   record received levels of sounds from                 archive and make the complete
                                                       (iii) Information collected during                   industry and other activities                         databases available upon request.
                                                    marine mammal observations shall                           (g) SAE shall engage in consultation                  (9) Reporting:
                                                    include the following:                                  and coordination with other oil and gas                  (a) Sound Source Verification Report:
                                                       (A) Vessel speed, position, and                      companies and with federal, state, and                A report on the preliminary results of
                                                    activity                                                borough agencies to ensure that they                  the sound source verification
                                                       (B) Date, time, and location of each                 have the most up-to-date information                  measurements, including the measured
                                                    marine mammal sighting                                  and can take advantage of other                       190, 180, 160, and 120 dB (rms) radii of
                                                       (C) Number of marine mammals                         monitoring efforts.                                   the 1,240 in3 airgun array, shall be
                                                    observed, and group size, sex, and age                     (8) Data Analysis and Presentation in              submitted within 14 days after
                                                    categories                                              Reports:                                              collection of those measurements at the
                                                       (D) Observer’s name and contact                         (a) Estimation of potential takes or               start of the field season. This report will
                                                    information                                             exposures shall be improved for times                 specify the distances of the exclusion
                                                       (E) Weather, visibility, and ice                     with low visibility (such as during fog               zones that were adopted for the survey.
                                                    conditions at the time of observation                   or darkness) through interpolation or                    (b) Throughout the survey program,
                                                       (F) Estimated distance of marine                     possibly using a probability approach.                PSOs shall prepare a report each day, or
                                                    mammals at closest approach                             Those data could be used to interpolate               at such other interval as is necessary,
                                                       (G) Activity at the time of observation,             possible takes during periods of                      summarizing the recent results of the
                                                    including possible attractants present                  restricted visibility.                                monitoring program. The reports shall
                                                       (H) Animal behavior                                     (b) SAE shall provide a database of                summarize the species and numbers of
                                                       (I) Description of the encounter                     the information collected, plus a                     marine mammals sighted. These reports
                                                       (J) Duration of encounter                            number of summary analyses and                        shall be provided to NMFS.
                                                       (K) Mitigation action taken                          graphics to help NMFS assess the                         (c) Weekly Reports: SAE will submit
                                                       (iv) Data shall be recorded directly                 potential impacts of SAE’s survey.                    weekly reports to NMFS no later than
                                                    into handheld computers or as a back-                   Specific summaries/analyses/graphics                  the close of business (Alaska Time) each
                                                    up, transferred from hard-copy data                     would include:                                        Thursday during the weeks when
                                                    sheets into an electronic database.                        (i) Sound verification results,                    seismic surveys take place. The field
                                                       (v) A system for quality control and                 including isopleths of sound pressure                 reports will summarize species
                                                    verification of data shall be facilitated               levels plotted geographically;                        detected, in-water activity occurring at
                                                    by the pre-season training, supervision                    (ii) A table or other summary of                   the time of the sighting, behavioral
                                                    by the lead PSOs, and in-season data                    survey activities (i.e., did the survey               reactions to in-water activities, and the
                                                    checks, and shall be built into the                     proceed as planned);                                  number of marine mammals exposed to
                                                    software.                                                  (iii) A table of sightings by time,                harassment level noise.
                                                       (vi) Computerized data validity                      location, species, and distance from the                 (d) Monthly Reports: SAE will submit
                                                    checks shall also be conducted, and the                 survey vessel;                                        monthly reports to NMFS for all months
                                                    data shall be managed in such a way                        (iv) A geographic depiction of                     during which seismic surveys take
                                                    that it is easily summarized during and                 sightings for each species by area and                place. The monthly reports will contain
                                                    after the field program and transferred                 month;                                                and summarize the following
                                                    into statistical, graphical, or other                      (v) A table and/or graphic                         information:
                                                    programs for further processing.                        summarizing behaviors observed by                        (i) Dates, times, locations, heading,
                                                       (e) Passive Acoustic Monitoring                      species;                                              speed, weather, sea conditions
                                                       (i) Sound Source Measurements:                          (vi) A table and/or graphic                        (including Beaufort Sea state and wind
                                                    Using a hydrophone system, the holder                   summarizing observed responses to the                 force), and associated activities during
                                                    of this Authorization is required to                    survey by species;                                    the seismic survey and marine mammal
                                                    conduct sound source verification tests                    (vii) A table of mitigation measures               sightings.
                                                    for the 1,240 in3 seismic airgun array, if              (e.g., power-downs, shutdowns) taken                     (ii) Species, number, location,
                                                    this array is involved in the open-water                by date, location, and species;                       distance from the vessel, and behavior
                                                    seismic surveys.                                           (viii) A graphic of sightings by                   of any sighted marine mammals, as well
                                                       (A) Sound source verification shall                  distance for each species and location;               as associated surveys (number of
                                                    consist of distances where broadside                       (ix) A table or graphic illustrating               shutdowns), observed throughout all
                                                    and endfire directions at which                         sightings during the survey versus                    monitoring activities.
                                                    broadband received levels reach 190,                    sightings when the airguns were silent;                  (iii) An estimate of the number (by
                                                    180, 170, 160, and 120 dB (rms) re 1 mPa                and                                                   species) of:
                                                    for the airgun array(s).                                   (x) A summary of times when the                       (A) Pinnipeds that have been exposed
                                                       (B) The test results shall be reported               survey was interrupted because of                     to the seismic surveys (based on visual
                                                    to NMFS within 5 days of completing                     interactions with marine mammals.                     observation) at received levels greater
                                                    the test.                                                  (c) To help evaluate the effectiveness             than or equal to 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms)
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                       (ii) SAE shall conduct passive                       of PSOs and more effectively estimate                 and/or 190 dB re 1 mPa (rms) with a
                                                    acoustic monitoring using fixed                         take, if appropriate data are available,              discussion of any specific behaviors
                                                    hydrophone(s) to                                        SAE shall perform analysis of                         those individuals exhibited; and
                                                       (A) Collect information on the                       sightability curves (detection functions)                (B) Cetaceans that have been exposed
                                                    occurrence and distribution of marine                   for distance-based analyses.                          to the geophysical activity (based on
                                                    mammals that may be available to                           (d) SAE shall collaborate with other               visual observation) at received levels
                                                    subsistence hunters near villages                       industrial operators in the area to                   greater than or equal to 160 dB re 1 mPa
                                                    located on the Beaufort Sea coast and to                integrate and synthesize monitoring                   (rms) and/or 180 dB re 1 mPa (rms) with


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00030   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices                                             20113

                                                    a discussion of any specific behaviors                     (x) A clear comparison of authorized               of the injury or death is unknown and
                                                    those individuals exhibited.                            takes and the level of actual estimated               the death is relatively recent (i.e., in less
                                                       (e) Seismic Vessel Monitoring                        takes; and                                            than a moderate state of decomposition
                                                    Program: A draft report will be                            (xi) A complete characterization of the            as described in the next paragraph), SAE
                                                    submitted to the Director, Office of                    acoustic footprint resulting from various             will immediately report the incident to
                                                    Protected Resources, NMFS, within 90                    activity states.                                      the Chief, Permits and Conservation
                                                    days after the end of SAE’s 2015 open-                     (d) The draft report shall be subject to           Division, Office of Protected Resources,
                                                    water seismic surveys in the Beaufort                   review and comment by NMFS. Any                       NMFS, at 301–427–8401, and/or by
                                                    Sea. The report will describe in detail:                recommendations made by NMFS must                     email to Jolie.Harrison@noaa.gov and
                                                       (i) Summaries of monitoring effort                   be addressed in the final report prior to             Shane.Guan@noaa.gov and the NMFS
                                                    (e.g., total hours, total distances, and                acceptance by NMFS. The draft report                  Alaska Stranding Hotline (1–877–925–
                                                    marine mammal distribution through                      will be considered the final report for               7773) and/or by email to the Alaska
                                                    the study period, accounting for sea                    this activity under this Authorization if             Regional Stranding Coordinators
                                                    state and other factors affecting                       NMFS has not provided comments and                    (Aleria.Jensen@noaa.gov and
                                                    visibility and detectability of marine                  recommendations within 90 days of                     Barabara.Mahoney@noaa.gov). The
                                                    mammals);                                               receipt of the draft report.                          report must include the same
                                                       (ii) Summaries that represent an                        (10) (a) In the unanticipated event that           information identified in Condition
                                                    initial level of interpretation of the                  survey operations clearly cause the take              10(a) above. Activities may continue
                                                    efficacy, measurements, and                             of a marine mammal in a manner                        while NMFS reviews the circumstances
                                                    observations, rather than raw data, fully               prohibited by this Authorization, such                of the incident. NMFS will work with
                                                    processed analyses, or a summary of                     as an serious injury or mortality (e.g.,              SAE to determine whether
                                                    operations and important observations;                  ship-strike, gear interaction, and/or                 modifications in the activities are
                                                       (iii) Summaries of all mitigation                    entanglement), SAE shall immediately                  appropriate.
                                                    measures (e.g., operational shutdowns if                cease survey operations and                              (d) In the event that SAE discovers an
                                                    they occur) and an assessment of the                    immediately report the incident to the                injured or dead marine mammal, and
                                                    efficacy of the monitoring methods;                     Chief, Permits and Conservation                       the lead PSO determines that the injury
                                                       (iv) Analyses of the effects of various                                                                    or death is not associated with or related
                                                                                                            Division, Office of Protected Resources,
                                                    factors influencing detectability of                                                                          to the activities authorized in Condition
                                                                                                            NMFS, at 301–427–8401 and/or by
                                                    marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number                                                                       3 of this Authorization (e.g., previously
                                                                                                            email to Jolie.Harrison@noaa.gov and
                                                    of observers, and fog/glare);                                                                                 wounded animal, carcass with moderate
                                                       (v) Species composition, occurrence,                 Shane.Guan@noaa.gov and the Alaska
                                                                                                            Regional Stranding Coordinators                       to advanced decomposition, or
                                                    and distribution of marine mammal                                                                             scavenger damage), SAE shall report the
                                                    sightings, including date, water depth,                 (Aleria.Jensen@noaa.gov and
                                                                                                            Barbara.Mahoney@noaa.gov). The                        incident to the Chief, Permits and
                                                    numbers, age/size/gender categories (if                                                                       Conservation Division, Office of
                                                    determinable), group sizes, and ice                     report must include the following
                                                                                                            information:                                          Protected Resources, NMFS, at 301–
                                                    cover;                                                                                                        427–8401, and/or by email to
                                                       (vi) Data analysis separated into                       (i) Time, date, and location (latitude/
                                                                                                            longitude) of the incident;                           Jolie.Harrison@noaa.gov and
                                                    periods when an airgun array (or a                                                                            Shane.Guan@noaa.gov and the NMFS
                                                    single airgun) is operating and when it                    (ii) The name and type of vessel
                                                                                                            involved;                                             Alaska Stranding Hotline (1–877–925–
                                                    is not, to better assess impacts to marine                                                                    7773) and/or by email to the Alaska
                                                    mammals;                                                   (iii) The vessel’s speed during and
                                                                                                            leading up to the incident;                           Regional Stranding Coordinators
                                                       (vii) Sighting rates of marine
                                                                                                               (iv) Description of the incident;                  (Aleria.Jensen@noaa.gov and
                                                    mammals during periods with and
                                                                                                               (v) Status of all sound source use in              Barbara.Mahoney@noaa.gov), within 24
                                                    without airgun activities (and other
                                                                                                            the 24 hours preceding the incident;                  hours of the discovery. SAE shall
                                                    variables that could affect detectability),
                                                                                                               (vi) Water depth;                                  provide photographs or video footage (if
                                                    such as:
                                                       (A) Initial sighting distances versus                   (vii) Environmental conditions (e.g.,              available) or other documentation of the
                                                    airgun activity state;                                  wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea                stranded animal sighting to NMFS and
                                                       (B) Closest point of approach versus                 state, cloud cover, and visibility);                  the Marine Mammal Stranding Network.
                                                    airgun activity state;                                     (viii) Description of marine mammal                SAE can continue its operations under
                                                       (C) Observed behaviors and types of                  observations in the 24 hours preceding                such a case.
                                                    movements versus airgun activity state;                 the incident;                                            (11) Activities related to the
                                                       (D) Numbers of sightings/individuals                    (ix) Species identification or                     monitoring described in this
                                                    seen versus airgun activity state;                      description of the animal(s) involved;                Authorization do not require a separate
                                                       (E) Distribution around the survey                      (x) The fate of the animal(s); and                 scientific research permit issued under
                                                    vessel versus airgun activity state; and                   (xi) Photographs or video footage of               section 104 of the Marine Mammal
                                                       (F) Estimates of take by harassment;                 the animal (if equipment is available).               Protection Act.
                                                       (viii) Reported results from all                        (b) Activities shall not resume until                 (12) The Plan of Cooperation
                                                    hypothesis tests, including estimates of                NMFS is able to review the                            outlining the steps that will be taken to
                                                    the associated statistical power, when                  circumstances of the prohibited take.                 cooperate and communicate with the
                                                    practicable;                                            NMFS shall work with SAE to                           native communities to ensure the
                                                       (ix) Estimates of uncertainty in all                 determine what is necessary to                        availability of marine mammals for
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                                    take estimates, with uncertainty                        minimize the likelihood of further                    subsistence uses, must be implemented.
                                                    expressed by the presentation of                        prohibited take and ensure MMPA                          (13) This Authorization may be
                                                    confidence limits, a minimum-                           compliance. SAE may not resume their                  modified, suspended, or withdrawn if
                                                    maximum, posterior probability                          activities until notified by NMFS via                 the holder fails to abide by the
                                                    distribution, or another applicable                     letter, email, or telephone.                          conditions prescribed herein or if the
                                                    method, with the exact approach to be                      (c) In the event that SAE discovers an             authorized taking is having more than a
                                                    selected based on the sampling method                   injured or dead marine mammal, and                    negligible impact on the species or stock
                                                    and data available;                                     the lead PSO determines that the cause                of affected marine mammals, or if there


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00031   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2


                                                    20114                          Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 71 / Tuesday, April 14, 2015 / Notices

                                                    is an unmitigable adverse impact on the                 Incidental Take Statement                             supporting data or literature citations to
                                                    availability of such species or stocks for              corresponding to NMFS’ Biological                     help inform our final decision on SAE’s
                                                    subsistence uses.                                       Opinion.                                              request for an MMPA authorization.
                                                       (14) A copy of this Authorization and
                                                    the Incidental Take Statement must be                   Request for Public Comments                            Dated: April 8, 2015.
                                                    in the possession of each seismic vessel                  NMFS requests comment on our                        Wanda Cain,
                                                    operator taking marine mammals under                    analysis, the draft authorization, and                Acting Director, Office of Protected Resources,
                                                    the authority of this Incidental                        any other aspect of the Notice of                     National Marine Fisheries Service.
                                                    Harassment Authorization.                               Proposed IHA for SAE’s proposed 3D                    [FR Doc. 2015–08481 Filed 4–13–15; 8:45 am]
                                                       (15) SAE is required to comply with                  seismic survey in the Beaufort Sea.                   BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
                                                    the Terms and Conditions of the                         Please include with your comments any
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES




                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:20 Apr 13, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00032   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 9990   E:\FR\FM\14APN2.SGM   14APN2



Document Created: 2015-12-18 11:09:37
Document Modified: 2015-12-18 11:09:37
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionNotices
ActionNotice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request for comments.
DatesComments and information must be received no later than May 14, 2015.
ContactShane Guan, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401.
FR Citation80 FR 20083 
RIN Number0648-XD78

2025 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR